Irwin-Solutions PDF

COMBINED EDITION
Solutions Manual
Igor Nowikow
Brian Heimbecker
Christopher T. Howes
Jacques Mantha
Brian P. Smith
Henri M. van Bemmel
Physics: Concepts and Connections
Combined Edition Solutions Manual
Authors
Igor Nowikow
Brian Heimbecker
Christopher T. Howes
Jacques Mantha
Brian P. Smith
Henri M. van Bemmel
NELSON First Folio Resource Group

Director of Publishing Project Management
David Steele Robert Templeton
Publisher Composition
Kevin Martindale Tom Dart
Project Developer Proofreading and Copy Editing

Doug Panasis Christine Szentgyorgi
Patricia Trudell
Project Editor Matt Sheehan
Lina Mockus-OBrien
Illustrations
Editors Greg Duhaney
Shirley Tessier Claire Milne
Lisa Kafun
Mark Philpott
Kevin Linder
Design and Artwork

ArtPlus Design and Communications
COPYRIGHT 2003 by Nelson, a ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. No part of this

division of Thomson Canada Limited. work covered by the copyright hereon
may be reproduced, transcribed, or used
Printed and bound in Canada. in any form or by any meansgraphic,
1 2 3 4 05 04 03 02 electronic, or mechanical, including
photocopying, recording, taping, Web
For more information contact Nelson, distribution, or information storage and
1120 Birchmount Road Toronto, retrieval systemswithout the written
Ontario, M1K 5G4. Or you can visit our permission of the publisher.
Internet site at http://www.nelson.com
For permission to use material from this
text or product, contact us by
Tel 1-800-730-2214
Fax 1-800-730-2215
www.thomsonrights.com
Every effort has been made to trace

ownership of all copyrighted material and
to secure permission from copyright
holders. In the event of any question
arising as to the use of any material, we
will be pleased to make the necessary
corrections in future printings.
Table of Contents
I Solutions to Applying the II Answers to End-of-

Concepts Questions chapter Conceptual
Questions
Chapter 1 Chapter 9 Chapter 14
Section 1.2 1 Section 9.2 18 Section 14.2 28 Chapter 1 37
1.3 1 9.3 18 14.3 29 Chapter 2 38
1.4 1 9.4 18 14.5 29 Chapter 3 39
Chapter 2 9.5 19 14.6 29 Chapter 4 40
Section 2.1 1 9.6 19 14.7 29 Chapter 5 43
2.4 1 9.8 19 14.8 30 Chapter 6 45
Chapter 3 9.9 20 14.9 30 Chapter 7 46
Section 3.1 2 9.10 21 Chapter 15 Chapter 8 47
3.3 2 Chapter 10 Section 15.5 30 Chapter 9 50
3.4 3 Section 10.1 22 Chapter 16 Chapter 10 52
3.5 4 10.2 22 Section 16.4 31 Chapter 11 55
Chapter 4 10.6 22 Chapter 17 Chapter 12 56
Section 4.3 5 10.7 22 Section 17.2 32 Chapter 13 57
4.4 5 10.9 22 17.3 32 Chapter 14 61
Chapter 5 10.11 23 17.4 33 Chapter 15 62
Section 5.3 5 10.12 23 17.5 33 Chapter 16 63
5.4 5 10.13 23 17.6 33 Chapter 17 65
5.5 6 Chapter 11 17.8 34 Chapter 18 66
5.6 6 Section 11.1 23 Chapter 18
Chapter 6 11.2 23 Section 18.2 35
III Solutions to End-of-
Section 6.1 6 11.3 24 18.3 35
chapter Problems
6.2 7 11.4 24 18.4 35
Chapter 1 71
6.3 8 11.5 24 18.5 35
Chapter 2 78
6.4 9 Chapter 12
Chapter 3 90
6.5 10 Section 12.3 24
Chapter 4 106
Chapter 7 12.4 24
Chapter 5 117
Section 7.3 11 12.6 24
Chapter 6 125
7.4 12 12.8 24
Chapter 7 131
7.5 12 Chapter 13
Chapter 8 141
7.6 14 Section 13.4 25
Chapter 9 151
7.7 15 13.5 25
Chapter 10 163
Chapter 8 13.6 26
Chapter 11 170
Section 8.1 16 13.7 27
Chapter 12 178
8.2 16 13.8 28
Chapter 13 183
8.3 16 13.9 28
Chapter 14 192
8.4 17
Chapter 15 197
Chapter 16 202
Chapter 17 206
Chapter 18 211
Table of Contents iii

PART 1 Solutions to Applying the Concepts
In this section, solutions have been provided only for problems requiring calculation.
Section 1.2 i) 60 months

4. a) c 3.00 108 m/s ii) 2.6 106 min
1 second 9 192 631 770 vibrations iii) 1.8 103 d
Therefore, in 3632 s, there are 3.34 1013 iv) 1.6 108 s
vibrations.
Section 2.1
b) 1 m 1 650 763.73
1. At t 2.0 s, v 10 m/s,
d (.150 m)(1 m)
d 12 (10 m/s 20 m/s)2.0 s 30 m
d 2.48 105
At t 7.0 s, v 15 m/s, d 12 (4.0 s)(20 m/s)
12 (7.0 s 4.0 s)(15 m/s) 40 m 27.5 m
Section 1.3
67.5 m
2. a) 4
b) 5 Section 2.4
c) 7 1. a) a 4.0 m/s2
d) 1 t 40.0 s
e) 4 v1 0 m/s
f) 6 v2 (4.0 m/s2)(40.0 s)
3. a) 3.1 m v2 160 m/s
b) 3.2 m v1 v2
b) i) d t
c) 3.4 m 2
d) 3.6 m d 3200 m
e) 3.4 m ii) d v1 t 12 a t2
4. a) 3.745 m d 2 (4.0 m/s2)(40.0 s)2
1
b) 309.6 m d 3200 m
c) 120 s 2. a) d 152 m
d) 671.6 s v1 66.7 m/s
e) 461.7 s v2 0
5. a) 4.0 m v 66.7 m/s
b) 3.3 m v1 v2
d t
c) 3.3333 2
d) 0.33 2 d
t
e) 0.333 v1 v2
t 4.5577 s
Section 1.4 v
1. a) 389 s 6.4833 min 0.10805 h a
t
4.502 103 d 1.50 104 months a 14.6 m/s2
1.25 105 a b) t 4.56 s
i) 1.50 104 months v2 v1
c) i) d t
ii) 6.48 min 2
iii) 1.25 105 a d 152 m
iv) 3.89 108 s ii) d v1 t 12
a t2
b) 5.0 a 60 months 1825 d d (66.7 m/s)(4.56 s)
43 800 h 2 628 000 min 12 (14.6 m/s2)(4.56 s)2
157 680 000 s d 152 m
Solutions to Applying the Concepts 1

3395 km/h
3. a) v 943.1 m/s dy 10 cos 10
3.6
dy 9.848 km
b) t 0.5 s
dy 9.8 km
v 943.1 m/s
d) dx 5 sin 24
d 471.5 m
dx 2.03 km
avg v
c) a dx 2.0 km
t
dy 5 cos 24
aavg 78.59 m/s2
dy 4.5677 km
d) t 8.7 s
dy 4.6 km
v2 943.1 m/s
e) dx 12 sin 45
v2 v1
aavg dx 8.5 km
t
943.1 m/s v1 dy 12 cos 45
78.59 m/s2 dy 8.5 km
8.7 s
v1 2.6 10 m/s2 f) dx 10 km
4. a) 31 km $0.12/km $3.72 dy 0 km
Total cost $3.72 $1.50 $2.00 2. dx 20 sin 20 120 sin 50
$7.22 150 30 sin 75
b) 19 min 0.32 h 206.1 m
31 km dy 20 cos 20 120 cos 50
97 km/h 30 cos 75
0. 32 h
88 m
20 km
d) 0.20 h d (206 .1 m)2
(88
m)2
100 km/h
d 230 m
10 km
0.08 h 88
125 km/h
tan1
206.1
10 km 23
83 km/h
0.12 h d 230 m [W23N]
31 km
e) 3.4 L $0.77/L Section 3.3
9.1 km/L
1. a) g 9.81 m/s2
$2.62
v1 0
d 100 m
Section 3.1 d v1t 12 gt2
1. a) dx 20 sin 30
100 m 12 (9.81 m/s2) t2
dx 10 km
t2 20.387 s2
dy 20 cos 30
t 4.52 s
dy 17.32 km
b) v1 10 m/s
dy 17 km
d 100 m
b) dx 40 cos 60
g 9.81 m/s2
dx 20 km v1t 12 gt2
d
dy 40 sin 60
100 10t 12 (9.81) t2
dy 34.64 km
4.905t2 10t 100 0
dy 35 km
c) dx 10 sin 10
10 100
4(4.905)(100)
t
dx 1.736 km 2(4.905)
dx 1.7 km t 5.6 s
2 Solutions to Applying the Concepts

v2y v1y
c) v1 10 m/s e) g
t
d 100 m
v2y g t v1y
g 9.81 m/s2
v1t 12 gt2 v2y 3.25 m/s
d
v2y 3.25 m/s [down]
100 10t 12 (9.81) t2
v2 vy2 vx2

10 100
4(4.905)( 100) v 22.9 m/s
t
2(4.905) 22.658
tan

t 3.6 s 3.25
d) vx1 5.0 m/s
81.8
v 22.9 m/s [S81.8E]
ax 0
v t
3. a) d
vy1 0
ay 9.81 m/s2 d (18.5 m/s)(cos 18)(10.9 s)
v 100 m/s d 191.84 m
dx vx1t 12 axt2 Therefore, the ball travels 192 m.
b) v2y v1y2 2ay dy
dy vy1t 12 ayt2
At maximum height, v2y 0.
i) dx 45 m
(v1y2)
ii) dx 28 m dy
iii) dx 18 m 2ay
2. a) At maximum height in trajectory, v2 0. (18.5 sin 18)2
dy
g 9.81 m/s2 2ay
v vo gt (32.68 m2/s2)
dy
vo v 2(9.8 m/s2)
t g dy 1.7 m
c) i) d v t
t 1.08 s
b) v2 v12 2g d
d (18.5 cos 8)(10.9 s)
d 200 m
v12 v22
dy ii) v2y v1y2 2ay dy
2g
(v1y2)
dy 0.539 m dy
2ay
c) v1y 0
(18.5 sin 8)2
v1x 25 cos 25 dy
2ay
v1x 22.658 m/s
dy 0.34 m
dy v1y t 12 ayt2
4.
d v t
0.539 12 (9.81) t2 31 m (18.5 m/s)(cos
)(3.66 s)
t 0.331 s 1.676 cos
(3.66 s)
d) dx vx t
62.7
dx 25 cos 25(1.08 0.331) Therefore, the loft angle of the club is 63.
dx 31.97
dx 32 m away from the soccer player. Section 3.4
2. vwind 80 km/h
vwind 22.22 m/s
vplane 200 km/h
vplane 55.55 m/s

a) vog2 (55.55)2 (22.22)2 sin
sin 115

vog 59.84 m/s 120 km/h 202 km/h
tan
22.22
32.6
55.55 202 km/h
21.8 a
0.5 s
vog 59.84 m/s [N21.8E] 56.1 m/s
a
b) vog 50.86 m/s 0.5 s
22.22
a 112 m/s2 [W33N]
cos

55.55
Component Method

66.42
vog 50.86 m/s [N23.6W] vx (120 cos 65) km/h 120 km/h
170.7 km/h
c) vx 22.22 55.55 cos 70
vy (120 sin 65) km/h 0
vx 3.22 m/s
108.8 km/h
vy 55.55 sin 70
v2 (170.7 km/h)2 (108.8 km/h)2
vy 52.20 m/s
v 202 km/h
v2 (3.222)2 (52.202)2
202 km/h
v 52.30 m/s a
0.5 s

86.5
112 m/s2
vog2 (22.22)2 (55.55)2 108.8 km/h

tan1
2(22.22)(55.55)cos 70 170.7 km/h
vog 52.30 m/s
33

a 112 m/s2 [W33N]
sin 70 sin
c) v1 120 km/h [E]

52.30 55.55

86.45 v2 100 km/h [N25W] or [W65N]

86.5 v2 (120 km/h)2 (100 km/h)2
vog 52.30 m/s [E86.5N] 2(120 km/h)(100 km/h)cos 115
v 185.9 km/h
Section 3.5 v 186 km/h
2. a) t 0.5 s sin
sin 115

v2 (120 km/h)2 (120 km/h)2 100 km/h 186 k m/h
v 169.7 km/h
29.2
169.7 km/h 47.1 m/s
29
a
0.5 s 0.5 s
a 94.3 m/s2 94 m/s2 vx (100 cos 65) km/h 120 km/h
120 km/h 162.3 km/h

tan1 vy (100 km/h sin 65) 0 90.6 km/h
120 km/h

45 v2 (162 km/h)2 (91 km/h)2
94 m/s2 [W45N]
a v 186 km/h
b) v1 120 km/h [E] 90.6 km/h

tan1
v2 120 km/h [N25W] 162.3 km/h
t 0.5 s
29
186 km/h
Trigonometric Method a
0.5 s
v2 (120 km/h)2 (120 km/h)2 51.6 m/s
2(120 km/h)(120 km/h)cos 115 a
0.5 s
v 202 km/h
a 103 m/s2 [W29N]

Section 4.3 ii) Fx (1.2 105 cos 30)2 5 104
1. a) 0 Fx 1.578 105 N
b) 0 Fy 0
c) 1.6 105 N [E]
F
d) iii) Fx 1.2 105(cos 20 cos 10)
e) y: Fnet 0 5 104
ay 0 Fx 1.81 105 N
x: ax Fy 1.2 105(sin 20 sin 10)
60 N Fy 2.02 104 N
2. a) ax 2.02 104
60 kg
tan1
a 1.0 m/s2 1.8 10 5

6.4
b) F 20 N

F 1.8 105 N [N83.6E]
20 N
a
60 kg
a 0.33 m/s2
Section 5.3
1. a) F (12 000 kg)(9.81 m/s2)
c) a 0.33 m/s2
F 1.18 105 N
30 N
d) a Gm1m2
60 kg b) F
r2
a 0.50 m/s2 (6.67 1011 Nm2/kg2)(12 000 kg)(5.98 1024 kg)
F
(6.98 106 m)2
Section 4.4 F 9.82 104 N
Fnet 1.2 105
1. a) c) distance from the surface 6.00 105 N
sin 90 sin 45
d) On the Moon,

Fnet 1.7 105 N [N45E] (6.67 1011 Nm2/kg2)(12 000 kg)(7.34 1022 kg)
b) Fnet (1.2 105 cos 30) 2 F
(1.74 106 m)2

Fnet 2.1 105 N [E] F 1.94 104 N
c) Fx 1.2 105(cos 20 cos 10)
Fx 2.3 105 N Section 5.4
Fy 1.2 105(sin 20 sin 10) 0
1. a) a
Fy 2.0 104 N Therefore, Fn Fg.
F2 Fx2 Fy2 Fn (9.81)(70)
F 2.3 105 N Fn 686.7 N
2.0 10 4 Fn 6.9 102 N

tan1 5
2.3 10 b)
a0

5.0 Therefore, Fn Fg.
2.3 105 N [N85E]
F Fn 6.9 102 N
d. i) Fx 1.2 105 5.0 104 c) ma Fn Fg
Fx 7.0 104 N (70 kg)(2 m/s2) Fn
Fy 2.1 105 N (70 kg)(9.81 m/s2)
F 2 (1.2 105)2 (7.0 104)2 Fn 546.7 N
F 1.4 105 N Fn 5.5 102 N
1.2 10 5 d) m(9.81) Fn m(9.81)

tan1 4
7.0 10 Fn 0 N

59.7

F 1.4 105 N [N30E]

20 N
Section 5.5 x
3.0 N/m
3. a) There is a constant velocity; therefore, x 6.7 m
Fk F and Fk kFn d) F (2 kg)(9.81 m/s2)
F (0.5)(30 kg)(9.81 m/s2) F 19.62 N
F 147.15 N x 0.04 m
F 1.5 102 N k 4.9 102 N/m
b) Since there is no motion, Fs F.
F 100 N Section 6.1
c) Fs sFn 1. The only two unbalanced forces are F|| and Ff.
100 N Fnet F|| Ff (eq. 1)
s
(30 kg)(9.81 m/s2) F|| Fg sin 25 (eq. 2)
s 0.34 Ff Fn
d) Fn 20 (30 kg)(9.81 m/s2) Ff Fg cos 25 (eq. 3)
Fn 314 N Substituting equations 2 and 3 into equation 1,
i) F (0.5)(314.3 N) Fnet Fg sin 25 Fg cos 25
F 157.15 N Fnet Fg(sin 25 cos 25)
F 1.6 102 N Fnet (2.0 kg)(9.8 m/s2)(sin 25 cos 25)
ii) F 100 N Fnet (19.6 N)(sin 25 cos 25)
100 N Fnet 6.51 N
iii) s
314.3 N Fnet ma
s 0.32 6.51 N (2.0 kg)a
e) Fn 274.3 N a 3.26 m/s2
i) F (0.5)(274.3 N) 1
d vi t a t2
F 137.15 N 2
F 1.4 102 N 1
4.0 m (3.26 m/s2) t2
ii) F 100 N 2
8.0 m
100 N
iii) s
274.3 N

t 2
3.26 m/s
s 0.36 t 1.6 s
2. Since there is no friction, the only force that
Section 5.6 prevents the CD case from going upward is
2. a) F 10 N the deceleration due to gravity, F||.
x 1.2 cm Fnet F||
x 0.012 m Fnet Fg sin 20
10 N Since Fnet ma,
k
0.012 m ma mg sin 20
k 8.3 102 N/m a g sin 20
b) k 3.0 N/m a 3.35 m/s2
x 550 mm v2 v1
a
x 0.55 m t
F (3.0 N/m)(0.55 m) v2 v1
t
F 1.65 N a
F 1.7 N 4.0 m/s
t 2
c) F 20 N 3.35 m/s
k 3.0 N/m t 1.2 s

3. To find the distance the skateboarder travels Adding equations 1 and 2,
up the ramp, we need to find the velocity of m2 g m1 g a(m1 m2)
the skateboarder entering the second ramp at m2 g m1 g
a
v1. Since there is no change in velocity on the m1 m2
horizontal floor, v1 v2. a (15 kg)(9.8 m/s2) 0.20(10 kg)(9.8 m/s2)

25 kg
For the acceleration on ramp 1,
Fnet F|| 5.1 m/s2 [right]
a
ma mg sin 30 Substitute a into equation 2:
a g sin 30 T m2 g m2a
a 4.9 m/s2 T 71 N
v22 v12 2ad b) For m1,
v22 0 m/s 2(4.9 m/s2)(10 m) Fnet m1a
v2 9.9 m/s T m1 g sin 35 m1 g cos 35 m1a
For the deceleration on ramp 2, (eq. 1)
Fnet F|| Fn For m2,
ma mg sin 25 (0.1)mg cos 25 Fnet m2a
a 5.02 m/s2 m2 g T m2a (eq. 2)
For d, Adding equations 1 and 2,
v32 v22 2a d m2 g m1 g sin 35 m1 g cos 35
(0 m/s)2 (9.9 m/s)2 2(5.02 m/s2) d a(m1 m2)
d 9.8 m g(m2 m1 sin 35 m1 cos 35)
a
4. Fnet m(0.60g) m1 m2
Fnet also equals the sum of all forces in the (9.8 m/s2)[5.0 kg (3.0 kg) sin 35 0.18(3.0 kg) cos 35]
a
8.0 kg
ramp surface direction:
|| F
f F
engine 3.5 m/s2 [right]
a
Fnet F
m(0.60g) mg sin 30 Fn Fengine Substitute a into equation 2:
m(0.60g) mg sin 30 (0.28)mg cos 30 T m2 g m2a
Fengine T (5.0 kg)(9.8 m/s2) (5.0 kg)(3.5 m/s2)
Fengine (0.60)mg mg sin 30 T 32 N
(0.28)mg cos 30 c) For m1,
Fengine mg(0.60 sin 30 Fnet m1a
(0.28) cos 30) T m1 g sin 40 1m1 g cos 40 m1a
Fengine 3.36m N (eq. 1)
For m2,
Section 6.2 Fnet m2a
1. a) For m1, m2 g sin 60 T 2m2 g cos 60 m2a
Fnet m1a (eq. 2)
T m1 g m1a (eq. 1) Adding equations 1 and 2,
For m2, m2 g sin 60 2m2 g cos 60
Fnet m2a m1 g sin 40 1m1 g cos 40
m2 g T m2a (eq. 2) a(m1 m2)
g(m2 sin 60 2m2 cos 60 m1 sin 40 1m1 cos 40)
a
m1 m2
a (9.8 m/s2)[(30 kg) sin 60 0.30(30 kg) cos 60 (20 kg) sin 40 0.20(20 kg) cos 40]

50 kg

a 1.1 m/s2 [right]

Substitute a into equation 1: v2
3. ac
T m1a m1 g sin 40 1m1 g cos 40 r
T (20 kg)(1.1 m/s2) (20 kg)(9.8 m/s2) a) If v is doubled, ac increases by a factor of 4.
sin 40 (0.20)(20 kg)(9.8 m/s2) b) If the radius is doubled, ac is halved.
cos 40 c) If the radius is halved, ac is doubled.
T 1.8 102 N 2 r
4. a) v , where
d) For m1, T
Fnet m1a r 3.8 105 km
m1 g sin 30 T1 m1a (eq. 1) r 3.8 108 m
For m2, T 27.3 days
Fnet m2a T 2.36 106 s
T1 T2 m2a (eq. 2) v2
ac
For m3, r
Fnet m3a 4 2r
ac
T2
T2 m3 g m3a (eq. 3)
4 2(3.8 108 m)
Adding equations 1, 2, and 3, ac
(2.36 106 s)2
m1 g sin 30 m3 g a(m1 m2 m3)
ac 2.7 103 m/s2
m1 g sin 30 m3 g
a b) The Moon is accelerating toward Earth.
m1 m2 m3
c) The centripetal acceleration is caused by
(30 kg)(9.8 m/s2)sin 30 (10 kg)(9.8 m/s2)
a
60 kg the gravitational attraction between Earth
0.82 m/s2 [left]
a and the Moon.
Substitute a into equation 3: 5. r 60 mm
T2 m3a m3 g r 0.06 m
T2 (10 kg)(0.82 m/s2) (10 kg)(9.8 m/s2) ac 1.6 m/s2
T2 106 N v2
ac
r
Substitute a into equation 2:
T1 m2a T2 v a cr
T1 106 N (20 kg)(0.82 m/s2) v 0.31 m/s

T1 122 N 6. Since d 500 m, r 250 m
2 r
v
Section 6.3 T
v2 1
1. ac f
r T
v 2 rf
(25 m/s)2
ac ac g
30 m
v2
ac 21 m/s2 ac
r
d
2. v g 4 2rf 2
t
g

v 25
2 r
t f 4 2r
9.8 m/s2
v2
ac
r

f
4 2(250 m)
2500 2r f 0.0315 rotations/s
ac f (0.0315 rotations/s)
t2

2500 2(1.3 m) 60 s 60 min 24 h
ac
(60 s)2 1 min 1h 1 day
f 2724 rotations/day
ac 8.9 m/s2
Section 6.4 b) Fc mg tan 20
d mv2
1. a) v mg tan 20
t r
20(2 r) v rg tan20
v
180 s v (100 m )(9.8 m
/s2) tan 20
v 3.5 m/s v 19 m/s
b) Fc mac c) The horizontal component of the normal
v2 force provides the centre-seeking force.
Fc (10 kg)
r d) If the velocity were greater (and the radius
Fc 24 N
remained the same), the car would slide up
c) Friction holds the child to the merry-go-
the bank unless there was a frictional force
round and causes the child to undergo
to provide an extra centre-seeking force.
circular motion.
The normal force would not be sufficient
2. Tension acts upward and the gravitational
to hold the car along its path.
force (mg) acts downward. Fc Fnet and
e) Friction also provides a centre-seeking
causes Tarzan to accelerate toward the point
force.
of rotation (at this instant, the acceleration is
5. G 6.67 1011 Nm2/kg2,
straight upward).
mE 5.98 1024 kg
Fc mac
Fc mMac
mv2
T mg GmEmM mMv2
r
r2 r
v2
GmE v r2
Tm g
r 4 2r3 2 r
GmE , where v
(4 m/s)2

T (60 kg) 9.8 m/s2
2.5 m
T2
4 2r3
T
T 9.7 10 N2 T
GmE
3. Both tension and gravity act downward. 4 (3.4 10 m)
T
2 8 3

Fc mac 11
(6.67 10
2 2
N m /kg )(5.98 10 kg)
24
mv2 T 1.97 10 s 6
T mg
r T 22.8 days
When T 0, 6. G 6.67 1011 Nm2/kg2,
mv2 mE 5.98 1024 kg, rE 6.37 106 m
mg
r Fc mHac
v gr
GmEmH mHv2
v (9.8
/s m 22
)(1. m)
r2 r
v 3.4 m/s GmE v r
2
4. a) N cos 20

GmE
N v
r
N sin 20 r height of orbit rE
r 6.00 105 m 6.37 106 m

mg r 6.97 106 m

20 GmE
v
r
11
(6.67 10 N m /kg )(5.98 10 kg)
2 2 24
v

6.97 10 m
6
v 7.57 10 m/s
3

7. G 6.67 1011 Nm2/kg2 3. mMoon 7.36 1022 kg,
mM (0.013)mE mEarth 5.98 1024 kg, r 3.82 108 m
mM 7.77 1022 kg
rM 1.74 106 m
vesc
2GM

r
Fc mApolloac 11
vesc
2(6.67 10 Nm /kg )(5.98 10 kg)
2 2 24
GmMmApollo mApollov2

3.82 10 m
8

r2 r vesc 1445 m/s
GmM v r2
To find the current speed of the Moon,
400 2r3 10(2 r)
GmM 2 , where v 1
mv2
GMm
T T 2 2r
r height of orbit rM
r 1.9 105 m 1.74 106 m v
GM

r
r 1.93 106 m
11
v
(6.67 10 Nm /kg )(5.98 10 kg)
2 2 24
400 2r3

T 8
3.82 10 m
GmM
v 1022 m/s
400 (1.93 10 m)
T
2 6 3

11 To find the additional speed required for
(6.67 10
2 2
N m /kg )(7.77 10 kg)
22
escape,
T 7.4 10 s 4
vadd esc 1445 m/s 1022 m/s

vadd esc 423 m/s
Section 6.5 4. Geostationary Earth satellites orbit constantly
1. a) MSun 1.99 1030 kg, above the same point on Earth because their
T 76.1 a 2.4 109 s period is the same as that of Earth.
T 2 ka3 5. M 5.98 1024 kg, r 6.378 106 m,
v 25 m/s
(2.4 109 s)2

1

a
3
4 2 To find the semimajor axis,

GM ET Ep Ek
GMm GMm 1
(2.4 109 s)2

1
mv2
a 3
4 2 2a r 2

(6.67 1011 Nm2/kg2)(1.99 1030 kg) GM 2GM
v2
a 2.7 1012 m a r
1 2 v2
b) 0.97
a r GM
d
c) v 1 2GM v2r
t
a GMr
2 (2.69 1012 m)
v GMr
2.4 109 s a
2GM v2r
v 7031 m/s
(6.67 1011 Nm2/kg2)(5.98 1024 kg)(6.378 106 m)
2. raltitude 10 000 km 1 107 m, a
2(6.67 1011 Nm2/kg2)(5.98 1024 kg) (25 m/s)2(6.378 106 m)
rJupiter 7.15 107 m, mJupiter 1.9 1027 kg
a 3.19 106 m
vesc
2GM

r
To find the period,
4 2
11 T2 ka3, where k
vesc
2(6.67 10 Nm /kg )(1.9 10 kg)
2 2 27
GM
7.15 10 m 1 10 m
7 7
vesc 56 000 m/s T

4 (3.19 10 m) 2 6 3

11
(6.67 10
2 2
Nm /kg )(5.98 10 kg)
24
T 1792 s

Section 7.3 c) Fnet 2Tv Fg
1. Fnet ma
Fnet 0
Fg 2Tv
Th = 1.0 104 N
2T sin
Tv m
g
2(85 N) sin 1.5
60
m
9.8 N/kg
Th
m 0.45 kg
Horizontal: 4. a)
Th T cos 60 FB FB

Th (1.0 104 N) cos 60
1.90 m
Th 5.0 103 N pail +
Vertical:
Tv T sin 60 0.65 m
Tv (1.0 104 N) sin 60

Tv 8.7 103 N Fg = mg
2. 1.90 m
tan

Tv 0.650 m
+
71.1
Fnet mg 2FBv
Ta = 100.0 N Ta = 100.0 N Fnet ma
70 70
Fnet 0
0 mg 2FB sin
Fnet Tv TA TA mg
FB
Fnet ma 2 sin
Fnet 0 (4.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)

FB
Tv TA TA 2 sin 71.1
Tv 2TA FB 20.7 N
Tv 2(100.0 N) cos 70 b) Fh FB cos
Tv 68.4 N Fh (20.7 N) cos 71.1

3. a) 5 5 Fh 6.71 N
T = 85 N T = 85 N c) Fv FB sin
+ Fv (20.7 N) sin 71.1

bag
v 19.6 N [down] (not including the
F
weight of the beams)
6. Fn
Ff
Fg = mg T

b) dv (1.5 m) sin 1.5 boat
dv 0.039 m
dv 3.9 cm F
F||
F|| mg sin
Ff mg cos
Fnet T Ff F||
Fnet ma

Fnet 0 w 1000 kg/m3
T F|| Ff 1000 cm3
T mg sin
mg cos
Vw (10.0 L)
1L
T mg(sin
cos
) 1 m3
T (400.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
1.00 106 cm3
(sin 30 (0.25) cos 30) Vw 0.0100 m3
T 1.11 103 N mw wVw
mw (1000 kg/m3)(0.0100 m3)
Section 7.4 mw 10.0 kg
1. a) Fg mg
Fg (10.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
Fg 98.0 N
Fg = mg
1.50 m b) Position B provides the greatest torque
because the weight is directed at 90 to the
45.0 kg
wheels rotation.
c) A rF sin
50
A (2.5 m)(10.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg) sin 45
b) rF sin
A 1.7 102 Nm
rmg sin
B rF sin
(1.50 m)(45.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg) sin 40 B (2.5 m)(10.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg) sin 90
425 Nm B 2.4 102 Nm
2. a) 2.0 103 Nm C A
r 1.5 m C 1.7 102 Nm

90 d) A larger-radius wheel or more and larger
F? compartments would increase the torque.
rF sin
Section 7.5
F 1.
r sin
2.0 103 Nm 20.0 kg P

F
(1.5 m) sin 90
F 1.3 103 N
0.75 m
3. 3.0 m

90
A
10.0 L
r1 ?
2.5 m
m1 45.0 kg

0.75
B m2 20.0 kg
3.0
m2 5.0 kg
0.75 m
C r2
2
r2 0.375 m
a) Vw 10.0 L m3 20.0 kg m2
m3 15.0 kg

3.0 m 0.75 m At maximum height:
r3
2 H (1.75 m)(45 kg)(9.8 N/kg) sin 75.5
r3 1.12 m H 7.5 102 Nm
0 1 2 3 %
(7.7 102 Nm 7.5 102 Nm) 100
7.7 10 Nm
2
0 r1F1 sin
1 r2F2 sin
2 r3F3 sin
3
% 2.6%
r3F3 r2F2
r1 3. P
F1
(1.12 m)(15.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg) (0.375 m)(5.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
r1
(45.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
40
r1 0.332 m
2. a) 1.7 m
40
F1
Fg 50
4.0 m
a) 1 2 0
t-t rF sin
r1F1 sin
rcmFg sin
(1.0 m)(30.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg) rcmFg sin
t-t F1
2 r1 sin
t-t 147 Nm (0.375 m)(5.00 kg)(9.8 N/kg)

F1
This torque applies to both sides of the 0.75 m
teeter-totter, so the torques balance each
F1 24.5 N
other. b) Frv Fv2 0
b) Frv Fv2
rh = 1.75 m
rl = ? Frv (5.00 kg)(9.8 N/kg)

Frv 49 N [up]
Frh Fh1 0
Frh Fh1
Frh 24.5 N
H L 0 rh 24.5 N [left]
F
L H The vertical reaction force is 49 N [up]
rHmH g and the horizontal reaction force is 24.5 N
rL
mL g [left].
(1.75 m)(45.0 kg) 4.
rL F4 F3
30.0 kg
rL 2.63 m
P
c)
F1
2.0 m F2
0.50 m 1.6 m 0.4 m
1 2 3 0

0.5 m r1F1 r2F2 r3FR3 0
cos

2.0 m 0.75 m
r1

75.5 2
At the horizontal position: r1 0.375 m
H (1.75 m)(45 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
H 7.7 102 Nm

2.0 m 2. F2
r2
2
r2 1.0 m
r3 1.60 m

90 2
F1 = Fn 4 cm
P
sin
1
r1F1 r2F2
F3 +
r3
8 cm
(0.375 m)(120.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg) (1.0 m)(5.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
F3
1.60 m
1
3 306 N [up]

F
F4 F1 F2 F3 1 2 0
F4 (120.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg) 2 1
(5.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg) 306 N 2 1

FRP 919 N [up] r2F2 sin
2 r1F1 sin
1
Left saw horse: 919 N [up] r1F1 sin
1
F2
Right saw horse: 306 N [up] r2 sin
2
(8.0 102 m)(27 kg)(9.8 N/kg) sin
F2
Section 7.6 (4.0 102 m) sin
1. F2 529.2 N
F2 5.3 102 N
48 m 45 The angle makes no difference it cancels
+
out.
3. 30 cm
FL 45 cm
Fm Fgb
11 15
Fw P Fgs

45 a) m b s 0
rw 48.0 cm m b s 0
rw 0.480 m m b s
mw 10.0 kg rmFm sin
m rbFb sin
b rsFs sin
s
48.0 cm rbFb sin
b rsFs sin
s
rL Fm
2 rm sin
m
rL 24.0 cm
rbmb g sin
b rsms g sin
s
rL 0.240 m Fm
rm sin
m
mL 5.00 kg rg sin
(mb ms)
w L 0 Fm
rm sin
m
w L
(rwFw sin 45) Fm (75 102 m)(9.8 N/kg) sin 75[(0.57)85 kg19.0 kg]

(45 102 m) sin 11
(rLFL sin 45) Fm 5.57 103 N (tension)

(0.480 m)(10.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
sin 45 (0.240 m)(5.00 kg)
(9.8 N/kg) sin 45
41.6 Nm [clockwise]

Reaction forces: Three-wheeled ATV:
0
Fpy
Fmy
Fby
Fsy
Fpy Fmy Fby Fsy
Fpy (5.57 103 N)(sin 4)
(19.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
Top View
(0.57)(85 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
Fpy 1049.6 N 1.25 m

Fpy 1.05 103 N [up]
0
Fpx
Fmx
Fbx
Fsx
Fpx Fmx Fbx Fsx
Fpx (5.57 103 N)(cos 4) 0 0

Fpx 5.55 103 N [right]
0.6 m

Horizontal force: 1.49 103 N [right]; vertical
force: 7.65 102 N [up]
0.55 m
Section 7.7 x
34.0 cm
1. a) sin 43
htipped
34.0 cm
htipped 0.7 m
sin 43
htipped 49.8 cm
34.0 cm 0.6 m
b) tan 43
hstraight
34.0 cm
hstraight Back View
tan 43
hstraight 36.5 cm
2. a) Four-wheeled ATV:
T
1.0 m
m

1.0
x
T
0.6 m
0.60 m
0.60 m tan

tan
T 1.25 m
1.0 m
25.64

T 31.0 x
sin

0.55 m
x (0.55 m)(sin 25.64)
x 0.237 m
0.237 m
tan
T
1.00 m
tan
T 13.3

1
Section 8.1 6. a) J bh
2
1. a) p (100 kg)
12 km 1000 m 1h
1h 1 km 3600 s J 1(5 s)(25 N [S])
2
p 3.3 102 kgm/s J 62.5 Ns [S]
b) m 150 tonne
b) J Area under triangle rectangle
m 150 103 kg
J 1(500 250 N [W])(3 s)
30 km/h 2
v
3.6 m/s (250 N [W])(6 s)
v 8.33 m/s J 1875 Ns [W]
p 1.2 106 kgm/s
c) J Area above area below (counting the
c) m 8.7 106 kg
squares: approximately)

1000
v 28 000 J (13 squares above) (4 squares
36 00
below)
v 7777.78 m/s
J 9 squares
p 6.8 1010 kgm/s
Multiplying 9 by the length and width of
Section 8.2 each square,
J 9(0.05 s)(100 N [E])
3. i) p 12 (17 N)(0.4 s)
J 45 Ns [E]
p 3.4 Ns
m
Therefore, the impulse at 0.4 s is 3.4 Ns.
ii) p [12 (25 N)(1.2 s)] [12 (8 N)(0.2 s)]

7. b) Fthrust vgas
t
(2500 m/s)(2.0 kg/s)
p 15 Ns 0.8 Ns
5000 N
p 14.2 Ns
Therefore, the impulse at 1.0 s is 14 Ns. p
t
4. a) J (20 kg)(3 m/s) F
J 60 kgm/s 780 kg (1000 m/s 0 m/s)

b) J 60 kgm/s 5000 N
c) J 0 kgm/s 156 s
J Therefore, the plane would take 156 s to
5. a) F
t reach a speed of 1000 m/s.
2.5 103 Ns
F Section 8.3
0.2 s
F 1.3 104 N 1. m1 1.5 kg, m2 2.0 kg
b) v1 0 a) 1.5(3) 2(0) 1.5(1) 2(v2f)
v2 120 km/h v2f 3.0 m/s
v2 33.3 m/s b) 1.5(3) 2(1.0) 1.5(v2f) 2(2)
v2 v1 v2f 1.7 m/s
a c) 1.5(3) 2(1) 1.5(.5) 2(v2f)
t
33.3 m/s 0 m/s v2f 0.88 m/s
a
0.2 s d) 1.5(3) 2(1) (3.5)vf
a 166.7 m/s2 vf 0.71 m/s
1
d v1 t a t2
2
1
d (0 m/s)(0.2 s) (166.7 m/s2)(0.2 s)2
2
d 3.3 m

Section 8.4
pf mfvf
1. m1 m2 2.0 kg, v1o 5.0 m/s [W], v2o 0, 1322 kgm/s [N15E]
vf
v1f 3.0 m/s [N35W], v2f ? 85 kg 70 kg
1o (2.0 kg)(5.0 m/s [W]) vf 8.5 m/s [N15E]
p
p1o 10 kgm/s [W] 3. m1 0.10 kg, v1f 10 m/s [N],
1f (2.0 kg)(3.0 m/s [N35W]) p 1f 1.0 kgm/s [N], m2 0.20 kg,
p
p1f 6.0 kgm/s [N35W] v2f 5.0 m/s [S10E],
o p 2f 1.0 kgm/s [S10E], m3 0.20 kg,
p pf
1o
p p2o
p1f 2o 0
p2f, where p v3f ?
p To 0
p1o p1f p2f

pTo pTf

p1f = 6.0 kgm/s 0
p1f
p2f
p3f
p2f
Using the cosine law,
35

p1o = 10 kgm/s 10
Using the cosine law, p1f = 1.0 kgm/s

p2f2 (10 kgm/s)2 (6.0 kgm/s)2
p2f = 1.0 kgm/s
2(10 kgm/s)(6.0 kgm/s) cos 55

p2f 8.2 kgm/s
p3f
p mv
8.2 kgm/s p3f2 (1.0 kgm/s)2 (1.0 kgm/s)2
v2f
2 kg 2(1.0 kgm/s)(1.0 kgm/s)(cos 10)
v2f 4.1 m/s p3f 0.1743 kgm/s
Using the sine law to find direction, 0.17 kgm/s
v3f
sin
sin 55 0.2 kg

6.0 kgm/s 8.2 kgm/s v3f 0.87 m/s

37 Using the sine law to find direction,
v2f 4.1 m/s [W37S] sin
sin 10

2. m1 85 kg, v1o 15 m/s [N], 1.0 kgm/s 0.1743 kgm/s
1o 1275 kgm/s [N], m2 70 kg,
p
85
v3f 0.87 m/s [S85W] or 0.87 m/s [W5S]
v2o 5 m/s [E], p 2o 350 kgm/s [E]
o
p pf 4. m1 0.5 kg, v1o 2.0 m/s [R],
1o 1o 1.0 kgm/s [R], m2 0.30 kg, v2o 0,
p p2o pf p
2o 0, v1f 1.5 m/s [R30U],
p
p2o = 350 kgm/s
1f 0.75 kgm/s [R30U], v2f ?, p
p 2f ?
To
p pTf
p1o = 1275 kgm/s pf
p1o p2o p1f
2o 0
p2f , where p

p1o p1f
p2f
Using the cosine law,
Using Pythagoras theorem to solve for pf,
p1f = 0.75 kgm/s
pf2 (1275 kgm/s)2 (350 kgm/s)2 p2f
pf 1322 kgm/s 30
350 kgm/s p1o = 1.0 kgm/s
tan

1275 kgm/s

15.4

p2f2 (1.0 kgm/s)2 (0.75 kgm/s)2 (v22 v12)
d
2(1.0 kgm/s)(0.75 kgm/s)cos 30 2a
p2f 0.513 kgm/s [(14 m/s)2 (25 m/s)2]
d
p mv 2(2.2 m/s2)
0.513 kgm/s d 97.5 m
v2f
0.30 kg W F d
v2f 1.7 m/s W (114 400 N)(97.5 m)
Using the sine law to find direction, W 1.1 107 J
sin
sin 30 5. a) W F d

0.75 kgm/s 0.513 kgm/s W (175 N)(55 m)

47 W 9625 J
v2f 1.7 m/s [R47D] or 1.7 m/s [D43R] b) The triangular areas above and below the
axis are identical and cancel out, therefore,
Section 9.2 W (0.040 m)(20 N)
1. a) W F d W 0.80 J
W (40 N)(0.15 m) 6. F ma
W 6.0 J F (3 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
b) W F d F 29.4 N
W mg d W
W (50 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(1.95 m) d
F
W 9.6 102 J 480 J
c) W F d cos
d
29.4 N
W (120 N)(4 m)(cos 25) d 16 m
W 4.4 102 J
2. 45 km/h 12.5 m/s Section 9.3
To find d, 1. m 70 kg
v22 v12 2a d d (0.2 m)(30)
(v22 v12) d6m
d
2a Fg 686.7 N
(12.5 m/s)2 0 t 8.6 s
d
2(2.5 m/s2) WF d

d 31.25 m W 4.1 103 J
W F d W
P
W (5000 N)(31.25 m) t
W 1.6 105 J P 4.8 102 Nm/s
3. W F d cos
P 4.8 102 J/s
W (78 N)(10 m)(cos 55) 2. W 0 J
W 4.5 102 J
(v2 v1) Section 9.4
4. a
t 1. a) kgm2/s2
(14 m/s 25 m/s) b) Nm
a
5.0 s 3. a) Ek 12 (2 kg)(4 m/s)2
a 2.2 m/s2 Ek 16 J
F ma
F (52 000 kg)(2.2 m/s2)
F 114 400 N

20
b) v 2. Fg Fe
3.6 m/s
mg kx
v 5.55 m/s
(0.500 kg)(9.8 N/kg) k(0.04 m)
k 12 (2 kg)(5.55 m/s)2
k 122.5 N/m
k 31 J
3. a) W E
c) Ek 12 m(v2 v1)2
W E2 E1 where E1 0
Ek 12 (2)(5.5 2.0)2
W E2
Ek 12.25 J
1
Ek 12 J W kx2
2
d) W Ek Fd (50 N)(2 m)
1
W 100 J W (55 N/m)(0.04 m)2
2
W 1.0 102 J
W 4.4 102 J
e) Ek 100 J
b) W E
Ek 12 m(v2 v1)2
W E2 E1 where E1 0
100 J 12 m(v2 v1)2
W E2
v2 10 m/s 1
W kx2
Section 9.5 2
1
1. a) Ep (10)(9.81)(2.4) W (85 N/m)(0.08 m)2
2
Ep 2.4 102 J
W 2.7 101 J
b) Ep (0.589)(9.81)(3.25)
Ep 18.8 J Section 9.8
c) Ep (10)(9.81)(135) 1. a) Ek1 12 (6.5)(18)2
Ep 1.32 104 J Ek1 1053 J
3. Ep (4.54 108 kg)(9.81)(55 m) Ek1 1.1 103 J
Ep 2.45 105 MJ b) Ep1 (6.5 kg)(9.81 m/s2)(120)
Ep1 7651.8 J
Section 9.6 Ep1 7.7 103 J
rise
1. a) k c) ET1 8.7 103 J
run
d) EThalfway 8.7 103 J
20 N
k e) Ep (6.5)(9.81)(60)
0.1 m
Ep 3825.9 J
k 200 N/m
Ek 8704.8 3825.9
k 2.0 102 N/m
Ek 4878.9 J
b) Maximum elastic potential energy occurs
Ek 12 mv2
at x 0.1 m.
1 v 39 m/s
Ep kx2 f) 8704.8 12 mv2
2
1 v 52 m/s
Ep (200 N/m)(0.1 m)2 g) v1 51.75 m/s
2
Ep 1.0 J a 9.81 m/s
c) Ee Ee2 Ee1 At maximum height, v2 0.
1 v1 v2
E (200 N/m)(0.04 m)2 t
2 g
1 51.75
(200 N/m)(0.03 m)2 t
2 9.81
Ee 7.0 102 J t 5.3 s

d v1t 12
a t2 b) po pf
ppo pgo ppf pgf

51.75 51.75 2
d (51.75) 12 (9.81)
9.81 9.81 mpvpo 0 mpvpf mgvgf
d 136 m (0.500 kg)(33.0 m/s) (0.500 kg)vpf
3. Ep (6.5)(9.81)(120) (75 kg)(0.30 m/s)
Ep 7651.8 J vpf 12 m/s
Ek 8704.8 7651.8 1
c) Ekp mpvpf2
Ek 1053 J 2
Ek 12 mv2 1
Ekp (0.500 kg)(12 m/s)2
v 18 m/s 2
Ekp 36 J
Section 9.9 1
Ekg mgvgf2
3. a) m1 3000 kg 2
v1o 20 m/s [W] 1
v1f 10 m/s [W] Ekg (75 kg)(0.30 m/s)2
2
m2 1000 kg Ekg 3.4 J
v2o 0 d) The collision is inelastic due to the loss of
v2f ? kinetic energy.
pTo pTf 5. m1 10 g
m1v1o m2v2o m1v1f m2v2f m2 50 g
(3000 kg)(20 m/s) 0 (3000 kg)(10 m/s) v1o 5 m/s
(1000 kg)v2f v2o 0
v2f 30 m/s m1 m2
v1f v1o
b) Since Eko Ekf, the collision is elastic m1 m2
(EkTotal 6 105 J). 10 g 50 g
v1f (5 m/s)
c) W Ektruck 10 g 50 g
1 v1f 3.3 m/s
W (3000 kg)(10 m/s)2
2 2m1
v2f v1o
1 m1 m2
(3000 kg)(20 m/s)2
2 2(10 g)
v2f (5 m/s)
W 4.5 105 J 10 g 50 g
4. mp 0.5 kg v2f 1.7 m/s
mg 75 kg 6. m1 0.2 kg
dp 0.03 m m2 0.3 kg
vpo 33.0 m/s v1o 0.32 m/s
vgo 0 v2o 0.52 m/s
vgf 0.30 m/s Changing the frame of reference,
a) pgo mv v1o 0.84 m/s
pgo (75 kg)(0) v2o 0 m/s
pgo 0 0.2 kg 0.3 kg
v1f (0.84 m/s)
Ekgo 0 0.2 kg 0.3 kg
ppo mv v1f 0.168 m/s
ppo (0.5 kg)(33.0 m/s) v2f (0.84 m/s)
2(0.2 kg)
ppo 16.5 kgm/s 0.2 kg 0.3 kg
1 v2f 0.672 m/s
Ekpo (0.5 kg)(33.0 m/s)2
2
Ekpo 272.25 J
1
Returning to the original frame of reference, c) Ek mv2
2
v1f 0.168 m/s 0.52 m/s
v1f 0.69 m/s
v2f 0.672 m/s 0.52 m/s
v
2E

m
k
v2f 0.15 m/s

1
v
2(0.87 J)

0.485 kg
8. a) Estored bh v 1.9 m/s
2
1 2. a) To find the period of an object in simple
Estored (0.06 m 0.02 m)(50 N)
2 harmonic motion,
Estored 1.0 J

m
T 2
1 k
b) Elost 1.0 J (0.005 m)(30 N)
2
T 2
0.485 kg

(0.005 m)(20 N) 33 N/m
1
(0.035 m)(20 N) T 0.76 s
2 b) At 0.16 m, the elastic potential energy of
Elost 1.0 J 0.075 J 0.1 J 0.35 J the bob is
Elost 0.475 J 1
Ep 0.16m kx2
9. a) Counting the squares below the top curve, 2
there are about 16.5 squares, each with an 1
Ep 0.16m (33 N/m)(0.16 m)2
area of (0.01 m)(166.7 N) 1.6667 J. The 2
amount of energy going into the shock Ep 0.16m 0.42 J
absorber is (16.5)(1.6667 J) 27.5 J. ET Ek Ep
b) There are roughly 6 squares below the Ek ET Ep
lower curve. The energy returned to the Ek 0.87 J 0.42 J
shock absorber is (6)(1.6667 J) 10 J Ek 0.45 J
27.5 J 10 J 1
c) % energy lost 100 Ek mv2
27.5 J 2
% energy lost 64%
v
2E

m
k
Section 9.10
1. a) At the equilibrium point, the bobs kinetic v
2(0.45 J)

0.485 kg
energy accounts for all the energy in the v 1.36 m/s
system. This total energy is the same as the c) Ek 0.45 J, from part b
maximum elastic potential energy. 3. Position vs. Time
Ek equilET
Ek equilEpmax
Displacement (m)
0.4
1 0.2
Ek equilkx2
2 0
0.2
1
Ek equil(33 N/m)(0.23 m)2 0.4
2 0.6
Ek equil0.87 J 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4
Time (s)
b) 0

Section 10.1 Section 10.6
22 500 s c
1. a) T 1. a) n
5 classes v
T 4.5 103 s c
v
6.7 s n
b) T
10 swings 3.0 108 m/s
T 0.67 s v
1.3 3
60 s v 2.26 108 m/s
c) T
33.33 turns b) v 1.24 108 m/s
T 1.8 s c) v 1.99 108 m/s
57 s 2. a) n 1.43
d) T
68 situps b) n2
T 0.84 s c) n 1.27
120
2. a) f
2 Section 10.7
f 60 Hz
1.00(sin 25)
45 1. a) sin
2
b) f 1.33
60
2 18.5
f 0.75 Hz
b)
2 10.1
40
c) f c)
2 16.3
(1.2)(3600)
2. a) more dense
f 9.3 103 Hz
b) n1 sin
1 n2 sin
2
65 words
d) f n2 1.76
48 s
c
f 1.4 Hz c) v1
n1
3. i) a) 2.2 104 Hz, b) 1.5 Hz, c) 0.55 Hz,
v1 2.26 108 m/s
d) 1.05 Hz
c
ii) a) 0.017 s, b) 1.3 s, c) 108 s, d) 0.71 s v2
n2
v2 1.70 108 m/s
Section 10.2
d) less dense
3.0 10 8 m/s
1. a) f n2 1.08
640 109 m
v1 2.26 108 m/s
f 4.69 1014 Hz
v2 2.78 108 m/s
3.0 108 m/s
b) f
1.2 m Section 10.9
f 2.50 108 Hz 2. a) case 1: n1 1.2 n2 2.3
3 10 8 m/s case 2: n1 1.2 n2 1.52
c) f case 3: n1 1.2 n2 1.65
2 109 m
case 4: n1 1.52 n2 1.65
f 1.50 1017 Hz case 5: n1 1.52 n2 2.3
2. a) 2.0 105 m case 6: n1 1.65 n2 2.3
b) 0.15 m b)
n 31.4, 41.4, 45.8, 46.7, 52.1, 67.1
c) 1.0 1014 m

f

690 clicks
1. vr c 1. a) f
2f1 2.3 s
f 300 Hz

2000 H z
3.0 108 m/s
2(9.2 10 Hz) T
1
32.6 m/s f
T 3.3 103 s

3. a) vr c
1 b) v 344 m/s
(4.8 107 4.5 107) 344 m/s

4.5 107
3.0 108

300 s1
1.15 m
2.00 107 m/s 60 pulses
b) red shift 2. a) f
0.3 s
c) moving away f 200 Hz
d) vr 1.88 107 m/s 1
T
200
Section 10.12 T 5.0 103 s
2. a) n d sin
n
340 m/s
2(5.50 107 m) b)
sin
n 200 s1
2.5 106 m 1.7 m
sin
n 0.44 7.5 clicks

n 26 3. f
0.3 s
2(5.50 107 m) f 25 Hz
b) sin
n
1.0 10 4 m T 0.04 s
sin
n 0.011

n 0.63 Section 11.2
x2 2. d 8000 m
3. a) sin 26
1.0 m tair 2.35 s
x2 0.44 m from centre line. twood 0.20 s
x2 vair 3.4 103 m/s
b) sin 0.63
1.0 m vwood 4.0 104 m/s
x2 0.011 m from centre line. Therefore, sound travels 11.8 times faster
through wood.
Section 10.13 3. t 12.3 s
2. a) 550 nm v 332 0.6T
w 2.2 105 m a) v0C 332 m/s
(n 12) w sin
n d 4.08 103 m

max 3.58 b) v10C 338 m/s

max 3.6 d 4.16 103 m
n c) v30C 350 m/s
b) sin
n
w d 4.31 103 m

min 2.87 d) v10C 326 m/s

min 2.9 d 4.01 103 m
3. a) x 0.06 m
b) x 0.05 m

1. a) v3C 333.8 m/s 3. 110 km/h 30.6 m/s

vp 343 m/s
Mach a) f 450 Hz
vs 343 m/s 30.6 m/s
vp 2.1(333.8 m/s) f 494 Hz
vp 7.0 102 m/s

343 m/s
b) f 450 Hz
b) v35C 353 m/s 343 m/s 30.6 m/s
vp (0.4)(353 m/s) f 413 Hz
vp 1.4 102 m/s
c) v0C 332 m/s Section 12.3
vp 1.9(332 m/s) 1. a) vwood 3850 m/s
vp 6.3 102 m/s v f
d) v2C 330.8 m/s 15.4 m
vp 5.1(330.8 m/s) b) vwater 1498 m/s
vp 1.7 103 m/s 6.0 m
2. a) 2.5 103 km/h
b) 5.0 102 km/h
Section 12.4
2. a) 0.3 m
c) 2.3 103 km/h
b) f 20 Hz
d) 6.1 103 km/h
v f
Section 11.4 v 6 m/s
2. a) decrease by factor of 4
b) decrease by factor of 28
Section 12.6
1. L 1.2 m v 343 m/s
c) increase by factor of 9
a) i) 2.4 m
d) increase by factor of 11
ii) 0.8 m
3. a) 100
iii) 0.4 m

I
10 log b) i) f 143 Hz
Io
ii) f 429 Hz
I
1010 iii) f 858 Hz
1 1012
2. a) 4.8 m, 0.96 m, 0.44 m
I 0.10 W/m2
b) 71.7 Hz, 358 Hz, 782 Hz
b) 20 dB
3. f 400 Hz
102
L 0.8 m
I
v 640 m/s
1 1012

L1
I 1.0 1010 W/m2 f2 f1
L2
c) 55 dB

0.8
I 3.2 107 W/m2 a) f2 400
0.9
d) 78 dB f2 356 Hz
I 6.3 105 W/m2 b) f2 283 Hz
4. a) 100 times louder c) f2 253 Hz
b) 100 times softer d) f2 200 Hz
c) 3.2 106 times louder
d) 891 times softer Section 12.8
1. f2 997 Hz or 1003 Hz

Section 13.4 From the force vector diagram,
6
1. q1 3.7 10 C, q2 3.7 10 C, 6 Fe
tan

d 5.0 102 m, k 9.0 109 Nm2/C2 mg
kq1q2 Fe mg tan
F kq1q2
d2 mg tan
r2
(9.0 109 Nm2/C2)(3.7 106 C)(3.7 106 C)
F
(5.0 102 m)2 r2mg tan
q1
kq2
F 49 N
(0.20 m)2(2.0 1010 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(tan 21)
F 49 N (attraction) q1
(9.0 109 Nm2/C2)(3.0 106 C)
2. F 2(49 N)
F 98 N q1 1.1 1015 C
The dust balls are 0.20 m apart, and the
r
kq q

F
1 2
charge on the tethered dust ball is
1.1 1015 C.
6 6
r
(9.0 10 Nm /C )(3.7 10 C)(3.7 10 C)
9 2 2

98 N
Section 13.5
r 3.5 102 m 1. a)
3. a) T
Fe
mg
b) Fe
b)
T mg
c) How close do the dust balls get and what is

the charge on the tethered dust ball?
m 2.0 1010 kg , l 0.42 m,
dwall-1 0.35 m, q 3.0 106 C,
21 c)
dwall-2 0.35 m (0.42 m)(sin 21)
dwall-2 0.35 m 0.15 m
dwall-2 0.20 m +

Section 13.6 At 4 cm away:
1. a) q 1.0 10 C, 6 kq

1.7 106 N/C [right] r2
(9.0 109 Nm2/C2)(3.0 106 C)
Let right be the positive direction.
e q
(4.0 102 m)2
F
Fe (1.0 106 C)(1.7 106 N/C) 1.7 107 N/C
Fe 1.7 N At 6 cm away:

Fe 1.7 N [left]
kq
r2
b) q 1.0 106 C, (9.0 109 Nm2/C2)(3.0 106 C)

(6.0 102 m)2
2(1.7 106 N/C) [right]
If right is still the positive direction, 7.5 106 N/C

Fe q c) Doubling the distance,
Fe (1.0 106 C)[2(1.7 106 N/C)] kq
1 2
Fe 3.4 N (2r)
e 3.4 N [right]
F 1
1
4
2.
Tripling the distance,
T
kq
2 2
(3r)
Fe
1
2
Stationary charge 9
mg creating a field 1 1
1 decreases to and 2 decreases to of
4 9
q 1.0 106 C,
1.7 106 N/C [right] the original strength.
Fe mg tan
1
d) 2 . The field strength varies as the

Fe 1.7 N [left] r
inverse square of the distance away from
3. a)
the charge.
e) q1 1.0 106 C, q2 3.0 106 C,
r 8.0 102 m
+
kq1

r2
(9.0 109 Nm2/C2)(3.0 106 C)

(8.0 102 m)2
The field lines radiate outward, away from 4.22 106 N/C
e q
F
the charge.
b) k 9.0 109 Nm2/C2, q 3.0 106 C Fe (1.0 106 C)(4.22 106 N/C)

Fe 4.22 N [right]
At 2 cm away from the charge:
kq 4. a) q1 q2 1.0 106 C, r 0.20 m

r2 Let the positive direction be left.
(9.0 109 Nm2/C2)(3.0 106 C) At point A:

(2.0 102 m)2 r1 0.05 m, r2 0.25 m
6.8 107 N/C

TA 1 2 V V2 V1
kq1 kq2 V 9.0 105 V (4.5 105 V)
TA 2
r1 r 22 V 4.5 105 V
TA (9.0 109 Nm2/C2)(1.0 106 C) 2. a) m1 m2 5.0 109 g 5.0 1012 kg,
1 1 q1 4.0 1010 C, q2 1.0 1010 C

2 2
(0.05 m) (0.25 m) On particle 1:
TA 3.7 106 N/C [left] W1 qV
At point B: W1 (4.0 1010 C)(50 V)
r1 0.10 m, r2 0.10 m W1 2.0 108 J
The addition of these two distances as was On particle 2:
done in the previous question will yield a W2 qV
zero quantity. W2 (1.0 1010 C)(50 V)
TB 0 N/C W2 5.0 109 J
At point C: b) W Ek
r1 0.15 m, r2 0.05 m 1
TC
1 2 W mv2
2
kq2 kq1
TC
r 22 r 21 v
2W

m
TC (9.0 109 Nm2/C2)(1.0 106 C)

2W1

1 1
2 2 v
(0.05 m) (0.15 m) m
The similar masses cancel.
1 1
v

TC 3.2 106 N/C [left] 2 2W
2
b) At the centre point, 1 is equal in m 2

magnitude but opposite in direction to 2, v 1 W
1
therefore there is no net field strength as v 2 W 2
2.0 108 J

the fields cancel out. v
1
c) For all field strengths to cancel out, the v2 5.0 109 J
q
magnitudes of the ratio of 2 must be v
r 1 2
v2
equal and pointing in opposite directions.
3. a) Extensive: electric force, potential energy
Section 13.7 Intensive: field strength, electric potential
kq1q2 b) Electric force Charge and the field
1. a) Ee strength
r
(9.0 109 Nm2/C2)(5.0 106 C)(1.5 106 C)
Potential energy Charge and the electric
Ee
10 102 m potential
Ee 6.8 101 J c) Extensive properties
E Product cost (per package)
b) V e Mass
q
6.8 101 J Volume
V
1.5 106 C Length
V 4.5 105 V Force of gravity
kq Etc.
c) V Intensive properties
r
(9.0 109 Nm2/C2)(5.0 106 C) Unit product cost (per unit weight or measure)
V
5.0 102 m Density
V 9.0 105 V Heat capacity

Indices of refraction 5. a) V 20 kV 2.0 104 V,
Gravitational field strength q 1.602 1019 C, m 9.11 1031 kg
Etc. Ek Ee
Ek Vq
Section 13.8 Ek (2.0 104 V)(1.602 1019 C)
1. qA 2e, qB 79e, Ek 3.2 1015 J
Ek 7.7 MeV 1
(7.7 106 eV)(1.602 1019 J) b) Ek mv2
2
Ee Ek
Ee
kqAqB v
2E

m
k
r
2(3.2 1015 J)
r
kqAqB
Ee
v

9.11 1031 kg
(9.0 109 Nm2/C2)(1.602 1019 C)2(2)(79)

v 8.4 107 m/s
r
(7.7 106 eV)(1.602 1019 J)
r 2.96 1014 m
Section 13.9
1. W 2.4 104 J, q 6.5 107 C
r 3.0 1014 m
W
3. q 1.5 105 C V
q
1
mv2 q(V2 V1) 2.4 104 J
2 V
6.5 107 C
2q(V V )
v

m
2 1
V 3.7 102 V
2. d 7.5 103 m, V 350 V,
2(1.5 105 C)(12 V)
v

(1.0 105 kg)

V
d
v 6.0 m/s [left]
350 V
4. a) V 1.5 103 V, m 6.68 1027 kg, 7.5 103 m
q 2e 3.204 1019 C 4.7 104 N/C
Ek Ee 3. m 2.166 1015 kg, V 530 V,
1 2 d 1.2 102 m
mv Vq
2 Fe Fg

v 2Vq qV
mg
m d
19 mgd
2(1.5 10 V)(3.204 10 C)
v q
3
27
6.68 10 kg V
v 3.8 105 m/s q (2.166 1015 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(1.2 102 m)

530 V
1 1
b) mv2 Vq q 4.8 1019 C
2 2
v
Vq

m
Section 14.2
2. a) I 11 A
(1.5 103 V)(3.204 1019 C)
v

6.68 1027 kg
b) I 3.7 1010 A
v 2.7 105 m/s

3. a) I 10 A Section 14.6
Q 700 C 1. a) R 60
Q

t 1 1
I b) 3
RT 20
t 70
RT 6.7
700 C
b) number of electrons c) RT 66.7
1.6 1019 C/e
2. RT 26
4.38 1021 electrons RT 19
RT 22
Section 14.3 4. a) R 1.0 106
3. a) V 12 V b) RT 1.0
V 12 J/C
1.3 104 J
Section 14.7
Q 1. a) RT 10 15 20
12 V
RT 45
Q 1.1 103 C
V
1.1 103 C I
b) number of electrons R
1.6 10 19 C/e
I 0.11 A
number of electrons 6.8 1021 electrons
I is constant at 0.11 A for each resistor.
1.1 103 C
c) I (I1 I2 I3 0.11 A)
2.5 s

I 4.4 102 A 1
V1 (10 )
4. V 1.3 108 V E 3.2 109 J 9
V1 1.1 V
3.2 109 J
a) Q

1
1.3 108 J/C V2 (15 )
Q 25 C 9
24.6 C V2 1.7 V
b) number of electrons
1.6 1019 C/e

1
V3 (20 )
number of electrons 1.5 1020 electrons 9
24.6 C V3 2.2 V
c) I b) RT 4.6
25 106 s
I 9.8 105 A I 1.08 A
I1 0.5 A
Section 14.5 I2 0.33 A
2. a) 1.1 200x I3 0.25 A
x 5.5 103 Voltage is constant throughout at 5 V.
R1 5.5 103(35) (V1 V2 V3 5 V)
R1 0.19 c) i) RT 26
x IT 0.192 A
b) 1.1
A 10 : I 0.115 A V 1.152 V
1.1 A 15 : I 0.0768 A V 1.152 V
R1
0.24 A 20 : I 0.192 A V 3.84 V
R1 4.6 ii) RT 18.57
IT 0.27 A
10 : I 0.27 A V 2.7 V
15 : I 0.15 A V 2.3 V
20 : I 0.115 A V 2.3 V

iii)RT 21.67 P (120 V)(8 A)
IT 0.23 A P 0.96 kW
10 : I 0.153 A V 1.53 V t 3 min
15 : I 0.23 A V 3.46 V t 0.05 h/day
20 : I 0.077 A V 1.54 V cost (0.08)(0.96)(0.05)
cost $0.00384/day
Section 14.8 cost $0.1152/month 11.52/month
1. a) P IV 120 W d) P 15(240)
b) P 24 W P 3.6 kW
2. a) P 1000 W t 6.42 h
V 120 V cost (0.08)(3.6)(6.42)
I 8.33 A cost $1.85/month
b) no chance of burnout e) P 0.240 kW, t 4 h, cost $0.08/day
3. a) t 60 s
I 8.33 C/s Section 15.5
Q 500 C 1. L 0.30 m
500 C I 12 A
b) number of electrons
1.6 1019 C/e B 0.25 T
number of electrons 3.125 1021 electrons
90
c) P 1000 J/s F BIL sin
E 6.0 104 J F (0.25 T)(12 A)(0.30 m) sin 90

d) P I 2R F 0.90 N
P 2. L 0.15 m
R 2 F 9.2 102 N
I
R 14.4 B 3.5 102 T

90
Section 14.9 I
F
1. a) I 15 A, V 240 V, t 4320 s BL sin
P IV (9.2 102 N)
I
P 3600 W (3.5 102 T)(0.15 m) sin 90
cost ($0.082/kWh)(1.2 h)(3.6 kW) I 18 A
cost $0.354 35.4 3. a) L 50 m
b) I 2.5 A, V 120 V, t 1.2 h I 100 A
P (2.5)(120) F 0.25 N
P 0.300 kW
45
cost (8.2)(1.2)(0.3) F
B
cost $0.03 3 IL sin
2. a) cost (0.08)(0.3)(5) (0.25 N)

B
cost $0.12/day (100 A)(50 m) sin 45
cost $3.60/month B 7.1 105 T
b) cost (0.08)(8)(0.06)(6.4)
cost $0.25/day
cost $7.50/month
120 V
c) I
15
I8A

b) Wire
(cross-section)
Earth's
Magnetic 45 45
Field 0.67 m
45 x
Direction
of Force
x
2x (0.67 m)
2 2
Tower S N
x 0.47 m
The fields will cancel 4.7 101 m south
4. B 3.0 105 T and 4.7 101 m below the wire.
L 0.20 m 6. a) r 2.4 103 m
N 200 I 13.0 A
4 107 Tm/A L1m
BL I2L
I F
N 2 r
(3.0 105 T)(0.20 m) (4 107 Tm/A)(13.0 A)2(1 m)
I F
(4 107 Tm/A)(200) 2 (2.4 103 m)
I 2.4 102 A F 1.4 102 N/m
5. a) I 100 A 7. q 20 C
L 50 m B 4.5 105 T
B 3.0 105 T v 400 m/s

45
90
I F qvB sin
r
2 B F (20 C)(400 m/s)(4.5 105 T) sin 90
(4 107 Tm/A)(100 A) F 0.36 N
r
2 (3.0 105 T) 8. q 1.602 1019 C
r 0.67 m v 4.3 104 m/s
b) Referring to the diagram in question 3, B 1.5 T
Earths field lies in a line that is crossing
90
the wire at 45 below the horizontal. The F qvB sin
magnetic field would form a circular ring F (1.602 1019 C)(4.3 104 m/s)(1.5 T) sin 90

F 1.0 1014 N [south]
in the clockwise direction (rising on the
south side of the wire, descending on the
north with a radius of 0.67 m). Therefore,
Section 16.4
Np 50
the field will cancel that of Earth on the 1. a) turns ratio 0.2
Ns 250
south side below the wire, as shown in the
N1 I2
diagram. b)
N2 I1

50
V1 10 V
250
V1 2 V

N1 I2
c) 2. T 900 K
N2 I1
a) The maximum wavelength can be found

250
I1 2.5 A using Wiens law:
50
2.898 103
I1 12.5 A max
T
d) Pavg IV (2 V)(12.5 A) 25 W
2.898 103
e) P 25 W max
900 K
f) V IR
max 3.2 106 m
V 10 V
R 4 The peak wavelength of the light is
I 2. 5 A
3.2 106 m.

N1 13
2. V1 120 V, I1 0.80 A, b) It would appear in the infrared spectrum.
N2 1
c) Since the peak is in infrared, more energy
N1 V1
a) is required to produce the light in the
N2 V2
visual spectrum.

1
V2 120 V
13
V2 9.2 V
Section 17.3

h W
N1 I2 1. V f0 0
b) e e
N2 I1
eV hf0 W0

13 Choosing two pairs of values from the table
I2 (0.8 A)
1 and subtracting,
I2 10.4 A (1.6 1019 C)(0.95 V) h(7.7 1014 Hz) W0
V2
c) R (1.6 1019 C)(0.7 V) h(7.2 1014 Hz) W0
I2 (1.6 1019 C)(0.25 V) h(0.5 1014 Hz)
9 .2 V h 8 1034 Js
R
10.4 A W0 4.64 1019 J
R 0.88 W0 2.9 eV
d) P V2I2 96 W
e) P V1I1 96 W Vstop vs. f0
3
Section 17.2
1. T 12 000 K 2
Vstop (V)
a) The maximum wavelength can be found

using Wiens law:
1
2.898 103
max
T
2.898 103 0
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
max
12 000 K f0 (1014 Hz)
max 2.4 107 m
2. a) Increasing the work function by 1.5 would
The peak wavelength of Rigel is
cause a vertical shift of the line. Hence,
2.4 107 m. It is in the ultraviolet
potential would have to be greater, but the
spectrum.
frequencies would not change.
b) It would appear violet.
h
c) No: the living cells would be damaged by b) The term is constant and hence the
e
the highly energetic UV photons. slope would not change.

3. 230 nm 2.3 107 m Section 17.5
The energy can be found as follows: 1. v 1 km/s 1000 m/s
hc The wavelength can be found using
E W0
de Broglies equation:
(8 1034 Js)(3.0 108 m/s) h
E
2.3 107 m mv
4.64 1019 J 6.626 1034 Js

E 5.79 1019 J (9.11 1031 kg)(1000 m/s)
7.27 107 m
Section 17.4 Hence, the wavelength of the electron is
2. E 85 eV, 214 nm 2.14 107 m
7.27 107 m.
a) Momentum of the original electron can be
found using: Section 17.6
E
p 2. We shall first compute the change in energies
c
and the wavelength of spectral lines emitted in
(85 eV)(1.6 1019 C)
p each case. From that, the wavelength
3.0 108 m/s
separation can be computed.
p 4.53 1026 Ns
The energy change when the electron
b) Momentum of the resultant electron can be
transfers from 8 to 1 is:
found using:
E81 E8 E1
h
p 2.18 1018 J 2.18 1018 J
E81 2
8 12
6.626 1034 Js
p E81 2.15 1018 J
2.14 107 m
The wavelength of the spectral lines is:
p 3.1 1027 Ns
hc
c) The energy imparted can be found by: 81
E81
hc
E E (6.626 1034 Js)(3.0 108 m/s)
81
2.15 1018 J
E (85 eV)(1.6 1019 C)
81 9.25 108 m
(6.626 1034 Js)(3.0 108 m/s) Similarly, the energy change when the

2.14 107 m electron transfers from 7 to 2 is:
E72 E7 E2
E 1.27 1017 J 2.18 1018 J 2.18 1018 J
E72
The energy imparted to the electron was 72 22
1.27 1017 J. E72 5 1019 J
d) The energy imparted increased the speed hc
72
of the electron. Hence, it can be found E72
using: (6.26 1034 Js)(3.0 108 m/s)
72
5 1019 J

2E
v
m 72 3.98 107 m
2(1.27 1017 J) Hence the wavelength separation is
v

9.11 1031 kg 72 81
v 5.27 106 m/s 3.98 107 m 9.25 108 m
The speed increase of the electron is 3.05 107 m
5.27 106 m/s.

3. The change in energy can be computed using: The higher boundary for the Brackett series is
E Ef Ei when the electron jumps from infinity to the
13.6 eV 13.6 eV fourth orbital:
E
nf2 ni2 13.6 eV 13.6 eV
Emax
For the Lyman series, the lower boundary is 2 42
when the electron jumps from the second to Emax 0.85 eV
the first orbital: Thus, the boundaries for the four series are:
13.6 eV 13.6 eV Lyman: 10.2 eV to 13.6 eV
Emin 2

2 12 Balmer: 1.89 eV to 3.4 eV
Emin 10.2 eV Paschen: 0.66 eV to 1.51 eV
The higher boundary for the Lyman series is Brackett: 0.31 eV to 0.85 eV
when the electron jumps from infinity to the
first orbital: Section 17.8
13.6 eV 13.6 eV 1. v 1 m/s 1 106 m/s,
Emax
2 12 mp 1.673 1027 kg
Emax 13.6 eV The uncertainty in position can be found
For the Balmer series, the lower boundary is using:
when the electron jumps from the third to the h
y
second orbital: m v
13.6 eV 13.6 eV 1.0546 1034 Js
Emin y
32 22 (1.673 1027 kg)(1 106 m/s)
Emin 1.89 eV y 6.3 102 m
The higher boundary for the Balmer series is Hence, the uncertainty in position is
when the electron jumps from infinity to the 6.3 102 m.
second orbital: 2. In the equation Et h, the units are Js.
13.6 eV 13.6 eV h
Emax This coincides with the units of h in h ,
2
22 2
Emax 3.4 eV where 2 is a constant.
For the Paschen series, the lower boundary is 6. Ek 1.2 keV 1.92 1016 J,
when the electron jumps from the fourth to mp 1.673 1027 kg
the third orbital: First we shall find the velocity using:

13.6 eV 13.6 eV v 2Ek
Emin 2
mp
4 32
Emin 0.66 eV 2(1.92 1016 J)
The higher boundary for the Paschen series is
v

1.673 1027 kg
when the electron jumps from infinity to the v 4.8 105 m/s
third orbital: The uncertainty in position can be found
13.6 eV 13.6 eV using:
Emax
2 32 h
Emax 1.51 eV y
m v
For the Brackett series, the lower boundary is 1.0546 1034 Js
y
when the electron jumps from the fifth to the (1.673 1027 kg)(4.8 105 m/s)
fourth orbital: y 1.32 1013 m
13.6 eV 13.6 eV
Emin The uncertainty in the position is
52 42 1.32 1013 m.
Emin 0.31 eV

7. The uncertainty does not affect the object

t
1
at a macroscopic level. (235N)0 T235
235
N 2

238
N 1 t

(238N)0 T238
2
Section 18.2

1 t(
1

1
)
0.0044 (0.030) 7.04 108 a 4.45 10 a
9
3. Average atomic mass of Cl is 2

0.758(35 u) 0.242(37 u) 35.48 u,

0.0044 1
compared to 35.453 u in the periodic table. log t(1.196 109 a1) log
0.030 2
0.8337
Section 18.3 t
(0.3010)(1.196 109 a1)
2. Since AZX A4
Z2 Y:
t 2.3 109 a
a) 234
90Th b) 244 219 240 60
94Pu c) 84Po d) 92U e) 27 Co
3. Since AZ X AZ1Ye: Section 18.5

a) 32 23 35 45 64
16S b) 11 Na c) 17Cl d) 21 Sc e) 30Zn 1. 235.043924 1.008665 139.921620
4. Since Z X Z1Ye :
A A
93.915367 2(1.008665)
a) 199F b) 22 46 239 64
10 Ne c) 23V d) 92U e) 28 Ni 236.052589 235.854317
Therefore, the mass defect is 0.198272 kg.
Section 18.4
1. The amount eaten is: E mc2
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 (0.198272 kg)(3.0 108 m/s)2
1.8 1016 J for 1 kmol of nucleons
2 4 8 16 32 128 256
255 255 1 (6.02 1026)
. The amount left is 1 For 1020 reactions, E 3.0 109 J.
256 256 256
2. 2.014102 2.014102 3.016030 1.008665

1 8
or . 4.028204 4.024695
2
Therefore, the mass defect is 0.003509 kg.
2. T 1.28 109 a, N0 5 mg, N 1 mg
1

2
E mc2
(0.003509 kg)(3.0 108 m/s)2
t

1
N N0 T
1

2 3.2 1014 J for 1 kmol of nucleons

2
(6.02 1026)

N t 1
log log
N0 T 2 1

For 1020 reactions, E 5.3 107 J.
2

N
log
N0
t T
1

2
1
log
2

1 mg
log
5 mg
t (1.28 109 a)

1
log
2
t 2.97 10 a
9
3. T235 7.04 108 a, T238 4.45 109 a,

235 235

N N

238 0.0044,
238 0.030
N N 0

PART 2 Answers to End-of-chapter Conceptual Questions
Chapter 1 could have travelled north 91 km then turned

1. The more decimal places, the more precise the around and gone south 89 km. Your average
instrument. Remember that the decimal places speed would then have been 180 km/h.
are also contained within a prefix. 9. Because one person is travelling away from you
1 munmarked metre stick and the other towards you, they have different
1.0 ma metre stick marked off in tenths directions and, therefore, different velocities.
1.000 ma metre stick marked off in mm Their speeds are the same.
1.000 000 ma graduated device like a 10. and 11. In a 100-m dash, the sprinter tries to
micrometer accelerate as long as possible to the maximum
2. By dividing a value with two significant digits, speed he can reach and then tries to maintain
you cannot create extra precision. The implica- it. In a longer race, the key is to get to a com-
tion of the value 0.333333333 m is that the petitive speed but to save some speed in reserve
value is known to 9 decimal places. The so you can accelerate near the end of the race.
answer should be 0.33 m. It is difficult to maintain the speed a 100-m
3. When you add consistent units, the end result sprinter reaches for any period of time. Thus,
is consistent. Example: 2 dollars plus 1 dollar the strategies are different.
plus half a dollar equal three and a half dollars. 12. For average speed, take the total distance trav-
But 2 dollars plus 1 dollar plus 50 cents does elled and divide it by the time. For average
not equal 53 somethings. velocity, connect the two points on the curve
4. Scalars are anything without direction (age, with a straight line and take its slope (essen-
temperature, refractive index, dollars, cents, tially this is final position minus the initial
etc.). Vectors have both a magnitude and a position). To find instantaneous velocity
direction (e.g., force, momentum, and electric, (which is also the instantaneous speed) with a
gravitational, and magnetic fields). direction, draw a tangent at a given time to the
5. Both speedometers and odometers register curve and find its slope. The or indicates
only a scalar quantity. If you tie in GPS (Global the direction.
Positioning System) and use the information 13. a) At a distance of 300 km west of the origin,
relayed by the satellite, you can add a direction a persons instantaneous velocity is 50 km/h
to your display and measure vector quantities. going east.
6. Any time the displacement has an angle in one b) The Superman ride moves with a positive
leg of its journey, it will not equal the distance velocity and covers a positive displacement
travelled. In the extreme case, you can end up on the way up to the top. At the top, the
in the same place you started from. Thus, you riders displacement as measured from the
will have a displacement of zero while still top becomes negative during the descent.
registering a distance travelled. The riders velocity is now downward or
7. Use 5 km[N] and 5 km[E]. These vectors have negative. As the rider goes across the level
equal magnitudes but are different vectors. section, assume he is travelling to the right.
8. The key here is the definition of velocity. Thus, his velocity and displacement are
Velocity is displacement divided by time. Thus, both positive in this dimension.
if you travelled for 1 hour and ended up only 14. a) Yes. If you are located to the negative side of
2 km from where you started, your average the origin but travelling back to the origin,
velocity would be 2 km/h. However, your you can have negative displacement and
odometer may have registered 180 km. You positive velocity.
Answers to End-of-chapter Conceptual Questions 37

b) Yes. At the moment you reach the place you a period of time. It then moves southward
started from, your displacement is zero. with a constant velocity, going past the zero
However, if you are still moving in the neg- position.

ative direction, you have a negative instan- v -t: The object speeds up while moving
taneous velocity. in a northern direction. The acceleration in
c) Yes. By going the same distance in one this time period is decreasing. The object
direction as you did in the opposite direc- then continues to move northward with a
tion, you cover a finite value of distance but constant velocity. It then slows down, mov-
have no displacement as you end up back in ing northward until it comes to a stop. At
the same place you started from. this point, it turns around and speeds up in
a southern direction.

Chapter 2 2. d -t: The t axis locates a starting position from
1. Assume for all the cases that north is positive which you can measure the displacement.
and south is negative. Example: the desk at the front of the classroom

i) The d-t representation starts with the object is the initial zero point. Displacements to the
sitting motionless south of the designated right of the desk are positive and displacements
zero point. It then starts moving with a con- to the left are negative. By moving the axis up or
stant velocity northward crossing the zero down, the location of this zero point is changed.
point and ending up in a position north of the The actual motion itself does not change.

designated zero position. v -t: The t axis in this case alters the motion

The v -t representation shows the object direction and type. A straight line above the
moving with a constant velocity south- t axis with a positive slope means the object is
ward. It then starts to slow down, still mov- speeding up and moving in a positive direction.
ing southward, until it stops, changes If this same line occurs below the t axis, then
direction, and speeds up in a northern the object is moving south but slowing down.
direction. Thus, the time axis is extremely important in

ii) d -t: The object speeds up, moving in a defining the type of motion the object under-
northern direction, then continues to move goes.
northward with a constant velocity. 3. a)

v -t: The object speeds up with a changing
acceleration, moving northward. It then v t
continues to speed up with a constant accel-
eration in a northern direction.

iii) d -t: The object starts north of the zero posi-
tion and moves south past the zero position b) The acceleration is constant because it is
with a constant velocity. It then changes its being produced by Earth and is a result of
velocity abruptly to a smaller value but con- gravity. As the object undergoes the various
tinues to move southward. stages of motion, Earth does not go away

v -t: The object is moving northward but and gravity does not change significantly.
slowing down until it comes to a complete c) As the ball goes up, velocity is positive and
stop. It changes direction and speeds up acceleration is negative so the ball slows
towards the south. It suddenly changes the down.
acceleration to a smaller value but contin- As the ball goes down, the velocity is
ues to speed up while moving southward. negative and the acceleration is still nega-

iv) d -t: The object moves northward and slows tive so the ball speeds up.
down to a stop, where it sits motionless for
38 Answers to End-of-chapter Conceptual Questions

d) time, iv) with velocities greater than the speed
of light.
d t Unlikely graphs are those with major changes
in motion over very short time periods.
11. Probably not as the final speed is twice that of
4. Yes. The ball at the highest point of its path the average, assuming the person started from
stops moving but not accelerating. Since the rest and accelerated with a constant accelera-
force of gravity has not vanished, it is still act- tion. However, it is difficult to maintain a top
ing on the ball, causing it to change its direc- velocity for long.
tion of motion. Thus, the three possible 12. Most of the accelerations have been constant.
motions caused by an acceleration are speeding Thus, the graph would be comprised of only flat

up, slowing down, and turning. sections. However, in question 1 some v-t graphs
5. Converted to m/s, 10 370 km/h2 is 0.8 m/s2, had curved sections which would result in

which is a reasonable value. The original value straight diagonal lines on the a-t graph. The tran-

is large because the unit implies an acceleration sition is the same in shapes as for d-t to v-t graphs.
lasting one hour. Most accelerations last only a 13. This is the second part of question 12. Rockets
few seconds. undergo changing accelerations regularly. Most
6. a) Air resistance acts on the large surface area objects do to some extent. A good example for
of the sheet, causing it to fall slower than visualizing the effect is that of a chain sliding
the bowling ball. off a table. As the chain falls, more mass over-
b) Reduce the air resistance of the object by hangs the table. Thus, the force pulling the
crumpling the paper. chain down is always increasing.
c) Since there is no air in a vacuum, the force
of air resistance is zero and both objects Chapter 3
would fall at the same rate. 1. The motion is linear as opposed to parabolic. In
7. No. Because the object is accelerating on the outer space, if an object fires two jets at right
way down, it ends up covering more distance angles to each other, it will move off in a
1
per unit time as it falls. The equation d 2 a t2 straight line. The two vector velocities will add
illustrates this. Just put values of time into the to produce the final velocity. Any event where
equation and check the distance covered over the forces are equal in magnitude but not direc-
the same time period. tion will cause velocities and accelerations that
8. The five kinematics equations were derived from are also equal, resulting in linear motion.

a v -t graph with a straight line motion. This 2. Any self-powered object can accelerate in two
means that the slope was constant and the accel- directions. Examples are rockets, planes, bal-
eration was also constant. loons that are expelling air, and anything that
9. Considerations would be the size of the inter- can push itself in a given direction.
section and the speed limit for the area. Some (Acceleration due to gravity can be one direc-
small amount must be added to the time for tion and the propulsion unit of the object can
reaction to seeing the light change. The size of cause it to accelerate in the other direction).
the intersection will determine the time needed 3. Because both objects fall at the same rate due to
for a car to comfortably clear the intersection at gravity (assuming negligible air resistance), the
or slightly below the speed allowed in the area. pea falls the same distance as the pail and will
10. Impossible graphs include any graph: i) that always hit it.
has a place where two or more velocities are 4. As soon as the ball leaves the pitchers hand, it
possible in one time, ii) that causes an object to starts a trajectory downward. The radius of
travel backward in time, iii) that has negative curvature of the trajectory varies with the ini-

tial speed of the ball. If the speed is great like tional effects of the thin atmosphere that exists
that of a fastball, the ball drops a smaller dis- even out in orbital distances above Earth.
tance than for a change up or curve ball as it
arrives at the plate. The slower speeds result in Chapter 4
greater drops. These effects are compounded by 1. and 2. Place a soft, ironed tablecloth on a
air resistance effects. The net effect is that the smooth, polished table. On top of the tablecloth,
fast ball appears to rise rather than drop less. In place a set of reasonably heavy dishes. The
some cases, when the pitcher pitches a ball side smooth table and ironed cloth minimize friction.
arm and gives the ball an initial vertical veloc- The more massive dishes increase the inertia of
ity, the ball can actually rise up, before falling. the objects. The dishes should have smooth bot-
5. No. The force of gravity is always present. toms as well, minimizing drag. With a sharp tug,
6. Air resistance and spin on the object. The spin snap the tablecloth away from the table, making
creates greater stability for flight and, there- sure to pull horizontally. The sharp tug ensures
fore, increases the range. Compare the flight of the time is too short to allow the objects to slide
a bullet out of a modern gun to the flight of a with the cloth and the horizontal pull ensures
blunderbuss circular mini cannonball. If the no lifting of the dishes occurs. Because of
force of the gun on the projectile was the same Newtons law, the dishes remain in place while
for both and the mass of the objects was also the cloth slides from under them.
the same, the spinning bullet would travel far- To hinder the demonstration, you could use
ther in air. light plastic or paper dishes, have rough bot-
7. No-spin projectile sports: shot put, hammer toms on the dishes, or have a rough tablecloth
throw, knuckleball in baseball, knuckleball in and table surface.
volleyball, darts, beanbag toss. Spin on projec- 3. a) By Newtons first law, the condition of rest
tiles occurs on almost all projectile sports. It is equivalent to moving in a straight line
increases distance in most cases and creates with constant speed. These are called iner-
motion in different directions. tial reference frames. Thus, you feel the
8. a) The maximum speed always occurs when same in both conditions.
the object is closest to the ground. b) If the object around you (the car) acceler-
b) The minimum speed occurs at the highest ates forward, it actually tries to leave you
point. behind (you have inertia). Thus, the back of
9. Hits 1, 2, and 3 land together first and hit 4 the seat moves up to meet you. What you
lands last. The initial velocities for the first feel is the opposite effect of being pressed
three hits was the same (zero) in the y direc- back. In the inertial reference frame, we see
tion while the fourth hit had a positive y com- the car move forward while you oppose the
ponent causing it to spend more time in the air. motion. In the non-inertial frame (acceler-
10. Inside the plane, the ball drops straight down. ated reference frame), you feel an apparent
This is because both you and the ball have the push pressing you back into the seat. The
same horizontal velocity. Standing on the converse is true for braking.
ground, Superman sees projectile motion. The 4. a) and b) When the velocity is constant (mov-
ball has a constant horizontal velocity and an ing either forward or backward), the objects
ever increasing vertical velocity because of the will hang straight down. This is the inertial
acceleration due to gravity. reference frame of Newtons laws.
11. A satellite in orbit continually falls but essen- c), d), and e) In the case of an acceleration,
tially misses Earth. It is still trapped by the the object will hang in the opposite direc-
gravitational pull of Earth and will continue to tion to the acceleration. Thus, if the car is
fall until its orbit erodes due to minute fric- speeding up, the objects are pulled back as

the car pulls away from them. If the car of the balloon trying to get back to its relaxed
breaks, the objects move forward as the car state. The air in turn causes the balloon to fly
lags behind the object. in the opposite direction. This same principle is
5. In the turning case, the acceleration, as used in maneuvering the shuttle and astro-
observed in a reference frame outside the car, is nauts in space. Small jets are directed in short
towards the centre of the turn (centripetal bursts (to conserve energy), causing the shuttle
acceleration). The objects will again move in to move in the opposite direction.
the opposite direction. The experience is a cen- 8. As a rocket moves upward, the thrust causing
trifugal acceleration, which is the non-inertial the acceleration remains constant as the rate of
reference frame acceleration. The effect is of the burning of the fuel is independent of the
car turning underneath the hanging objects amount of fuel in the compartment. As the fuel
that are trying to go in a straight line. Thus, the is used up, the mass of the rocket decreases and

position of the car is changed relative to the the acceleration increases (F ma ). In cases
object, causing it to deflect towards the outside where the stages are ejected as they are used
of the turn. up, the mass increases dramatically. The early
6. Whiplash occurs when a sudden acceleration Mercury and Apollo missions using the Atlas
causes the head to snap either forwards or back- rocket used this method. Now, given budget
wards. The change in motion (Newtons second constraints and environmental concerns, the
law) of the vehicle carrying the person causes solid fuel attachments to the shuttle are
the person to lurch in a given direction. The reusable. After they are spent, they parachute
seat belt prevents the person from continuing down to be collected and reworked for the next
the motion he or she has already obtained from mission.
the cars original velocity (Newtons first law). 9. An action force, such as a person lifting an
The head, which is free to move, continues object, causes the object to move up because it
slightly further until the neck muscles, liga- is an unbalanced force. The lifting force is
ments, and skeletal structure stop it. There is a greater then the weight of the object. The floor
reaction force that then causes the head to snap creates a reaction force onlya force that
back in the other direction, compounding the exists only as long as the person is in contact
damage to the neck. The strain on these body with the surface. The force is equal in magni-
parts results in whiplash. It is not necessary to tude to the weight of the person. Thus, the
be in a vehicle for whiplash to occur. Any force of gravity acting on the person and the
sudden movement of the body relative to the normal force cancel out.
head may cause whiplash. The head obeys the 10. A person steps forward, pushing off the boat.
first law until the second law comes into play, The person pushes the boat back while the
changing the heads state over a short time equal and opposite force of the boat pushes the
period. person forward. In the first case, the tension in
7. These are examples of Newtons third law. The the rope balances out the persons push on the
gases burning in the fuel compartment of a rocket boat and stops it from moving. The net force on
expand and are forced violently out of the rocket. the boat is zero, though the two forces acting
This is the action force. The reaction force is the on the boat are not an actionreaction pair. In
gases pushing back on the rocket. This force is the case where the boat is not tied, only the
larger than the force of gravity, air resistance, and resistance of the water acts against the push.
skin friction of the rocket, causing the rocket to The forces are unbalanced, causing the boat to
accelerate upwards. move back as the person moves forward. This
The balloon acts the same way. The air is will most likely result in the person losing his
forced out of the balloon by the elastic material or her balance and falling in the water.

11. Figure 4.28 shows that the fan exerts a forward pushed out of the rocket. This force causes the
driving force on the air, which pushes the sails, gases to push the rocket up (Newtons third
which push the boat. However, the reaction law). Because the force upward is greater than
force of the air pushing on the fan counteracts the force downward, the rocket accelerates
the forward driving force of the fan. upward (Newtons second law). After the
If the sail was removed, then the boat would rocket stages are released, the mass of the
move much like a swamp buggy. If the fan was rocket is smaller, creating a greater accelera-
removed from the boat, then it would act like tion (Newtons second law). The rocket, hav-
conventional wind, except for the long exten- ing reached its final velocity, continues on
sion cord. Finally, if the fan was lowered into through outer space with a constant velocity
the water, it would act just like the prop of a (Newtons first law). When it nears Pluto, the
motorboat. gravitational forces pull the rocket towards
12. Yes. The reaction force of Earth pulling you the planet and possibly into orbit (Newtons
down is you pulling Earth up. However, in the second law).
FBD of Earth, the mass used is 5.38 1024 kg 16. The devices are activated by a sudden change
with the force acting on it about 700 N (70-kg in velocity. The mechanisms of each device
person). This means that Earth accelerates at have a component that slides forward when the
about 1021 m/s2. Considering the size of a car brakes. Similar to the furry dice hanging
nucleus is about 1015 m, Earth is hardly from the ceiling of the car, when the car brakes
affected by this force. As an interesting offshoot, suddenly, the locking bar moves forward, slip-
ask the students to calculate the total mass of ping into the gear mechanism and locking the
humans on this planet and to determine if that seat belt in place. In the case of the air bag, the
number creates a significant force. locking bar is replaced by a pin, which is driven
13. Again, by Newtons first law, the particle will by a ball or similar device into a detonation cap.
travel in a straight line. The tunnel walls pro- It explodes, causing the air bag to deploy.
vide the force necessary to keep the particle 17. Any time you experience free fall, you simulate
moving like a corkscrew. Once it leaves the tun- weightlessness (Newtons second law). The
nel, it will continue to move in a straight line butterflies in your stomach are caused by the
with a constant speed. stomach and contents tending to remain where
14. In order to get the car up to speed, an unbal- they are while the body moves away from it
anced force must have acted by way of the (Newtons first law). This sensation is most
engine, causing the wheels to turn (Newtons prevalent when you are going up rapidly after a
second law). The turning wheels pressed the car fast descent because the stomach and contents
against the ground, causing the ground to push were moving downwards when all of a sudden
the car forward (Newtons third law). The car they were forced upwards. Extra g forces are
then entered the corner and hit an icy patch, created by sharp banked turns or loops where
causing the unbalanced force of friction to van- the sharper the radius of the turn, the greater
ish. Thus, the first law came into effect and the the speed of the car. Persons moving in a
car continued to move in a straight line with straight line (Newtons first law) are forced
constant speed. The tree is what brought the car around the turn by the vehicle. They feel the
to rest (Newtons second law). Both the car and force of the seat causing them to turn
the tree experienced a force because of the crash (Newtons third law).
(Newtons third law) and suffered the conse- 18. The load in the pickup truck stays in place
quences (damage from the crash). because of inertia. The sudden impact causes
15. The rocket sits on the launch pad (Newtons the truck to accelerate from under the load. The
first law). The fuel ignites, expands, and is net effect is that the load falls out of the truck.

decreased. However, raising objects up, such
Chapter 5 as concrete or steel girders in a construction
1
1. Because the force of gravity varies directly as r2 ,
project, will become easier. Here the down-
there is no finite value for r that makes the force
ward force has decreased. Anything that
zero. Thus, in principle, you will be attracted to
generates a force downward by way of gravity
your friend. Very slowly, you will start to move
would suffer. Anything that works against
toward each other as the force of gravity will be
gravity will benefit as less effort will be
an unbalanced force. The time to actually move
required to move the mass.
any appreciable speed can be calculated using
6. As you go deeper into Earth and a significant
a Gmr2, where m is the mass of your friend
portion of mass is above you, gravity applies a
and r is the distance separating the two of you.
force in the opposite direction to the mass below
2. Since weight is the force of gravity acting on a
you. In fact, you are being pulled in all direc-
mass and is registered by the mass pressing
tions. To find the force of gravity for this case,
down on a scale (causing a resultant normal
you must find the total mass in each direction
force), if the scale and the mass are both falling
from yourself using the integration process. In
at the same rate, no normal force exists as the 1
general, the force of gravity is a r force. At the
mass cannot press down on the scale.
centre, assuming Earth is perfectly spherical and
Therefore, the scale reads zero.
of constant density, the weight of any object
3. The bathroom scale actually reads your weight
becomes zero because all the forces balance out.
because the force of gravity acting on the mass
7. Because of the force of gravity, animals devel-
causes the scale to read. In outer space, it would
oped a skeleton in order to support their mass.
read zero as no force would be acting on the
Consider what a jellyfish looks like out of the
scale. However, if the scale is calibrated to read
water. This is what we would be like without
in kg, then the weight reading has been
the support of our skeletons. The jellyfish uses
adjusted to read the mass equivalent for a value
the water and buoyancy to keep its shape. It
of g 9.8 m/s2. This scale would read a differ-
turns out that in outer space astronauts start
ent value on different planets and at different
losing calcium from their bones. Since the
elevations on Earth.
bodys mass is no longer being pulled down, it
4. This is good humour. The characters and ele-
does not require the same strength of skeletal
vator will accelerate at the same rate given no
bones. This results in brittle, weak bones in
air resistance. Thus, the characters will con-
astronauts and cosmonauts who spend long
tinue to stay in the same place in the elevator
periods of time in space. Exercise and supple-
as they fall. The characters will not be able to
ments help counteract this effect.
exert any force down on the floor and will feel
8. The g values in m/s2 of the planets in our solar
weightless. The effect of air resistance on the
systems are as follows: Mercury (3.6), Venus
elevator could cause the value of its accelera-
(8.8), Earth (9.8), Mars (3.8), Jupiter (24.6),
tion to be less than 9.8 m/s2. In this case, the
Saturn (10.4), Uranus (8.2), Neptune (11.2),
characters will be standing on the floor and
Pluto (4.4). Thus, the order is J, N, S, E, V, U,
exerting a small force down on it.
P, MA, M. Note that the values are not just
5. Anything that requires a large force down-
related to mass. The order of planets in terms
ward benefits a larger force of gravity. If you
of mass is J, S, N, U, E, V, MA, P, M. The order
are pounding in posts with a large mass, it
of planets in terms of radius is J, S, U, N, E, V,
would become more difficult to do so with a
MA, P, M. The value of g also depends on the
smaller force of gravity. Remember, the resist-
size of the planet.
ing force of the material that the post is going
9. The effect of elevation is small compared to the
into does not change just because gravity has
size of Earth. If the elevation is increased by

2000 m, the value of g is decreased by 0.9994 or Wrestling requires friction between
6
about of a percent. Though this is a small
100
wrestlers and the mat, and between the
value, many Olympic events are measured in wrestlers in order to create the moves asso-
thousandths of a unit so the effect of elevation ciated with the sport. However, if a wrestler
could mean the difference between Olympic becomes slippery because of sweat, the lack
gold or silver! of friction becomes a benefit to that wrestler
10. Though a stars mass is huge, it is distributed and a drawback to the other wrestler as the
over a large spherical shape (large radius). A first wrestler becomes harder to grab and
black hole decreases this radius from values hold. Every sport can be analyzed in this
such as 1030 m to several metres and in some manner.
cases to the size of a pinhead. The force of grav- b) A large part of the transportation industry is
ity is proportional to r2. Thus, if the radius of built on the friction concept. Tire manufac-
the object shrinks by 1029, the force of gravity turers make tires with tread shapes, sizes,
goes up by 1058! and materials suited to the frictional condi-
11. It is easier to pull an object than to push it. In tions between tire and road for different
the FBD, the pull component in the y direction weather situations. Friction is required to
is pointing up against gravity. Therefore, maintain control of the vehicle on the road.
pulling an object decreases the normal force The drawback is that frictional values vary
against it and also the force of friction (Ff for icy, snowy, rainy, oily, and dry roads
Fn). In the case of pushing at an angle, the y (each having a variety of frictional coeffi-
component is directed downward in the direc- cient possibilities). This means that no one
tion of the force of gravity. Therefore, pushing tire can optimally meet the needs of a driver
an object increases the normal force against it in all road conditions. A tire that grabs ice
and also the force of friction. may be soft, wear out faster because of fric-
12. If the value of Fn becomes negative, the forces tion, and have greater fuel consumption (roll
from the FBD in the up direction are greater less freely). On the other hand, a dry pave-
than in the down direction. This is independ- ment tire will allow for less wear and tear on
ent of the sign you assign for up ( or ) the motor and last longer but offer poor han-
because you set Fnet to be zero, then solve for dling on wet roads. All-season tires are a
the normal force. If the up forces are greater than compromise, meeting reasonable handling
the down forces, the object is actually being lifted requirements for the conditions created by
off the surface and does not have a normal force. different weather situations.
13. and 14. a) The obvious benefit of friction in Much of the data obtained for tires comes
sports is traction. The drawback of losing from the sport of racing. Tires developed to
traction is miscues. Playing on a slick field meet the high stress conditions in a car race
creates havoc in games such as football, base- are modified for use in the auto industry.
ball, and track. However, dome-covered sta- 15. The ride in a subway car is one of stops and
diums are becoming more prevalent, using starts and jolts and turns. Usually, the cars are
artificial turf rather than natural grass (less packed and some passengers must stand.
friction, harder to make cuts on the field). Without friction, the first law would cause
In ice sports, friction is a drawback as it havoc as passengers would slam into each other
hinders players ability to skate or causes when the velocity of the car changed. Even
curling rocks to grab and stop moving. seated passengers would slide off their seats or
Tobogganing requires some friction with cram the last passenger on the seat in sudden
the snow as does skiing in order to have a motion changes. This still happens to some
measure of directional control.

extent because of the slick vinyl seat coverings too weak to restore its shape and do tricks
used (because they are easy to clean). like walk down stairs.
16. Ground effects is a broad term that includes 19. Try this mini-experiment. Hang a known mass
skirts, air dams, and spoilers on racing from a spring. Measure the stretch of the
cars. The net effect is to create an extra down- spring. Now attach another spring of the same
ward force on the racing car. This extra down- strength in series. Hang the same mass and
ward force increases the normal force and observe the stretch. Repeat the experiment
causes the force of friction to go up. More fric- with two springs in parallel and observe the
tion equals better handling. The fast, high- stretch. The parallel combination stretches less
powered racing cars would be able to handle because the springs share the load. In the
corners better and at higher speeds. The main series case, the load is still acting over the
drawback to this extra friction is that the older length of the springs. Thus, springs in parallel
tracks and a drivers reaction time do not are stronger.
always accommodate the extra speed, increas-
ing the risk of a crash. Chapter 6
17. The normal force is a reaction force; therefore, 1. It is not possible to swing a mass in a horizon-
it cannot cause an object to lift off the surface. tal circle above your head. Since gravity is
If an object lifts off a surface, the normal force always pulling down on the mass, an upward
has vanished. component of the tension force is required to
18. i) By changing the spring constant, you balance gravity. As the speed of rotation
change the characteristics of the spring. increases, the angle relative to the horizontal
This could be disastrous in the case of a may approach 0 but will never reach 0.
bungee cord. If the k is too small, it will not 2. Inertia causes the water in your clothing to try
provide enough resistive force to slow the to move in a straight line. If the drum in the
jumper down in time to not hit the ground washing machine were solid, it would apply a
or the water at an acceptable speed. If the centripetal force on the water, which would
k is too large, the slowing down process keep it moving in a circle. Since the drum has
becomes too abrupt and could cause dam- holes in it, however, the water is able to leave
age due to the sudden decrease in speed of the drum as it spins.
the jumper. 3. The near side of the Moon is more massive
ii) The pogo stick could become useless if k is than the far side, possibly due to impacted
either too small or too large. If k is too meteors. Over time this side was more attracted
small, there is no bounce back. If k is too to Earth, so that eventually the more massive
large, the pogo stick will not compress. side came to face Earth all the time. This is also
iii) The slingshot with a smaller k would true for the moons of Jupiter and Saturn rela-
become weaker. The restoring action with tive to their planets.
the smaller k is less. In the case of a large k, 4. Assuming that the spacecraft is initially in
the slingshot would become difficult to orbit and that jettisoning a large piece of itself
stretch. Because the time of interaction does not significantly alter its momentum, it
between the slingshot and projectile will continue in the same orbit.
decreases in this case, the control of the 5. a) The escape speed required to leave Earth
projectile suffers. is approximately 11 km/s. The necessary
iv) The slinky relies on a small k value for its upward acceleration, a, of a spacecraft
properties. Increase k and you obtain a during firing from an 80-m cannon is given
(11 000 m/s)2
more conventional spring (more rigid). by a 756 250 m/s2.
2(80 m)
Decrease the k value and the spring will be

This is more than 77 000 times the magni- a moderate upward vertical application of force
tude of the acceleration due to gravity, as the wire curves upward to the support stan-
and would be experienced for about dards. This allows an upward force to support
11 000 m/s the wire when loaded with freezing rain and
t 2 0.015 s. The mission
756 250 m/s ice buildup. This droop means that the tension
would not be survivable. to support the load can be much less because of
b) The downward force of the guns recoil the greater angle.
would be roughly equal to the upward force 6. A wrench can be made to more easily open a
on the spacecraft. If the spacecraft had a rusty bolt by adapting the wrench so as to
mass of 5000 kg, the force of the recoil apply more torque. More torque can be applied
would be approximately by the same force by adding length to the
(5000 kg)(756 250 m/s2) 3.781 109 N. wrench handle.
7. The higher up on a ladder a person is, the far-
Chapter 7 ther he is from the pivot point, which is the
1. Hydro lines and telephone cables cannot be
point where the ladder touches the ground.
run completely horizontally because the force
Therefore, the ladder will be more likely to
of gravity acts downward on the entire wire
slide down the wall if the person stands on a
and there is very little means of counterbalanc-
higher rung.
ing this force using supports.
8. The torque varies as sin , where is the angle
2. a) The ladder is pushing directly into the wall
between the pedal arm and the applied force.
on which it is resting, normal to the surface
The torque is at a minimum (zero) when the
of the wall. With no friction, there is no
pedals are vertical (one on top of the other),
force to prevent the ladder from sliding
because the force (weight) is applied at 0 to
down the wall.
the pedal arm, and sin 0 0. The maximum
b) The force exerted by the ladder on the
torque is applied when the pedals are horizon-
ground is exactly equal to the force of grav-
tal, because the angle between the pedal arm
ity (weight) of the ladder because there is
and the applied force is 90, and sin 90 1.
no vertical force due to friction. The only
9. There is no extra benefit for curls to be done to
force that acts vertically, upward or down-
their highest position. As the forearm is raised,
ward, is the force of gravity.
the angle of the force of gravity vector
3. Standing with your feet together or wide apart
decreases at the same rate as the angle between
makes no difference to the condition of static
the muscle of effort and the arm. As the fore-
equilibrium, since in both cases all forces are
arm is raised, the effort required to lift the arm
balanced. In terms of stability, the wider stance
decreases, but so does the muscles ability to
is more stable. A wider stance means a lower
provide the effort.
centre of mass and a wider footprint. This
10. Your textbook is sitting in stable equilibrium
means there is a greater tipping angle for this
when flat on your desk. When the book is bal-
wider stance.
anced on its corner, it is in unstable equilib-
4. High-heeled shoes force the centre of mass of
rium. Motion in any direction will cause a
the person wearing to move forward from its
lowering of the centre of mass and a release of
normal position. To maintain balance, the per-
gravitational potential energy, making the tip-
son must move the centre of mass back again,
ping motion continue and thus making the
usually by leaning the shoulders backward. This
book fall.
effort can cause fatigue in the back muscles.
11. In terms of stability, a walking cane provides a
5. Line installers allow a droop in their lines
wider base (footprint) over which the person is
when installing them because the droop allows

balancing. It is harder to force the persons cen- stant velocities unless acted upon by an exter-
tre of mass outside this wider support base. nal unbalanced force.
12. When standing up from a sitting position, we 4. Before moving, the total momentum of the sys-
first must lean forward to move our centre of tem is zero. As you move in one direction, the
mass over our feet to maintain stability. Unless canoe moves in the other. The velocity of the
we first lean forward, our centre of mass is canoe depends on your mass, the canoes mass,
already outside our support base and it is and the velocity you are moving at. Thus,
impossible to stand up. (mv)person (mv)canoe or (mv)person (mv)canoe 0.
13. A five-legged chair base is more stable because 5. As the bullet is pushed out of the gun, it applies
of the wider support base (footprint). The an impulse back on the gun. The gun is then
extra leg effectively increases the tipping angle, brought to rest by the shoulder. Once again, the
making the chair more stable. total momentum before firing is equal to the
14. Tall fluted champagne glasses must have a wide momentum after firing. (mv)bullet (mv)gun 0.
base to improve the stability of the glass. Recall If the gun is slightly away from the shoulder at
that the tipping angle is given by the the time of the firing, it will slam back into the
(0.5)(width of base) shoulder causing some pain. The time to bring
expression tan1 .
height of centre of mass the gun to rest is short and the stopping force is
Therefore, the taller the glass, the greater the large. If the gun is pressed against the shoulder
height of the centre of mass, and the smaller before firing, the recoil can be absorbed
the tipping angle. A wider base increases the smoothly by the body. The experienced handler
tipping angle by compensating for the taller moves his or her body back when firing, increas-
glass. ing the time of interaction and requiring a
15. The extra mass helps to mimic the mass of smaller force to stop the gun.
the cargo and lowers the centre of mass of the
6. Assume is right and is left.
ship. Without this extra mass, the ship would
be top-heavy and more prone to capsizing, Mass 1 Mass 2 Mass 1 Mass 2 Example
(initial) (initial) (final) (final)
especially in rough weather.
16. This figure is so stable because the design of moving () stopped stopped moving () billiard
balls
the toy places the effective centre of mass
moving () stopped moving () moving () curling
below the balance point. A gentle push actually rocks
raises the centre of mass like a pendulum, moving () moving () moving () moving () bowling ball
hits pins
which increases the gravitational potential
moving () moving () moving () moving () truck hits
energy, which tends to return the toy to its sta- car
ble equilibrium position. moving () moving () moving () moving () car hits
truck
Chapter 8 moving () stopped stick together dart hits
pendulum
1. Momentum is the product of mass and velocity;
mv. Since velocity is a vector quantity, so is
p
moving () moving () stick together Plasticine
balls
momentum. moving () moving () stick together Velcro balls
2. There can be a great deal of motion. As long as
7. The net force is used in the calculation of
the momenta of all the objects cancel out, the
impulse; J Ft.
total momentum can equal zero. However, indi-
8. Impulse is the change in momentum; J p.
vidual objects are all moving.
9. The law of conservation of (linear) momentum
3. Once the objects are moving and the force caus-
states that the total momentum of an isolated
ing the motion is gone, the objects obey
system before a collision is equal to the total
Newtons first law. They will maintain con-
momentum of the system after the collision.

This can be expressed algebraically as can will move off (much slower) in the oppo-
ptotalinitial ptotalfinal. Equivalently, in an isolated sys- site direction. The total momentum of this sys-
tem the change in momentum is zero; p 0. tem remains zero. Questions 15 and 21 can also
10. Yes, a ball thrown upward loses momentum as be discussed in terms of impulse and Newtons
it rises because there is a net external force third law.
downward (gravity) acting on the ball, slowing 16. A rocket can change its course in space by
it down. ejecting any object or matter such as a gas.
11. Assuming that the net external force acting on Assuming that the total momentum of the
the grenade during the explosion is zero (ignor- rocketgas system is conserved, the momen-
ing gravity), the sum of the 45 momentum vec- tum of the rocket will change as the gas is
tors after the explosion is equal to the ejected. This change in momentum will corre-
momentum vector of the grenade before the spond to an impulse, which will change the
explosion, since ptotalinitial ptotalfinal. course of the rocket.
12. Assume that the astronauts initial momentum 17. Assume that the total momentum of the system
is zero as he floats in space. By throwing the is conserved:
monkey wrench in the opposite direction of the pTo pTf
space station, he would be propelled toward the p1o p2o p1f p2f
space station. This is an example of Newtons mv1o mv2o mv1f mv2f
third law: The total momentum of the astro- mv1o m(v1o) mv1f mv2f
nautwrench system would still be zero after (substituting v2o v1o)
he threw the wrench. 0 m(v1f v2f)
13. The lemmingEarth system has a total momen- Therefore, the general equation for the total
tum of zero before the fall. As the lemming falls momentum before and after the collision is
towards the net on Earth, Earth and the net pTo 0 m(v1f v2f) pTf.
move up toward the lemming. Since the lem- 18. As rain falls into the open-top freight car, the
ming has a mass of about 1 kg and Earth has a car will slow down. Assuming that momentum
mass of about 1024 kg, Earth gains a tiny, is conserved as the rain falls into the car, the
imperceptible velocity. combined mass of the car and the water will
14. The gasrocket system has a total momentum of move along the track at a slower speed.
zero before the launch. As the rocket fires, it 19. Object A is moving faster before the collision.
gains upward momentum. The gases expelled Assuming that the momentum of the A-B
out gain downward momentum. The two system is conserved, the final velocity of the
momenta cancel at all times, even as the rocket objects, vf, is equal to the average of their initial
loses mass. The velocity of the rocket increases velocities, vAo and vBo:
as it loses mass. For the most part, the gases are pTo pTf
expelled at a constant rate. After the gases have mvAo mvBo mvAf mvBf
burned off, the rocket continues with a constant vAo vBo vf vf
momentum. The other momentum was carried vAo vBo
vf
off by the gases and must be included if you are 2
to discuss the original system. Since the angle between vBo and vf is greater
15. The aerosol can plus the mass of the astronaut than the angle between vAo and vf, the magni-
and the contents of the can have a total tude of vAo is greater than the magnitude of vBo.
momentum of zero. If the astronaut sprays out 20. The component method would be preferred for
the contents of the aerosol can, their mass solving momentum problems in which
times their velocity will create a momentum in trigonometry could not be used readily for
one direction. The astronaut plus the aerosol

instance, problems involving more than two The passer must bring the ball in under control.
objects colliding, or non-linear problems. As the passers hands make contact with the
21. A person of certain mass has a forward momen- ball, they draw back in the direction of the ball,
tum during the accident. The air bag deploys allowing more time to be used in stopping the
with a momentum in the opposite direction. It ball (transferring the momentum to the player).
causes an impulse to be applied to the person. 24. a) and b) By virtue of just standing on the
The time of interaction is relatively short and ground, Superman relies on friction to stop the
the stopping force is large. However, the impulse train. Assuming Supermans mass is about 100
is still smaller in force and longer in time than if kg and the rubber on the suit has a large kinetic
the person was to hit the windshield. This gives coefficient of about 3, the force of friction is (9.8
the person a better chance to survive. m/s2)(100 kg)(3) 2940 N. A cement truck of
A smaller person receives this impulse to the mass 1.0 104 kg moving at 90 km/h has a
head. Such an impulse can break the neck. The momentum of 2.5 105 kg m/s. This momen-
impulse also causes a greater change in velocity tum must be brought to zero by the force applied
to a person of small mass, leading to more phys- by Superman. The time taken is
ical damage. (2.5 105 kg m/s)

2940 N
85 s. This translates to a
22. Though two pushes can have the same force,
the impulse can cause more damage locally if distance of 1062 m or just over half a mile for
the time of interaction is shorter as the force is Superman to stop the cement truck.
distributed over a shorter time period (and Given that the runaway cement truck is proba-
probably area). bly an emergency, this is not an acceptable dis-
23. Offensive linemen use quick short thrusts to tance in which to stop it.
ward off defensive players. The impulse time in c) If Superman also had a velocity in the
these cases is short and the force is large. This opposite direction, his momentum would be
forces the opposing lineman back, winning larger and he could generate a larger
more time for the quarterback. The linemen on impulse force. He could also dig his heels
both sides of the play hit quick and hard off the into the pavement and create a larger
snap in order to get an advantage over their retarding force than that of just friction (at
oponents. Holes in the oppositions defence the expense of the pavement).
must be opened up quickly so the runner can d) Too large a force and too short a stopping
get through. If the time of interaction is long, time would result in trauma to the driver as
there is a good chance holding is taking place, he would also come to a sudden stop. The
incurring a penalty. best bet would be for Superman to move
Kickers use a short time and large force in trans- with the truck, lift it up in the air, and
ferring the momentum of their foot to that of the slowly bring the truck to a stop. (Maybe by
ball. The motion of the kick is such that the force blowing air out of his mouth to create the
generated is large if the foot is moving fast. Thus, force required).
the slower the foot motion, the longer the time of 25. The duck and raft constitute a system with
interaction but the smaller the force. total momentum of zero. As the duck moves
Longer times involve impulses that require con- forward, the raft moves back. The resistance of
trol. When he throws the ball, the quarterback the water does not allow the raft to move sig-
holds on to it for a couple of seconds, ensuring nificantly.
that the ball gains a controlled velocity. The fol- 26. This is like question 25 with the major addi-
low through ensures that the fingers and ball tion that the mass of the cruise ship is so large
stay in contact for the longest possible time that its momentum is not affected significantly
allowed within the time constraints of the play. by any movement of passengers on board.

27. One system is just the two masses and spring. ing on higher ground, compared to the lake
The total momentum is conserved when the from which it first came, giving it a greater
two masses spring apart. The next step is to amount of gravitational potential energy.
include each objects interaction with its envi- Gathering into a river that feeds a waterfall, the
ronment. One object gives up its momentum rain water transfers its energy to kinetic energy
quickly to the sandpaper, losing mass and gen- which does work on a turbine in a hydro-
erating heat (motion of particles on a micro- electric generating station. The kinetic energy
scopic level), the other more gradually. For does work on the turbine and generator, trans-
each object and environment, momentum is ferring electrical energy to the electric charge
still conserved. The transfer of momentum that flows to your home to finally transfer the
leads to effects such as heating and breakup of energy to heat to make your coffee.
materials. It is more usual to treat such cases Case 2: The Suns energy has been trapped by
using energy considerations. the process of photosynthesis as carbohydrates
in plants. These plants, which have long since
Chapter 9 died, have been covered over by soil and earth

1. The equation for work (W F
d ) clearly and have undergone a chemical process, leav-
shows that for work to be done, the force applied ing the energy stored as chemical potential
must result in a displacement in the direction energy in the chemical bonds of oil and natural
that the force is applied. No work is done on the gas still buried under the earth as fossil fuels.
wall because the force applied to it does not These fuels are then burned in a thermal-
result in any displacement. You feel tired electric generating station, transferring the
because your muscles have been doing work on energy to heat and creating steam. The energy
themselves. The individual muscle fibres have of the expanding steam is transferred to a
been moving with respect to each other with no turbine that does work on an electric generator,
overall visible motion of the muscle itself. resulting in electrical energy being delivered to
2. When the pendulum is pulled sideways at some your home for your morning coffee.
displacement from the rest position, it is also Case 3: The energy to run a steam turbine as
raised slightly, giving it some gravitational in case 2 could have come from nuclear poten-
potential energy. After release, the gravitational tial energy. This energy was stored in the
potential energy is transferred to kinetic energy nucleus of atoms at the time that Earth was
as it falls and picks up speed. At the rest posi- made. This energy is released to heat water to
tion, the lowest position, the gravitational steam in what is called a nuclear reactor.
potential energy is at a minimum because the 4. Work is not done on an object when:
energy has been transferred to kinetic energy. i) a force is applied to an object but the object is
As the pendulum rises again, the kinetic energy not displaced (no motion occurs). When a
is once again transferred back into gravitational student leans against the back wall of an audi-
potential energy. If the energy were totally torium during an assembly, there is an
conserved, the pendulum would continue to applied force on the wall but the wall does not
oscillate forever, always returning to the same move so no work is being done on the wall.
height before starting the cycle over again. The ii) the applied force is not responsible for the
fact that a pendulum eventually stops shows observed motion of an object. When a deliv-
that some energy is being permanently trans- ery person brings a pizza to your door, he or
ferred to kinetic energy of the air around it. she is applying a force up to keep the pizza
3. Case 1: The energy from the Sun has caused from falling and a horizontal force to move
water from Earth to evaporate and condense to him or herself and the pizza to your door.
make rain clouds. The rain falls to Earth, land- Although motion is occurring, the work is

not done by the upward applied force. The 9. The kinetic energy (Ek 12mv2) of any object is
force that does the work must be along the determined by considering both the mass of the
same axis of motion, either acting with the object and its speed. If the kinetic energy of a
motion or against it. baseball and a car are the same and their
iii)an object may be moving but is not experi- masses are obviously quite different, then the
encing any applied force. When any object speeds of the two objects must also be different.
is coasting at a constant speed, like a car The speed of the ball must be quite a bit greater
sliding on an icy road, the object is being than that of the car.
displaced but there is no applied force, so no 10. During typical energy transformations, energy
work is being done. is conserved but it is being transferred to forms
5. The tennis ball has the most efficient bounce that are either unrecoverable or useful. None of
because it is able to retain a greater percentage the energy stored in the gasoline in a car will
of its original energy. Both balls impact the ever be totally lost. It will be transferred to
ground at the same speed, gaining energy from kinetic energy of the car, heat and sound
their similar falls. During impact, the kinetic energy in the engine, and kinetic energy of the
energy is temporarily transferred to elastic air that it disturbs. Although the kinetic energy
potential energy as well as heat and sound of the car is useful to us, most of the heat and
energy. The elastic potential energy is partially sound, as well as the energy of the air wake,
returned to the system as the balls regain their will be dispersed in the atmosphere. Although
shapes and begin their ascents. The less effi- this energy still exists, it will probably end up
cient bounce of the squash ball would result in being radiated out as heat into space and will,
less kinetic energy being transferred back to therefore, become useless to us. The end result
gravitational potential energy. Less gravita- is that, although the total amount of energy in
tional potential energy would mean less height the universe is constant, the amount of useful
on the way back up. energy on Earth is decreasing.
6. The doubling of the speed of an object with- 11. The amount of energy from stored fat that is not
out a change in its mass would result in four directly used to do mechanical work during a
times as much kinetic energy. If Ek 12mv2, a workout is used to power many biological
doubling of the speed would yield Ek 12m(2v)2 processes. The energy is used to maintain the
12m(4)v2 4(12mv2) or 4(Ek). body by supplying energy to help the muscles of
7. To do work on the spring, the winder is trans- the heart and the diaphragm and by keeping our
ferring the chemical potential energy from some blood oxygenated and moving. The chemical
food that he or she has eaten into kinetic energy reactions in our bodies also liberate heat energy
to wind the spring. The work on the spring that does not do any mechanical work. It seems
stores elastic potential energy as the metal is that just the daily business of living is enough to
being bent. During release, the stored energy in transfer energy out of storage in body fat.
the spring is transferred to kinetic energy of the 12. The momentum, p, of an object with mass m is
toy car as the spring applies a force that does related to its kinetic energy, Ek, according to
work on the toy car. the equation p 2mE k. If a golf ball and a
8. The ball in motion will transfer its kinetic football have the same kinetic energy then the
energy of motion into elastic potential energy football has the greater momentum, since the
of the side cushion as the cushion is com- mass of the football is greater than the mass of
pressed. When the cushion returns to its nor- the golf ball.
mal shape, the force it applies back on the ball 13. A negative area under a forcedisplacement
does work to increase the kinetic energy of the graph represents negative work, which means
ball, which we see as a bounce. that the displacement is in the opposite

direction of the force applied. For example, p2
20. No, the equation Ek shows that if an
when friction is slowing down a car, there is a 2m
positive displacement but a negative force. object has momentum then it must have kinetic
14. After work is done on an object, it has gained energy. The converse is also true, as the equa-
energy. tion also shows.
15. When a spring diving board is compressed by a
diver jumping on it, the diving board possesses Chapter 10
elastic potential energy. As the diving board 1. If you consider transverse spring vibration,
straightens out, it transfers its elastic potential then the velocity is perpendicular to the propa-
energy to the diver, who gains kinetic and grav- gation direction just as it is for the electric and
itational potential energy. As the diver rises in magnetic fields of the e/m wave. Raising the
the air, her kinetic energy is transformed into spring above the ground and allowing it to
potential energy until she only has gravita- vibrate in different planes is analogous to the
tional potential energy as she reaches her high- unpolarized light wave.
est point. As she descends toward the pool, her 2. The sine wave indicates the important parts of
potential energy is transformed into kinetic a cyclic action. These are the wavelength,
energy and she increases her speed as she falls. amplitude (both negative and positive), phase
As she enters the pool and slows down in the relationships, and (if plotted against time) the
water, her kinetic energy is transferred to the period and frequency (hence the velocity).
water as kinetic energy, potential energy, and 3. Electricity is electron flow in conductive wires.
heat energy. Being a particle, the electron cannot move near
1
16. Ek mv2 the speed of light in this medium due to the
2
resistive properties of the conductor. Thus, any
( J) (kg)[(ms)2]
information it is carrying is limited in transmis-
( J) (kgm2s2)
sion by its speed. Light, on the other hand,
( J) (kgms2m) c
moves at n where n is the refractive index of the
( J) (Nm)
material. At about 108 m/s, this order of magni-
( J) ( J)
tude is faster and more efficient (losses are not
17. The equation Ee Ek means that a loss of
as large due to little or no heating effect by the
elastic potential energy becomes a gain in
light moving through the optical material). The
kinetic energy.
extra speed allows computers to process more
18. Yes, since gravitational potential energy is meas-
complicated tasks more efficiently.
ured relative to a point which could change. That
4. Because of the laws of reflection, a ray travel-
point could be the ground level, the basement
ling from the foot to the eye reflects part way
level, or any other arbitrary point.
up the mirror. Similarly, the ray from the top of
19. In an elastic collision the total kinetic energy is
the head reflects part way down the mirror.
conserved, whereas in an inelastic collision the
The triangles formed by the incident and
total kinetic energy is not conserved. An exam-
reflected rays are isosceles, which eliminates
ple of an (almost) elastic collision is a collision
the need for half the mirror. If you have a
between two billiard balls. An example of an
longer mirror, you will see more of the back-
inelastic collision is a collision between two
ground, such as the floor or ceiling.
vehicles in which their kinetic energy is trans-
5. The light inside a silvered box does not last
ferred to heat energy, sound energy, and energy
through many reflections because some light
used to permanently deform the vehicles.
always manages to penetrate the silvered layer.
There are losses upon reflection of about 30%.
If one used thin films instead where almost

100% reflection occurs, the light would still dis- 13. In total internal reflection, almost 100% of the
appear due to losses from the evanescent wave. light is reflected. With conventional mirrors,
6. The angles of the stealth aircraft are designed where a shiny metallic layer is evaporated onto
so that they reflect the radar waves away from a sheet of glass, some of the light is transmitted
the source/receiver. through the surface. Only about 70% of the
7. The image of the duck is upright because of the light is reflected.
double reflection, virtual, and the same size as 14. Our eyes are designed to operate with air as the
the actual duck, viewed from whatever dis- incident medium. About 70% of the refraction
tance using the periscope. occurs at the aircornea boundary (the cornea
8. The speed of the image is the same as your has a refractive index of about 1.38). Given that
speed, only approaching you. Thus, the relative water has a refractive index of 1.33, little bend-
speed is two times your speed. ing (therefore, focussing) occurs. Thus, one
9. Because the Moon has no atmosphere, the light sees a blurred image. However, when goggles
from stars does not get refracted. Therefore, a are used, an aircornea boundary is produced.
star seen on the Moon does not twinkle. This means that the eye is once again working
10. a) Light entering the air from water, originat- in a normal environment and will produce a
ing from the fish gets bent away from an sharp image.
imaginary normal perpendicular to the 15. The diamondair critical angle is smaller than
the waterdiamond angle (sin1 2.42
1.00
medium boundary. The light enters our 24.4:
eyes. Since we construct images based on sin 2.42

1 1.33
33.3). Thus, more reflections are
light travelling in straight lines, we see the possible with the diamondair boundary and
fish farther away from us than it really is. the diamond sparkles more out of water.
Thus, you should aim the spear behind the 16. To get more internal reflections than diamond,
image of the fish. the substance must be optically more dense.
b) If you used a laser, then you would aim Thus, it will have a refractive index greater
directly at the image of the fish. Lasers send than 2.42. The critical angle then becomes
out coherent pulses of electromagnetic radia- smaller and more reflections can take place
tion in the light part of the spectrum inside the object, creating a greater sparkle.
(although the term laser is now used in a 17. Because the Sun is below the horizon when we
broader context). The light from the laser will see it, due to refraction, the day is longer than
refract at the boundary and hit the fish. This if the Sun was viewed without refraction.
illustrates the fact that the arrows on rays can 18. When looking into a fish tank obliquely, the
be reversed without affecting the physics of surface of the glass acts like a mirror and one
the situation. sees objects in the room reflected by the glass.
11. Mirages can be captured on film as the light The fish are seen inside the tank and appear
coming from the actual object is only bent away closer than they really are. The light is bent
from its true origin. Because the light from the away from the normal as it enters from water
camera lens focusses the light onto the film, the (glass) to air and, as a result, the rays are pro-
image is real. jected to a point closer than their actual loca-
12. At the critical angle and beyond, the persons tion. Normally, when looking into a fish tank,
legs would not be visible. The waterair bound- one can see right through it. By viewing the
ary becomes a mirror at this point. Most pools tank at different angles, one will reach a point
are painted blue so the boundary would reflect where the far side water(glass)air boundary
the colour blue; only the parts of the body becomes mirror-like (total internal reflection).
under water are visible. This occurs at the critical angle. For glass with
n 1.50, the critical angle is about 42.

19. All appearances and disappearances of objects the observer. If the two cars were approach-
placed in mediums with different optical densi- ing each other, their relative position would
ties relative to air involve the light from the be decreasing at a rate determined by both
object bending as it exits the medium and their speeds. Therefore, the relative speed
enters air. When the ray bends, it either would be 120 km/h.
becomes accessible to our eyes (becomes visi- 23. The red shift formula can only tell us that the
ble), or it bends away from the position of our two objects are separating relative to each other.
eyes (disappears). A transparent object made of Thus, in theory, Earth could be moving away
a material such as glass can be made to vanish from the celestial object.
by putting it into a liquid with a refractive 24. Light has a wavelength in the order of 107m,
index the same as the glass. The light does not too small to be affected by large objects. Sound,
distinguish between the two substances as it on the other hand, has a wavelength com-
traverses the medium boundaries. Therefore, parable to large objects. Therefore, sound will
the substance cannot be defined. It effectively show diffraction effects.
becomes invisible. 25. To form interference patterns, the light
20. In all cases, the light slows down as the great- sources must be close together (the headlights
est speed of light occurs when it is travelling are too far apart) and tied together in their
in a vacuum. The wave equation is v f. phase, i.e., coherent. Coherence is a condition
Since the frequency is determined by the that must exist if there is to be a steady-state
source, it will remain constant as the light interference pattern. To obtain this effect, one
travels across the boundary between the two source can have an opening cut in an opaque
v
substances. Since f , as the speed decreases, screen in front of the other source, or two
so does the wavelength. modulated tunable lasers can be used where
21. The wavelengths of visible light increase as you the phase of each laser can be controlled. Two
move from violet to red in the spectrum. separate light sources cannot produce the pat-
750 nm is the red end of the spectrum and tern because light from any one source is emit-
400 nm is the blue end. On Earth, using spec- ted randomly with phase changes occuring in
troscopic techniques, the processes of fusion very short intervals of time (108 s). Thus,
create signature spectrums with the colours interference patterns will shift and change rap-
located at distinct values of the wavelength. idly. The net effect is no fringes will be seen.
When light is viewed from a distant celestial 26. Television and radio stations need to target
object, the corresponding spectrum for the audiences geographically. If the station is north
same nuclear process looks the same, except it of a city, broadcasting further north with
is shifted toward the red end of Earths refer- sparse populations is a waste of energy and not
ence spectrum. This implies the object is mov- cost-effective. By using arrays of antennae, the
ing away from us. If the object were moving station creates interference patterns that
towards us, this signature spectrum would be negate the signal in areas where the station
shifted to the blue end. does not wish to transmit and enhance the
22. An observer standing still watching a car go signal to areas where it does wish to transmit.
by at 60 km/h would measure the speed rela- 27. Shifting the phase between coherent sources of
tive to his or her own speed (0 km/h). If he or light will shift the physical position of the pat-
she were in a moving car, going in the same tern. In the extreme case, where the phase shift
direction as the car at 60 km/h, the observer is half a wavelength, the maxima become min-
would measure a relative velocity of 0 km/h. ima and the minima become maxima.
This means that the car ahead or behind (Example: Path difference creates a half wave-
would not be changing its position relative to length difference that normally results in

destructive interference. However, the extra coil reacting to signals sent to the speaker from
shift at the sources adds to this effect to pro- the amplifier; the rapid expansion of air caused
duce two waves shifted by half a wavelength, by the heat generated by a lightning bolt, etc.
causing constructive interference.) 5. In the simplified case, where the speed of
28. Waves having a longer wavelength than the bob- sound is related to the state of the material, the
bers length will cause the bobber to move with speed will decrease as the ice melts.
the wave motion (circular in the vertical direc- 6. In space, there is nothing to absorb the energy
tion). They will not cause the bobber to produce of the wave. In air, the molecules and particles
secondary wavelets around it. For waves absorb some of the energy of the wave and do
smaller or close to the same size as the bobber, not pass it on. Hence, the amplitude of the
diffraction effects will occur at the edges of the wave decreases with distance.
bobber, causing waves to bend and move off in 7. SF6 has a greater density than helium and will
different directions from the bobber. cause the sound to travel at a different velocity.
Although the frequency remains the same (the
Chapter 11 cause of the sound does not change), the wave-
1. Sound is not a transverse wave because the par- length will change and the sound heard will be
ticles of air cannot sustain the motion perpendi- different.
cular to the velocity direction. Since the particles 8. Because the source of sound remains the same
in a gaseous state are free to move and are (440 Hz), the wavelength must increase as the
attached to one another, there is no restoring speed of sound increases in water.
force to slow the particles down as a group and 9. To hear the slap twice, you first hear it while
bring them back to the starting point. Instead, underwater. Since the speed of sound is much
sound is a series of alternating different pressure slower in air, you now raise your head out of
areas, created by the air particles vibrating back the water to hear the sound a second time.
and forth, bumping into each other, and trans- 10. In air, as the temperature decreases, the speed
mitting the energy along at the wave velocity. of sound decreases. Since the frequency is con-
Thus, each molecule stays basically fixed in a stant, the wavelength also decreases.
small area, executing simple harmonic motion 11. Sound is a physical movement of air particles. If
rather than being carried along the wave. Sound the sound builds up from a loud source (such as
is not a net motion of actual air particles. a plane moving at Mach 1), the pressure builds
2. Sound requires a vibrating source and a up. A continual build-up results in a physical
medium through which to travel. The physical pressure wall ahead of the plane that must be
motion of particles causes sound. Remove the pierced in order for the plane to pass through.
medium and the sound vanishes. The classic 12. The crack of the towel is the pressure wave
demonstration is of a bell ringing in a jar. reaching our ears after the tip of the towel
When the air is pumped out of the jar, the passes through the sound barrier. The energy is
sound vanishes even though the bell is still not great enough to cause any ear damage.
mechanically operating. 13. After you first see the plane, count until you hear
3. As per question 1, the answer is no. The phase the sound of the engines. Since sound travels
relationship between particles travels at this approximately 1 km every three seconds, you can
speed. use ratios to find the distance.
4. The flaps of skin in the vocal chords vibrate as 14. The sound emanating from the mouth of the
air is forced out by the diaphragm; the reed in a pilot is moving through air that is moving with
woodwind instrument vibrates because of the the plane. Therefore, the sound moving out of
air forced through it by the player; the speaker his mouth is moving with a velocity relative to
cone vibrates because of the magnetic pickup that medium. Therefore, the velocity of the

plane is not important and the pilot does not Chapter 12
form another sound barrier. The pilot can hear
1. Other examples of mechanical resonance:
his own singing.
The rattling of a part of a car while driving at a
15. 0 dB is a relative value where the threshold of
certain speed. At low speeds, the rattle may be
human hearing is set at 1012 W/m2 (Io). All other
absent but as the frequency reaches a similar
sounds are compared to this value. As a compar-
value to that of the particular item, it begins to
ative value, the 0 dB indicates that there is no dif-
oscillate or rattle. The rattle may disappear as
ference in sound intensities between sources.
the frequency (speed) of the car increases and
16. Since decibels are a ratio, it is possible to have
then return when the car slows again.
negative values. A negative decibel value
The vibration of a house window or the cups
means that the sound is lower in intensity than
in the china cabinet when a stereo is turned up
the threshold of hearing.
to a loud volume. When the frequency of the
17. You must take into account the new speed of
stereo, especially with bass, matches that of the
sound as it is now combined with the velocity of
window/china, the vibration begins.
the medium. By having the medium stationary,
In the case of shaken baby syndrome, even
we can also measure speed relative to Earth.
minor oscillations from a caregiver, at the
18. As long as the observer and the source have dif-
specific frequency that relates to that of a
ferent velocities with respect to the medium the
childs neck, can cause large amplitude oscil-
sound travels in, the pitch (frequency) of the
lations and can eventually cause neck and
sound detects changes. Thus, it makes a differ-
head injuries.
ence if the objects are approaching or moving
2. The broken wine glass is related to mechanical
apart. If you are driving toward each other, you
resonance. Any singer attempting to break a
will hear a higher pitched sound; if you are driv-
wine glass with his or her voice must be able to
ing apart, you will hear a lower pitched sound.
listen for the appropriate pitch coming from the
Interestingly, the effect was tested in 1845 by
glass and be able to reproduce it with sufficient
Buy Ballot in Holland by using a locomotive
intensity and for a specific period of time to
pulling an open car with some trumpeters in it.
cause the damage.
19. As per the answer to question 18, you would
3. The vibration of the mirror only occurs when
not hear the Doppler effect as the speed of the
the frequency of the road vibration and that of
observer relative to the source is zero.
the mirror are the same. This is another exam-
20. Animals that rely on hearing have large pinna
ple of mechanical resonance.
that can be moved to help collect the sound in
4. If all forces on the car from the engine as well
any direction. Animals that rely on other
as from the good Samaritans were timed to the
senses have no ears at all (fish, birds) or much
apparent natural frequency with which the car
smaller ears which, in most cases, cannot move
was rocking, large amplitude oscillations would
to accommodate sounds emanating from differ-
result due to mechanical resonance.
ent areas.
5. Striking a tuning fork of known frequency
21. The wax impinges on the ear drum and stops it
with an instrument would cause beats to occur
from vibrating freely.
only if the instrument was out of tune. The fre-
22. The proximity of the Walkman to your inner ear
quency of beats would correspond to the fre-
means that you get the full intensity of sound
1 quency difference between the instruments
from the Walkman, without the benefit of the r2
pitch and that of the tuning fork. Adjusting the
decrease in sound with distance, which would
instrument until no beats are heard would
happen if you were listening to your stereo.
bring the instrument into proper tune.

6. a) Blowing over a pop bottle causes the air in 2. The function of an electroscope is to detect an
this column to begin to vibrate with a stand- electric field. An electric field will cause the
ing wave, eventually causing the walls of the movement of electrons within an electroscope,
bottle itself to vibrate. inducing similar charges to cluster at each of
b) On a drum, it is the skin on the drum that the two pieces of dangling foil. The two pieces
vibrates. of foil will repel each other, indicating the
c) In a pipe organ, the air in the columns presence of the electric field.
begins to vibrate with a standing wave, 3. Rubbing the balloon against your dry hair
eventually causing the walls of the pipes charges the balloon electrostatically. When the
themselves to vibrate. balloon approaches the wall, the negative
d) The strings in the piano vibrate. charge forces the electrons in the ceiling away,
e) When knocking on the door, it is the door leaving the positive charges close to the sur-
that vibrates. face. The result is that the negatively charged
7. The increasing pitch in the filling noise during balloon attracts the now positively charged
re-fuelling is due to the decreasing length of the ceiling surface.
air column as the fuel is rising. Like a trombone
Ceiling

being shortened, the decreasing length of the
air column changes the wavelength of the + + + + + + + + +
sound wave that can form a standing wave in Force of

Attraction
that column. The result is that a higher pitch is

heard as the air column decreases in size. Balloon
+ + +
8. Guitar strings made with substances of differ-
ent densities create different pitches. The
greater the density of the material, the lower 4. The electrostatic series identifies silk as hav-
the pitch/frequency that can be heard if all ing a greater affinity for electrons than acetate
other variables are controlled. The frequency does. When acetate and silk are rubbed
varies as the inverse square root of the density together, electrons move from the acetate to
of the guitar string. the silk because of the different affinity the
9. The mufflers tubes allow certain frequencies materials have for electrons.
to resonate. These frequencies are set up so 5. Choose two materials listed at either end of the
that, when sounded together, they destroy one electrostatic series, such as acetate and silk,
another by the principle of superposition. Each and rub them together to place the predictable
compression or rarefaction is cancelled out or negative charge on the silk. Neutralize the
destroyed by another rarefaction or compres- acetate and then rub it with the mystery sub-
sion created in another tube of the muffler. stance. Place the mystery substance next to the
silk and judge whether the mystery substance
Chapter 13 has a negative charge (repulsion) or a positive
1. A neutral object is attracted to a charged charge (attraction). A negative charge would
object because the charged object induces a place the mystery substance below acetate in
charge separation in the neutral object. The the electrostatic series. Similarly, rubbing the
electrons in the neutral object are forced away mystery substance with silk would help to
from or toward the charged object, depending place the mystery substance in the series com-
on whether the charged object has a negative pared to silk. By selectively choosing different
or positive charge, inducing an opposite substances, you could narrow down the appro-
charge which acts to attract the two objects by priate spot for the mystery substance in the
way of the law of electric forces. electrostatic series.

6. Computer technicians touch the metallic part cally outward from the centre of the orienta-
of a computer before repair, assuming it is still tion. A test charge placed outside of the circle
plugged into the wall outlet, so that they would experience a net force directed along
ground themselves from any excess charge. radial lines inward to the centre of the circle, as
Otherwise, a static electric discharge could shown in the diagram. A test charge placed
damage the computers micro-circuitry. inside of the circle would experience no net
7. Criterion Newtons law Coulombs law force, and therefore there would be no electric
of universal gravitation of electrostatic forces
Gm1m2 kq q field inside the circle at all.
Equation F 2 F 122
r r
Constant of G 6.67 1011 Nm2/kg2 k 9.0 109 Nm2/C2
proportionality
Type of Attraction only Attraction and repulsion
force(s)
Conditions Acts between any Acts between any two

for use two masses electrostatic charges

8. Field lines show the direction of the net force

on a test charge in an electric field. Two
crossed field lines would mean that there
would be two net forces acting on a test charge
in two different directions at the same time. This charge distribution models the electric
This is impossible, since there is only one net field inside a coaxial cable because the outer
force at any point, which is only one force in braided conductor in a coaxial cable acts as the
one direction by definition. site modelled by the ring of charge described
9. In an electric field, charges always move along above. This ring acts to eliminate the field
the direction described by the field lines. The within the entire cable.
direction in which a charge moves along a field 12. By definition, the electric potential is the same
line depends on the sign of the charge. A posi- at any point along an equipotential line.
tive charge will move in the direction described Therefore, no force is required, and no work is
by the arrows in a field diagram, whereas a done, to move a test charge along this line. In a
negative charge will move in the opposite direc- situation like this, a constant force causes the
tion. constant acceleration of the test charge.
10. a) When a polar charged rod is placed perpen- 13. We use the term point charge to imply that the
dicular to electric field lines, the rod will charge has no larger physical dimensions. Larger
tend to rotate such that it will become par- dimensions would mean that the charge would
allel to the field lines. The positive end of exist within a region of space instead of at a spe-
the rod will point in the same direction in cific location. This implication reduces the num-
which the field lines are oriented. ber of variables and simplifies questions that
b) When a polar charged rod is placed parallel deal with the distribution of charges within a
to electric field lines, the rod will tend to three-dimensional space. Any other approach
stay in the same orientation if its positive would require some way of accounting for the
end is pointing in the same direction as the variability of distances between charges.
field lines. Otherwise, the rod will tend to 14. Statement: In each case the field gets stronger
rotate 180 and point in the opposite direc- as you proceed from left to right. False
tion (still parallel to the field lines). Reasoning: The field lines remain the same
11. Each point charge experiences an identical distance apart as you move from left to right in
force of repulsion from all of the other point the field in (b), so the field does not change in
charges, so that they are all repelled symmetri- strength.

Statement: The field strength in (a) increases will double because of the change to the test
from left to right but in (b) it remains the same charge, but the field strength is measured as
everywhere. True
F
the force experienced per unit charge, .
Reasoning: The field lines become closer qt
together as you move from left to right in the Therefore, the doubling of the test charge and
field in (a), so the field does increase in the doubling of the force will cancel, leaving
strength, whereas the field lines in (b) are par- the measurement of the field strength
allel, so the field strength does not change. unchanged.
Statement: Both fields could be created by a 18. The stronger an electric field is, the closer
series of positive charges on the left and nega- together the field lines are. Therefore, a weak
tive ones on the right. False electric field has field lines that are farther
Reasoning: Although true for (b), (a) must be apart than the field lines of a strong electric
created by a single positive point charge at the field.
base of the four arrows. 19. Both gravitational fields and electric fields are
Statement: Both fields could be created by a made up of lines of force that are directed in a
single positive point charge placed on the right. way that a test item would be forced.
False Gravitational fields are created by and influ-
Reasoning: As described above, a point charge ence masses, whereas electric fields involve
could be responsible for (a), but (b) would charges. Gravitational fields are always attrac-
require rows of parallel opposites such as those tive. Electric fields can be attractive or repul-
in oppositely charged parallel plates. sive, since they can exert forces in opposite
15. Electric fields are more complicated to work directions depending on the charge of the
with because the forces that charges exert on object that is experiencing the field.
each other are all significant. In contrast, the 20. The direction of an electric field between a pos-
gravitational force between small masses is itive charge and a negative charge is from the
negligible compared with the gravitational positive charge toward the negative charge,
force exerted on them by large masses like since electric fields are always directed the way
Earth. that a positive test charge would be forced.
16. The field shape around a single negative point 21. The electric potential energy is greater between
charge is exactly like that around a single posi- two like charges than between two unlike
tive point charge with the exception that for a charges the same distance apart because of the
negative point charge, the arrows are all point- differing sign of the electric potential energy.
ing inward instead of outward, as shown in the The calculation of the electric potential energy
following diagram. involves multiplying the two charges. The
product of two like charges is positive and
therefore greater than the product of two
unlike charges, which is negative.
22. A high-voltage wire falling onto a car produces
a situation in which there is a high-potential
source (the wire) very close to a low-potential
region (the ground). The people in the car will
be safe from electrocution as long as they do
not complete a circuit between this high and
17. Doubling the value of the test charge will do low electric potential. They should not open
nothing to the measurement of the strength of the car door, for example, and step to the
the electric field. The force on the test charge ground while maintaining contact with the car.

23. Although opposite electric charges occur at the 28.
two plates of a parallel-plate apparatus when it
is connected to a power supply, the overall q
charge on the apparatus remains zero. For
every charge at one plate, there is an opposite
charge at the other plate, which balances the
This type of motion is like upside-down projec-
overall charge to zero.
tile motion, since the charge moves in a para-
24. a) If the distance between the plates is doubled
bolic path. This is the type of motion that an
then the field strength between the plates
object would take if it were thrown horizon-
will be halved.
tally in Earths gravitational field. The only dif-
b) If the charge on each plate is doubled then
ference here is that this charge appears to be
the field strength will double.
falling upward instead of downward.
c) If the plates are totally discharged and neu-
29. No, a parallel-plate capacitor does not have
tral then the field strength will drop to zero.
uniform electric potential. It does have uniform
25. Two point charges of like charge and equal
field strength between the two plates, but the
magnitude should be placed side by side so that
potential varies in a linear fashion from one
both the electric field strength and the electric
plate to the other. By definition, the electric
potential will be zero at the midpoint between
potential is uniform along any equipotential
the charges. If one of the two like charges were
line, which in this case is any line parallel to
doubled, the field strength and the potential
the two plates.
would both be zero at a point two-thirds the
30. Charge Distribution Equipotential Lines
separation distance away from the doubled (a) (iii)
charge. (b) (i)
(c) (ii)
26. In the presence of electric fields, a field
31. a) The electrostatic interaction responsible for
strength and a potential of zero would exist at
the large potential energy increase at very
a point where the sum of all electric forces was
close distances is the repulsion between the
zero. In question 25, the sum of the repulsive
two positive nuclei.
forces from each of the two like charges is zero
b) This repulsion of the nuclei, and the associ-
at some point between the two charges.
ated increase in electric potential energy, is
27. If a proton and an electron were released at a
one of the main stumbling blocks for gener-
distance and accelerated toward one another,
ating energy through nuclear fusion. This
the electron would reach the greater speed just
repulsion between nuclei means that a very
before impact. The reason is that both particles
large amount of energy is required to begin
would be acted upon by the same force of
the reaction process.
attraction, but the electron has less mass. The
c) The smaller increase in electric potential
acceleration of each particle is described by the
energy upon separation of the two atoms is
F
formula a , which shows that for the same caused by the attraction between the posi-
m
force, the smaller mass would have the greater tively charged nucleus in each atom and the
acceleration over the same time period and negatively charged electron in the other
therefore the greater final speed. atom.
d) A stable bond is formed when two hydrogen
atoms are about 75 pm apart because this is
the distance at which the electric potential
energy is minimized any closer and the
repulsion between nuclei pushes the atoms

apart, any farther away and the nucleus- 5. Our homes are wired using parallel circuits.
electron attraction draws the atoms closer This means that when certain components are
together. not connected, such as a light bulb burning out,
32. A positive test charge moving along a line the current to other circuit branches is left
between two identical negative point charges unchanged. In other words, when a bulb burns
would experience a topography similar to a out, the others on the circuit not only remain
vehicle moving up a hill (away from one lit, but the voltage drop across each light bulb
charge), increasing the vehicles gravitational remains the same and each light bulb keeps the
potential energy, and then rolling down the same brightness.
other side of the hill (toward the other charge). 6. This warning means that the bulbs are wired in
a) If the two identical point charges were both series. When a series bulb burns out, current is
positive, the hill would change to a valley disrupted in the rest of the circuit. Some bulbs
with the lowest part in the middle. have a built-in shunt that triggers when the
b) If a negative test charge was placed between bulb burns out. As a result, current that nor-
the two identical positive charges, the topog- mally would have been disrupted in a series
raphy would still resemble a valley but now circuit continues to flow. These shunted bulbs
there would be a very deep crater at the low- must be replaced immediately because, for
est part of the valley. every burnt out and shunted bulb, the resulting
voltage drop across the other bulbs will
Chapter 14 increase. In general, the more burnt out bulbs
1. a) Batteries that are installed end to end are in a series, the greater the voltage drop across
connected in series. the remaining bulbs, which may now be dam-
b) A device requiring two 1.5-V batteries in aged due to higher current.
series has a voltage requirement of 3.0 V. 7.
c) Batteries installed side by side are con- Resistor Comparison
500
nected in parallel and will provide a lower
voltage over a longer period of time. Series 1
Potential difference (V)
400
2. A convention is a custom approved by general Series 2
agreement, in our case, by a group of scientists. 300

In science, the metric system is another exam-
200
ple of a convention. The units are an agreed-
upon standard so that ideas and discoveries can
100
be easily communicated.
3. Many of the electronic components such as
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1
resistors or even the wires themselves may be Current I (A)
affected at extreme temperatures. The resistance
value of some resistors are temperature depen- The series 2 resistor has a steeper slope, meaning
dant; the higher the temperature, the greater the that it has the greatest resistance.
resistance. Changes in resistance could result in 8. The energy consumption in your home is meas-
subtle changes in current flow in the circuit, ured in kWh and not joules because it is a far
making the device function improperly. more appropriate unit. Running a simple
4. Boosting another car is always done by wiring 1500-W hair dryer for 5 minutes (300 s) would
the batteries in parallel. A parallel connection yield an energy value of E Pt (1500 W)(300 s)
ensures that the engine sees the same 12 V, 450 000 J, and each joule of energy would not
but the second battery can provide the needed cost very much (2.22 106 cents each). A
current to start a difficult engine. more appropriate unit is the kWh. The same

hair dryer would yield an energy value of b)
F F
0.125 kWh and cost about 8/kWh.
T
Chapter 15 x
1. The law of magnetic forces states that like
(similar) magnetic poles repel one another and Currents in opposite directions
different (dissimilar) poles attract one another, wires forced apart
even at a distance. 7. The electrons in the beam that is illuminating
2. A magnet can attract non-magnetic materials your computer monitors screen are directed
as long as they are ferromagnetic in nature. The from the back of the monitor forward to the
magnet causes the internal domains (small front of the screen, toward your face. This is
magnets) of a ferromagnetic substance to line the direction of the thumb of the left hand
up in such a way that a new magnet is induced when applying left-hand rule #1 for current
in the substance such that there are opposite flow. From your perspective, the magnetic field
magnetic poles which attract one another. forms circular formations in the clockwise
3. A material that is attracted to a magnet or that direction in and around the computer monitor.
can be magnetized is called ferromagnetic. Relative to the direction of the electron beam,
Examples of ferromagnetic materials include the magnetic field is directed in the counter-
materials made from iron, nickel, or cobalt. clockwise direction around the beam.
These materials are ferromagnetic because they 8. A wire possessing an eastbound electron cur-
have internal domains that can be readily rent has an associated circular magnetic field
aligned, due to the fact that these materials that points upward on the north side of the
have unpaired electrons in their outermost wire and downward on the south side.
electron energy level. 9. The magnetic field strength of a coil (an insu-
4. Magnets can lose their strength over time lated spring) varies inversely with the length of
because their domains, which initially are the coil. Therefore, a reduction in the coil
aligned (pointing in the same direction), can length to half its original length will cause a
become randomized and point in other direc- doubling of the magnetic field strength. This all
tions. This randomizing of the domains reduces depends on the assumption that the length of
the overall strength of the entire magnet. the coil is considerably larger than its diameter.
5. When a magnet is dropped or heated up, the 10. a) For the force applied to a current-carrying
domains of the magnet, which initially are conductor to be at a maximum, the mag-
aligned (pointing in the same direction), can be netic field must cross the conductor at an
disrupted and forced to point in other, random angle of 90.
directions. This randomizing of the domains b) For the force applied to a current-carrying
reduces the overall strength of the entire mag- conductor to be at a minimum, the magnetic
net. field must cross the conductor at an angle
6. a) of 0.
F F 11. According to left-hand rule #3 for the motor
T principle, the direction of the force on the con-
ductor is to the south.
12. An electron moving vertically downward that
Currents in the same direction enters a northbound magnetic field will be
wires forced together forced toward the west.
13. A current-carrying solenoid produces a mag-
netic field coming directly out of one end of the

coil and into the other end. An electron passing either by moving the source magnet or by
by either end of this coil experiences a force increasing or decreasing the strength of the
that is at right angles to its motion. As this electromagnetically induced field.
force changes the direction of motion (a cen- 4. According to Lenzs law, the energy transferred
tripetal force), the electron takes on a curved to the current in the conductor comes from the
path (circular motion). Application of the kinetic energy of the source magnet or from the
appropriate left-hand rules predicts that the energy in the current of an electromagnet.
electrons motion will curve in the same direc- Reduction in these forms of inducing energies
tion as the direction of electron current flow can only be caused by an induced magnetic
through the coil. field. The work done to reduce the energy
14. The cathode rays will be deflected toward the comes from the source of the induction.
current-carrying wire, moving in a plane that Manually moving a magnet in a coil of wire
contains the wire. meets the resistance of the induced field. The
15. Current passing through a helical spring will energy lost from the source is gained by the
produce a situation very similar to having two induced current. This energy transfer from one
parallel conductors with a current flowing in form to another is governed by the law of con-
the same direction. Application of the appro- servation of energy.
priate left-hand rules predicts that the magnetic 5. The induced magnetic field cannot boost the
field interaction between each pair of the heli- motion, which would be a violation of the law
cal loops will force the spring to compress, of the conservation of energy. The simple
reducing its length. motion of a magnet cannot create or induce a
16. Current passing through a highly flexible wire magnetic field that would further draw the
loop will tend to result in magnetic field inter- inducing magnet along. Where would this
actions that will force apart nearby sections of energy come from? It would be a case of energy
the wire, so that the wire loop will most likely created from nothing.
(if the proper conditions exist) straighten out. 6. In Fig. 16.18, the conductor moving in a mag-
netic field would have no induced current mov-
Chapter 16 ing through it. The field lines are parallel,
1. Faradays principle complements Oersteds prin- meaning that the motion from the north pole to
ciple. Faradays principle or law of induction the south pole would not cause the strength of
describes how a moving magnetic field or one the field to change sufficiently to cause current
that is changing (increasing or decreasing in flow. Induced current would flow if the con-
strength) near a conductor causes charge to flow ductor were moved either up or down.
in that conductor. 7. Besides the type of current produced, the main
2. The induced electromotive force in a conductor difference between AC and DC generators is the
could be improved by using a magnet with a way in which current is tapped off the spinning
large field strength. The effect is greater if the armature. Both generators produce alternating
wire is coiled because the strong magnetic field current in the armature. An AC generator
contacts a larger surface area of the conductor. employs two slip rings and brushes to draw the
Finally, the greater the rate of field change, the current out of the armature. A DC generator
greater the electromotive force. uses a split-ring commutator that is designed to
3. Inducing current to flow in a conductor reverse the direction of current flow as it comes
requires that two conditions be met. First, a out of the brushes. At the correct time, the com-
magnetic field must be present such that the mutator re-reverses the current that was
field lines cut through a conductor at 90. reversed in the generation process. This double
Second, this magnetic field must be changing reversal produces a direct current.

8. a) Electromagnetic induction brakes work on 11.
the principle that the electrical energy cre-
ated in the generators comes from the Primary coil
Ip
kinetic energy of the vehicle being slowed.
Np
A generator offers resistance to motion Vp Input Output Vs
when it is being turned, and this resistance Ns
Is
is used to slow moving vehicles.
Secondary coil
b) With standard friction brakes, the energy of
motion is transferred to heat in the brake Soft iron core
pads. One benefit of electromagnetic brakes
is that electrical energy could be recovered Summary:
from the vehicles motion and used to Vp Np Is

charge a battery for use at a later time. Vs Ns Ip
Originally, brake pads were embedded with
12. A step-up transformer transforms an AC voltage
asbestos fibres, but more recent pads use
from a low value to a high value. A step-up trans-
metal. Less wear and tear on the brake pads
former differs from a step-down transformer in
would mean lower demand, less manufac-
the number of turns of wire on its primary and
turing materials and energy, as well as fewer
secondary sides. A step-up transformer has more
spent pads in landfill sites.
turns on its secondary side, with a turns ratio of
9. The ring apparatus has secondary current only
less than 1 Nps 1. A step-down transformer
N
when the magnetic field is changing. With
has more turns on its primary side, with a
direct current (DC), secondary current occurs
turns ratio greater than 1 Nps 1.
N
only when you turn the circuit on or off. At
this time, the magnetic field increases to its full Note: When voltage is stepped up, the current
strength or shuts down, respectively. To make is stepped down and vice versa. Step up
the ring operate continuously, alternating cur- refers to the change in voltage, not in current.
rent (AC) is required so that the magnetic fields 13. Over great distances, large current results in
are always changing. The resulting current pro- great power loss. With the use of a step-up
duced in the secondary side is also an alternat- transformer, the current can be stepped down
ing current. while the voltage is stepped up. By analogy, we
10. According to Faradays principle, a transformer put fewer delivery trucks on the road but pack
can only operate with alternating current. them to capacity with goods so that the same
Alternating current produces a constantly amount of material is delivered.
changing magnetic field in the primary coil, 14. The energy is transferred because electrons do
which is required for any induced current to not exist in isolation. The electrons in your
flow in the secondary side. Without AC, the light bulb are in a massive electron traffic jam
transformer would be nothing but an elaborate or line-up, backed up on either side all the
electromagnet. way to the power source. When even one
coulomb of charge is energized at the power
source, it pushes momentarily on this
charge queue and the mutual repulsion of
like charge passes this push down the line to
the light bulb. At the same time, the power sup-
ply pulls on the charge at the other terminal.
Like a large circle of people holding hands
around a campfire oscillating back and forth,

the energy is passed through the oscillation 8. Since the photons have detectable linear
over great distances. momentum, their mass equivalence can be
15. The voltage is stepped up at the generating sta- computed. Momentum is an intrinsic property
tion to lower the current and the associated of matter, therefore we can assume that mass
power loss during travel to your home. At your equivalency is correct.
home, it is once again transformed from high 9. An empirical relationship is a relationship that
voltage and low current to a safer, easier-to-use is determined experimentally. It is not backed
form of alternating current. To conserve power up by theory.
loss, the current is kept low (and the voltage 10. Determinacy is a condition of a measurement
high) for as long as possible. Gradually stepping being characterized definitely. An example of
the current up as the power enters residential an everyday event could be a repetitive meas-
areas conserves power while maximizing safety. urement of the length of a table. Each time the
measurement is made, errors are encountered.
Chapter 17 If determinacy existed at the macroscopic level,
1. A photon is a unit particle (as opposed to we would get the same length every time.
wave) of electromagnetic radiation that moves 11. The computation of uncertainties using
at the speed of light. Its energy is proportional Heisenbergs uncertainty principle yields
to the frequency of the radiation. minute values for speed and position. The lim-
2. Ultraviolet radiation from the Sun is very ener- itations of human perception prevent us from
getic due to its high frequency. The photons experiencing such minute variances at the
that possess this energy are the cause of sun- macroscopic level.
burn. These photons are energetic enough to 12. Another device besides the STM that operates
remove electrons from our body cells, causing a using the principle of quantum tunnelling is
change in our skin biology and in severe cases the electron tunnelling transistor, which is an
causing cancer. on-off switch that uses the ability of an electron
3. Visual light is mostly in the infrared-visual to pass through impenetrable energy obstacles.
spectrum. The energy of these photons is not 13. The energy of an orbital varies as the inverse
sufficient to damage skin cells. square of the radius. Hence, the spectral lines
4. If h 0, quantization would not exist. There are closer together farther away from the
would be no energy levels in atoms. Electrons nucleus.
in atoms would therefore not attain any real 14. a) The peak wavelength emitted by a mercury
value for energy, resulting in the absence of lamp lies in the visual spectrum. However,
orbitals in atoms. this implies that there is a tail in the ultravi-
5. The electron volt (eV) corresponds to the olet spectrum. The ultraviolet photons are
energy of an electron at a potential of one volt. energetic enough to damage skin cells.
Hence, one electron volt is the energy equalling b) An appropriate shielding that blocks ultra-
the charge of an electron multiplied by the violet light but allows photons in the visual
potential of one volt: 1 eV qe 1 V. spectrum to pass through could be used.
6. Wiens law relates the wavelength of photons 15. Consider two particles that have the same de
to the temperature of the black body. Broglie wavelength and masses m1 and m2
7. W0, the work function, is the amount of energy such that m1 m2. According to de Broglies
required to produce the photoelectric effect in a h h
equation, and , where v1
given metal. It is the minimum energy required m1v1 m2v2
to liberate electrons from a metal. and v2 are the velocities of the two particles.
Since is the same for both particles, the fol-

lowing equation can be written: 3. Many elements are composed of several natu-
h h rally occurring isotopes, each with a different

m1v1 m2v2 atomic mass number, A. The weighted average
This equation can be simplified: of the isotopes mass numbers often results in a
m1v1 m2v2 non-integral value for the atomic mass of that
Since m1 m2, it follows that v2 v1. If the element.
mass of the first particle is much greater than 4. Each nuclear isotope has a unique total binding
that of the second particle, the velocity of the energy determined by its nuclear structure.
second particle must be much greater than that This binding energy is equivalent to the mass
of the first particle. difference between the nucleus and its con-
16. According to Planck, the energy is quantized. stituent nucleons (protons and neutrons)
The angular momentum is certainly related to according to E mc2.
the energy. Hence, the angular momentum 5. The missing mass was converted to energy
needs to be quantized as well. To quantize L, of various forms such as gamma radiation emit-
Bohr had to quantize both the velocity, v, and ted during the formation of the deuterium
the radius, r. atom.
17. Although the initial and the final speed and the 6. Your body, composed of many elements, likely
scatter angles are known, the manner in which has more neutrons than protons, since stable
the actual collision occurs cannot be precisely atoms with A > 20 have more neutrons than
predicted, and the exact position of the parti- protons.
cles during the collision is not known. Hence, 7. During a nuclear reaction, nucleons may be
the uncertainty principle is not violated. converted from one type to another, such as
neutrons to protons in beta decay. However,
Chapter 18 the total nucleon number is conserved or
1. Generating electrical energy on a large scale remains constant. On the other hand, various
requires the production of steam to drive a forms of energy may be absorbed or emitted,
steam turbine that turns an electromagnetic resulting in an equivalent change in mass.
generator. The steam turbine and electromag- 8. During alpha decay of a uranium-238 nucleus,
N
netic generator are common parts of both for example, the ratio of the parent nucleus
Z
nuclear power generating stations and thermal 146
electric stations. All power plants heat water to is or about 1.59, and the ratio of the
92
steam to drive the turbine. Thermal electric N 2 144
daughter nucleus, , is or about
plants heat water by burning fossil fuels (e.g., Z2 90
coal, oil, gas) and nuclear plants heat the water 1.60. This leads to greater nuclear stability by
by way of a sustained nuclear fission reaction. reducing the electrical repulsion of the protons
All power plants are placed next to large bodies relative to the nuclear attraction of
N
of water so that the water can be used to cool nucleons. During beta decay, the ratio of
Z
the reactors. 146
2. Every atom of the same element has the same the parent nucleus, or about 1.59, is
92
number of protons, and the number of protons greater than the ratio of the daughter nucleus,
in the nucleus, Z, determines the chemical N1 145
, which is or about 1.56.
properties of the atom. However, atoms of dif- Z1 93
ferent isotopes of the same element have differ- Although the greater ratio of protons to neu-
ent numbers of neutrons (and thus different A trons in the daughter tends to increase the elec-
values), which results in different physical trical repulsive forces, the beta-decay process
properties such as nuclear stability or decay. can lead to greater nuclear stability through the

pairing of previously unpaired neutrons or pro- 15. Carbon-14 undergoing beta decay results in the
tons in the nuclear shells. daughter isotope nitrogen-14.
9. During alpha decay, the daughter nucleus has a 16. Industrialization and automobile emissions
mass, M, that is much larger than the mass of have effected changes in our atmosphere such
the alpha particle, m. Since momentum is con- as global warming and ozone-layer depletion.
served, the velocity of the daughter nucleus, v, Such changes in the past 100 years may be
is much smaller than the velocity of the alpha altering the 14C:12C ratio in the air.
particle, V (Mv mV). Therefore, the kinetic 17. Potassium salts are rapidly absorbed by brain
energy of the alpha particle, 0.5mV2, is much tumours, making them detectable. The short
greater than that of the daughter nucleus, half-life of potassium-42 means that the dosage
0.5Mv2. decays to a safe, insignificant level quickly. The
10. If an alpha particle had enough initial kinetic transmutation to a stable calcium salt by beta
energy to contact a gold nucleus then a nuclear decay is not harmful to the body.
process such as fusion or fission could occur, 18. Aquatic creatures do not respire or breathe
because at that closeness the short-range atmospheric gases directly. The 14C:12C ratio in
nuclear force would overpower the electrical the ocean is different than in the air.
force of proton repulsion that is responsible for 19. Relics that are more than 60 000 years old have
scattering. lasted more than 10.5 half-lives of carbon-14.
11. The strong nuclear force differs from the elec- The 14C:12C ratio in these relics is about 1500
trical force in that: (i) the strong nuclear force times smaller now and is difficult to determine.
is very short-range, acting over distances of 20. The more massive lead atoms scatter the radia-
only a few femtometres (1015 m); (ii) the tion particles more effectively than do the less
strong nuclear force is much stronger than the massive water molecules, and may also present
electrical force over nuclear distances of 1 or a larger target for a high-speed electron or
2 fm; (iii) the strong nuclear force does alpha particle.
1 21. Transmutation involves a change in the proton
not vary with distance r as 2 as does the
r number, Z. This occurs during alpha and beta
electrical force; and (iv) the strong nuclear decay but does not occur during gamma decay,
force is attractive only, acting between all in which a nucleus merely becomes less ener-
nucleons (protonproton, protonneutron, gized.
and neutronneutron). 22. Alpha particles are more massive than beta or
12. The rate of decay of radioactive isotopes was gamma particles and transfer more energy to
not affected by combining them in different a molecule of the body during a collision. This
molecules or by changing the temperature. has a much more disastrous effect upon the
These changes usually affect the rate of chemi- cells of the body.
cal reactions, thus radioactivity must be found 23. The matches are as follows: gaseswind; liq-
deeper within the atom (in the nucleus). uidswater; plasmasfire; and solidsearth.
13. Alpha particles are ions, since they are helium 24. The high temperature in fusion means that the
atoms stripped of their electrons. ions have a very high speed, which allows them
14. If human life expectancy were a random to approach one another very closely during col-
process like radioactive decay then you lisions. If the ions kinetic energy is sufficient to
would expect 25% of the population to live overcome the electrical repulsion of the nuclei,
to 152 years. However, this is not the case. and the nuclei touch, then fusion is possible.
As humans age, their expected number of years 25. Critical mass in fission involves the existence
left to live decreases. of enough fuel so that the fast neutrons emitted
during fission are slowed and absorbed within

the fuel itself before they escape. In this way cause another and so on. For a chain reaction
the reaction is sustained by a continual source to occur, the fast neutrons produced from one
of slow neutrons. naturally occurring fission reaction have to be
26. Natural uranium is not concentrated enough slowed down (moderated) just before they hit
(its too wet) to provide the critical mass other uranium nuclei. This sequence of events
needed to slow down any fast neutrons (the would have to be repeated a few times, the
spark needed) and capture them to create a probability of which is extremely small. Chain
sustainable reaction. reactions can occur only when purified ura-
27. Thermal pollution is the expulsion of excess nium with the correct isotopes is combined
warm water into lakes and oceans from the cool- such that a consistent number of neutrons can
ing of large-scale power plants. This warm water be moderated to cause further reactions.
raises the average ambient temperature of the 31. The acronym CANDU stands for CANadian
lakes and oceans, which affects their ecosys- Deuterium Uranium. It means that the reactor
tems. Warmer water holds less dissolved oxygen is Canadian, and that it uses heavy water as a
and increases the metabolism of some aquatic moderator and uranium as fuel.
species. Most of the electrical generation in 32.
North America produces waste heat. e e
28. Solar panels are a good source of electrical p p
n
energy in certain circumstances but are depend-
ent on the amount of direct sunlight they
receive. The manufacture of solar panels Hydrogen Deuterium
1 proton 1 proton
requires melting glass and metal, usually by 1 electron 1 electron
burning fossil fuels, which creates the air pollu- (a) (b) 1 neutron
tion the solar panels were designed to eliminate.
33. Deuterium or deuterated heavy water is really
A risk/cost benefit analysis must be done to
just water formed with two atoms of deuterium
weigh benefits and risks. The most dangerous
and one of oxygen: D2O instead of H2O. It is
form of generating electrical energy, measured
used in a reactor to moderate the neutrons
in deaths/kWh, is wind turbines. The number
(slow them to create further fission reactions)
of people and animals (birds) that die on wind
and to absorb the heat of the nuclear reaction.
turbines would be astronomical if there were
34. A Hiroshima-style bomb requires a specially
enough of them around to generate the amount
contained fission chain reaction. The types of
of energy that is presently required.
bombs that went off at Hiroshima and
29. A fission reaction is the splitting of a heavy
Nagasaki required purified uranium or pluto-
nucleus into two smaller and lighter nuclei,
nium that was rapidly compressed or pushed
releasing 23 fast neutrons and energy. A
together by standard explosives in order to
fusion reaction is the combining or fusing of
reach critical mass. Critical mass is the mini-
two smaller and lighter nuclei to make one
mum amount of material that needs to be pres-
larger nucleus, producing energy. The two reac-
ent in order for a nuclear reaction to moderate
tions are similar in that they both release
itself. In a nuclear reactor, there could never be
energy, although the energy released by fusion
enough material contained for a long enough
is much greater. The two processes are differ-
period of time for this type of reaction to occur.
ent in that fission is a separation of nuclei and
At Chernobyl, the reactor in the former
fusion is a combining of nuclei.
Soviet republic of the Ukraine, the reactor mod-
30. Although fission reactions take place in natu-
erator was made of graphite. Graphite is car-
rally occurring uranium, chain reactions do
bon, a combustible material. When the reactor
not. A chain reaction requires one reaction to

at Chernobyl became overheated, the graphite
caught fire, releasing smoke filled with radioac-
tive isotopes.
Neither of these conditions (i.e., critical mass
and graphite) exists in a CANDU nuclear reactor.
35. The major short-term safety concern for a
CANDU reactor involves the production of
radioactive steam. If not controlled, the heat of
a CANDU reactor in the presence of so much
water (heavy or regular) creates a risk of pro-
ducing steam containing radioactive material.
The safety systems that prevent steam build-up
involve the continued cooling of the reactor to
avoid the creation of steam altogether. Control
rods and proper reaction monitoring ensure
that the existing moderator/coolant or the aux-
iliary coolant supply is not required. In the
event of steam build-up, the steam would be
drawn out of the reactor building by pressure
differential to the vacuum building where it
would be doused and condensed by a cool
water shower. The thick concrete containment
structure would prevent any steam from escap-
ing into the environment.

PART 3 Solutions to End-of-chapter Problems
100 cm 1 in 1 ft
Chapter 1 b) 553 m
1m 2.54 cm 12 in
60 s 1810 ft
15. a) 20 min 1200 s
1 min 1 km 60 s 60 min
19. a) 14.7 m/s
60 min 1000 m 1 min 1h
b) 6.5 h 390 min
1h 52.9 km/h
24 h
c) 0.6 day 14.4 h 14.7 m/s 52.9 km/h
1 day Yes, she would get a ticket.
365.25 days 24 h 60 min 60 s 1
d) 4.5 a 1
a

1 day 1h 1 min
b) 3 km/h 0.03 km/h
100
1.4 108 s 52.9 km/h
So, the snail is 1763 times
0.03 km/h
1 min 1h slower.
e) 453 s 0.126 h
60 s 60 min 20. The distances are all 14 the diameter.
1h 1 day 1a The displacements are all chords in
f) 0.35 min
60 min 24 h 365.25 days magnitudes.
6.7 107 a
C Distances are all 1/4 the diameter
Displacements are all chords in magnitude
16. a) 250 s 10 s/s
6
B D Directions:
2.50 108 s; 250 000 000 s
b) 250 s 103 ms/s a) b)
A
2.50 105 ms; 250 000 ms
c) 250 s 103 ks/s c) d)
2.50 101 ks; 0:250 ks
d) 250 s 106 Ms/s
e)
2.50 104 Ms; 0.000250 Ms
1000 m 1h 1 min 21. A 20.0 m
17. a) 25 km/h
1 km 60 min 60 s B 12 m
6.9 m/s C 20.005 m
1000 m 1h 1 min D 11.99998 m
b) 150 km/h a) perimeter P A B C D
1 km 60 min 60 s
41.7 m/s 20.0 m 12 m 20.005 m
11.99998 m
1 km 60 min 60 s
c) 2.0 m/s 64 m
1000 m 1h 1 min
103 mm
7.2 km/h 64 m
1m
1 km 60 min 60 s 64 000 mm
d) 50 m/s
1000 m 1h 1 min b) A B 20.0 m 12 m 32 m
180 km/h c) C D 20.005 m 11.99998 m
32.005 m
18. a) 175 cm 1.75 m
d) B D 12 m 11.99998 m 24 m
553 m
So, 316 people.
1.75 m/person
Solutions to End-of-chapter Problems 71

e) The different number of decimal places is c) slope: kg/m3 area: kgm3
due to measuring techniques and measur- d) slope: kg/s 2
area: kgm2/s2
ing instruments that give varied accuracy. 28. A, C, F, H: person is standing
Also consider the purpose of the measure- B: person is moving forward,
ment and the required accuracy. constant velocity
22. a) 50.7 m 30.2 m 20.5 m D, E: person is moving backward,
b) 50.7 m 2 m 48.7 m 49 m speeding up
1m G: person is moving forward,
c) 2356.9076 cm 23.569076 m
100 cm speeding up
so 3567.2 m 23.569076 m 3543.6 m A, F, H: person is stopped.
30.9 mm 106 km y 150 m 0 m
d) 3.09 107 km 29. a) section I: slope
1 mm x 60 s 0 s
so 30.9 km 3.09 107 km 30.9 km 2.5 m/s
23. a) 2.5 cm 125 m [E]
section II: slope 0
b) 1.5 cm 75 m [N]
y 75 m 15 0 m
c) 1.9 cm 95 m [W] section III: slope
x 160 s 100 s
d) 1.9 cm 95 m [S]
e) 0 1.2 m/s
24. a) 1.9 cm 28 m/s [N] (negative) b) section I:
b) 1.5 cm 22 m/s [S] (positive) area 12(150 m)(60 s) 4500 ms
c) 2.2 cm 33 m/s [E] (positive) section II:
d) 1.8 cm 27 m/s [S] (positive) area (150 m)(100 s 60 s) 6000 ms
25. If the person is walking in the direction of section III:
the trains motion, the speed will be area 12(150 m 75 m)(160 s 100 s)
73 km/h [W]. If the person is walking in the 6750 ms
opposite direction of the trains motion, the 30. Here, velocity, v, is slope so:
speed will be 67 km/h [W[. I: v 2.5 m/s
26. II: v 0
d d
III: v 1.2 m/s
31. 504
t t 468
432
396
(a) (b) 360
anomaly 324
d (m)
288
d d d
252
216
180
t t 144
108
72
(c) (d) 36
27. a) slope: km/h area: kmh 0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0
t (s)
b) slope: (no units) area: m2
72 Solutions to End-of-chapter Problems

d 468 m 36 m
a) velocity slope 34. 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5
t 6.5 s 0.5 s
72 m/s
b) 260 km/h 10
32. 2324 slope velocity 20 mm/s

20
1992
1660
d (mm)
30
d (m)
1328
996 d
40
664
332 t
50
0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0
t (s) 60

d 2158 m 166 m 70
velocity slope t (s)
t 6.5 s 0.5 s
332 m/s 1200 km/h There is increasing negative displacement;
33. 70 therefore, negative velocity. Slope and velocity
are 20 mm/s.
60
d -t chart
50
t(s) d (mm)
d (mm)
40 0 0
0.4 8.0
30 0.8 16.5
slope velocity 20 mm/s
1.2 24.5
20 1.6 33.0
2.0 41.0
10
2.4 49.0
2.8 57.5
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 3.2 65.5
t (s)

d -t chart 35. d d
3
t(s) d (mm)
0 0 3 2
2
0.4 8.0 t t
1 1
0.8 16.5
1.2 24.5
1.6 33.0
2.0 41.0 d d
2.4 49.0
2.8 57.5 1 t 2 t
1
3.2 65.5 2

d 65.5 mm 0.0 mm
velocity slope
t 3.2 s 0.0 s 3
3
20.5 mm/s 20 mm/s

36. A: speeding up [UP] [v 0, a 0] 100
B: speeding up [UP] [v 0, a 0] 90
80 3
C: slowing down [UP] [v 0, a 0] 2
70
D: speeding up [UP] [v 0, a 0]
d (m)
60
E: speeding up [DOWN] [v
0, a
0]
50
F: slowing down [DOWN] [v
0, a 0] 40
G: slowing down [DOWN] [v
0, a 0] 30
37. 20
1
10
D 0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0

C E
d
t (s)
B
A t
0 40.
F
130
G 120
110
38. see graph for tangents; slope, m, is calculated 100
as follows: 90

d 9m3m 80
A) m 0.3 m/s d (mm) 4
t 30 s 10 s 70
60
d 5 m (4 m )
B) m 0.5 m/s 50 3
t 17 s 0 s 40

d 0.5 m 1.5 m 30
C) m 0.3 m/s 2
t 4 s 1 s 20
10 1
d 25 m 25 m
D) m 1.2 m/s
t 40 s 0 s 0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0
t (x 0.05 s)
30 m 8.0 m
39. at 2.0 s, m
3.2 s 1.4 s
22 m a) at 1.0 0.05 s 0.05 s,

d 24 mm 4 mm
1.8 s m1 t
(2.4 0.05 s) (0.6 0.05 s)
22 m 1 km 360 0 s
20 mm
1.8 s 1000 m 1h
44 km/h 0.09 s

222.2 mm/s
82 m 24 m
at 4.0 s, m 2.2 102 mm/s
5.4 s 2.4 s
58 m at 2.0 0.05 s 0.1 s,

3.0 s d 40 mm 14 mm
m2
70 km/h t 0.14 s 0.08 s
86 m 76 m 26 mm
at 6.0 s, m
6.6 s 5.6 s 0.06 s

10 m 433.3 mm/s
4.3 102 mm/s
1.0 s
36 km/h

28 mm
at 3.0 0.05 s 0.15 s,
0.13 s
d 78 mm 40 mm
m3 215.38 mm/s
t 0.19 s 0.13 s
38 mm 2.2 102 mm/s

0.06 s at 2.0 0.05 s 0.1 s,

633.3 mm/s d (66 mm) (40 mm)
6.3 102 mm/s m2
t 0.2 s 0.14 s
at 4.0 0.05 s 0.2 s, 26 mm

d 120 mm 64 mm 0.06 s
m4
t 0.25 s 0.17 s 433.3 mm/s
56 mm 4.3 102 mm/s

0.08 s
700 mm/s at 3.0 0.05 s 0.15 s,

7.0 102 mm/s d (90 mm) (46 mm)
m3
t 0.21 s 0.14 s

d -t chart 44 mm

0.07 s
t(s) d (mm)
628.57 mm/s
0 0 6.3 102 mm/s
5 8
10 22 at 4.0 0.05 s 0.2 s,

d (120 mm) (78 mm)
15 52 m4
20 85 t 0.25 s 0.19 s
25 123 42 mm

0.06 s
700 mm/s
The object is speeding up in the positive 7.0 102 mm/s
direction.
b) Displacements are reversed (negative).
The object is speeding up in the opposite
0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0
(negative) direction.
10 1 41. a)
20
140
30
130
40 2 120 4
50
3 110 3
d (mm)
60
100
70 2
90
80 4
80
90
d (mm)
70
100
60
110 1
50
120
40
130
t (x 0.05 s) 30
20
at 1.0 0.05 s 0.05 s, 10

d (36 mm) (8 mm)
m1 0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0
t 0.18 s 0.05 s t (x 0.05 s)

at 1.0 0.05 s 0.05 s, b)

d 62 m m 20 mm 0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0
m1
t 0.07 s 0.02 s 10
42 mm 20

0.05 s 30
840 mm/s 40
8.4 102 mm/s 50
d (mm)
60
at 2.0 s 0.05 s 0.1 s, 1
70
d 102 mm 66 mm
m2 80
t 0.13 s 0.07 s 2
90
36 mm
100
0.06 s 110
600 mm/s 120 4
6.0 102 mm/s 130
3
at 3.0 s 0.05 s 0.15 s, 140

t (x 0.05 s)
d 118 mm 98 mm
m3
t 0.18 s 0.12 s
at 1.0 0.05 s 0.05 s,
20 mm
d (70 mm) (20 mm)
0.06 s
m1
333.3 mm/s t 0.08 s 0.02 s
3.3 102 mm/s 50 mm

at 4.0 s 0.05 s 0.2 s, 0.06 s

d 128 mm 112 mm 833.3 mm/s
m4
t 0.25 s 0.16 s 8.3 102 mm/s
16 mm at 2.0 0.05 s 0.1 s,

0.09 s
d (96 mm) (72 mm)
177.7 mm/s m2
t 0.12 s 0.08 s
1.8 102 mm/s
24 mm

d -t chart 0.04 s
600 mm/s
t(s) d (mm)
6.0 102 mm/s
0 0
2 45
at 3.0 0.05 s 0.15 s,

4 84 d (134 mm) (88 mm)
m3
6 108 t 0.23 s 0.09 s
8 119 46 mm

10 126 0.14 s
328.57 mm/s
All times are obtained by multiplying the time
3.3 102 mm/s
by 0.05 s.
The object is moving forward and slowing
down.

d2 d1
at 4.0 0.05 s 0.2 s, 43. average velocity, vavg
t2 t1
d (128 mm) (114 mm) 6m1m
m4 AB: vavg 0.8 m/s
t 0.25 s 0.17 s 8 s 1.5 s
14 mm
instantaneous velocity:
0.08 s
d 3.7 m (2 m)
175 mm/s at A, slope
t 2.8 0 s
1.8 102 mm/s 2.04 m/s.

The object is moving backward, but is d
slowing down. at B, slope 0
t
d2 d1
42. average velocity, vavg t1 Therefore, the average velocity
t2
50 m 20 m vA vB 2.04 m/s 0
AB: vavg 4.3 m/s 1.0 m/s.
8s1s 2 2
Compare to 0.8 m/s, obtained graphically.
50 m 50 m
BC: vavg 0 m/s 8 m 0.5 m
14 s 8 s CD: va 0.83 m/s
11 s 2 s
20 m 50 m
BD: vavg 3.8 m/s instantaneous velocity:
16 s 8 s

20 m 20 m d 1.1 m 0 m
AD: vavg 0 m/s at C, slope 0.28 m/s
16 s 1 s t 4s0s

20 m 20 m d 9.5 m 6 m
AE: vavg 2.1 m/s at D, slope
20 s 1 s t 12.0 s 9.6 s
1.46 m/s
20 m 50 m
BE: vavg 5.8 m/s
20 s 8 s vC vD
Therefore, the average velocity
2
0.87 m/s
Compare to 0.8 m/s, obtained graphically.

Chapter 2 e) total displacement,
dtot dA dB dC dD dE
14. a) A: speeding up eastbound; B: constant
dF
speed of 25 m/s eastbound; C: slowing
dtot 23 800 m
down eastbound; D: speeding up west-
f) average velocity given by the displacement
bound; E: constant speed of 75 m/s
travelled (d) over time (t); displacement
westbound; F: speeding up westbound
is the area under graph (see part d).
b) instantaneous speed, v:
d 1500 m
at 60 s, v 12 m/s 43 km/h A: vavg 12.5 m/s
t 120 s
at 240 s, v 25 m/s 90 km/h
at 420 s, v 0 m/s 0 km/h d 4500 m
B: vavg 25 m/s
at 480 s, v 45 m/s 162 km/h t 180 s
at 720 s, v 138 m/s 496.8 km/h 1500 m
C: vavg 12.5 m/s
497 km/h 120 s
v2 v1 39 00 m
c) acceleration, a D: vavg 37 m/s
t2 t1 105 s
25 m/s 0 m/s 5600 m
aA 0.21 m/s2 E: vavg 75 m/s
12.0 s 0 s 75 s
25 m/s 25 m/s 21 800 m
aB 0 m/s2 F: vavg 180 m/s
300 s 120 s 120 s
0 m/s 25 m/s g) average velocity for the whole trip:
aC 0.21 m/s2
420 s 300 s dtot
vavgtot
75 m/s 0 m/s ttot
aD 0.71 m/s2
525 s 420 s 23 800 m

aE 0 m/s2 720 s
130 m/s (75 m/s) vavgtot 33 m/s
aF
720 s 600 s
0.46 m/s2 h) For average speed, take absolute values for
d) displacement travelled (d) is given by the all distances and repeat procedure in g).
area under the graph: dtot
vavgtot
ttot
dA 12 (25 m/s)(120 s) 1500 m
38 800 m
dB (25 m/s)(300 s 120 s) 4500 m
720 s
dC 12 (25 m/s)(420 s 300 s) 1500 m vavgtot 54 m/s
dD 12 (75 m/s)(525 s 420 s) 15. a) instantaneous velocities, v:
3937.5 m 3900 m at 4 s, v 10 m/s
(i.e., westbound) at 12 s, v 47 m/s
dE (75 m/s)(600 s 525 s) at 18 s, v 31 m/s
5600 m (i.e., westbound) at 28 s, v 9 m/s
b) instantaneous acceleration, a, given by
dF
slope, m, of tangent at time, t:
12 (138 m/s [75 m/s])(720 s 600 s)
v2 v1 15 m/s 5 m/s
(75 m/s)(720 s 600 s) 21 800 m at 4 s, a
t2 t1 5.8 s 2 s
2.6 m/s 2
at 12 s, a 0 (constant slope)

0 m/s 47 m/s
at 18 s, a 3.9 m/s2 at 0.256 s,
26 s 14 s
222 mm 160 mm
d
17 m/s 0 m/s m4
at 28 s, a 4.2 m/s2 t 0.2752 s 0.2304 s
30 s 26 s 62 mm
c) vmax 40 m/s between t 10 s14 s
0.0448 s
d) vmin 0 m/s at t 0 s, 26 s 1383.9286 mm/s
e) amax at t 10 s 1.4 103 mm/s
f) a 0 at t 10 s14 s, 32 s
ii) calculating acceleration:
16. i) 1125 mm/s 695 mm/s
a
260 0.1984 s 0.1088 s
240
430 mm/s
220
200 0.0896 s
180 4799.107 mm/s2
4
160 4.80 m/s2
d (mm)
140
120 t(x 0.032 s) d (mm)
110
0 0
100 3
80 1 5
60 2 19
40 2
3 34
20 1
4 59
0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 5 85
t (x 0.032 s)
6 115
7 153
at 2.0 0.032 s 0.064 s,

d 26 mm 6 mm
m1 All runs were multiplied by 0.032 s times the
t 0.0768 s 0.0384 s
dot number.
20 mm

0.0384 s 1380
1310
520.83 mm/s 1240
5.2 102 mm/s 1170
1100
at 0.128 s, 1030
v (mm/s)

d 74 mm 38 mm 960
m2 890
t 0.1472 s 0.1024 s 820
36 mm 750
680
0.0448 s 610
803.5714 mm/s 540
8.0 102 mm/s 470
0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0
at 0.192 s,
t (x 0.032 s)
d 156 mm 88 mm
m3
t 0.2304 s 0.1664 s
68 mm

0.064 s
1062.5 mm/s
1.1 103 mm/s

17. ii) calculating acceleration:
270 675 mm/s 875 mm/s
a
250 3 4 0.1856 s 0.1344 s
230
210 200 mm/s
190
0.0512 s
d (mm)
170 2
150 3906.25 mm/s2
130
110 1 3.91 m/s2
90
70
50 t(x 0.032 s) d (mm)
30
0 0
0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0
t (x 0.032 s) 1 45
2 85
3 119
i) at 2.0 0.032 s 0.064 s,
4 149
d 136 mm 48 mm
m1 5 177
t 0.1088 s 0.032 s
6 200
88 mm
7 218
0.0768 s
8 233
1145.83 mm/s
9 244
1.1 103 mm/s
10 250
at 0.128 s,

d 184 mm 126 mm 1140
m2
t 0.1664 s 0.1024 s 1080
1020
58 mm 960

0.064 s 900
840
v (mm/s)
906.25 mm/s 780

9.1 102 mm/s 720
660
at 0.192 s, 600

d 262 mm 192 mm 540
m3 480
t 0.288 s 0.1792 s 420
70 mm 360

0.1088 s 0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0
643.38 mm/s t (x 0.032 s)
6.4 102 mm/s
18. Assume no wind resistance; therefore,
at 0.256 s,
constant acceleration.
d 254 mm 210 mm
m4 up
t 0.3072 s 0.1984 s Elevator
44 mm (20 s)
5
Standing (7 s)
0.1088 s 0 t (s)
404.41176 mm/s 5 10 20 30 40
v (m/s)
4.0 102 mm/s 10

15
20
25
30
35

19. a) A: take-off and engine cut-off at t 5.0 s therefore; A passed B.
B: coasting forward to stop at t 13.0 s (15 m/s 12 m/s)
f) B: 3.8 s 51.3 m
C: free fall downward 2
D: deployment of first parachute and A: 12 3.8 s 12 m/s 22.8 m
consequent slowing Therefore, B is ahead of A by 28.5 m.
E: deployment of second parachute and g) Areas would be the same.
consequent slowing 22.
b) Acceleration is given by slope, m, of A B C D E

v (m/s)
v 0 t (s)
v -t graph, where m (up is positive).
t
700 cm/s 0 cm/s
aA 15.2 cm/s2
50 s 4 s
Motion:
0.15 m/s2 A: constant motion forward; B: stopped;
600 cm/s 700 cm/s C: speeding up backward; D: constant velocity
aB aC
20.0 s 5.0 s backward; E: stopped
87 cm/s2 0.87 m/s2 23.
A B C D E F G
200 cm/s (600 cm/s)
aD
40.0 s 20.0 s
v (m/s)
0 t (s)
20 cm/s2 0.20 m/s2

0cm/s (200 cm/s)
aE 10 cm/s Motion:
60.0 s 40.0 s
A: forward motion but slowing down to stop;
0.10 m/s2 B: speeding up backwards; C: slowing down
20. a) Displacement, d, is given by area under backwards to stop; D: stopped; E: constant
the graph (up is positive). motion forward; F: slowing down forward;
dA 12 700 cm/s 5.0 s 1750 cm G: speeding up backward
24. 2.0
dB 12 700 cm/s (13.0 s 5.0 s)
1.5 A B C D E
2800 cm 1.0
dC 12 (600 m/s) (20.0 s 13.0 s) 0.5
v (m/s)
2100 cm 0 t (s)
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
0.5
dD 12 (600 m/s 200 m/s) 1.0
(40.0 s 20.0 s) 8000 cm 1.5
dE 12 (200 m/s) (60.0 s 40.0 s) 2.0
2000 cm Motion:
b) dtotal 1750 cm 2800 cm 2100 cm A: constant velocity forward; B: stopped;
8000 cm 2000 cm 7550 cm C: constant velocity backward; D: stopped;
21. a) A was stopped; B was moving at 15 m/s E: constant velocity forward
and slowing up. 25. 15 A B C D E
b) 3.8 s 10
5
v (m/s)
c) no
0 t (s)
d) A accelerates, then travels at a constant 10 20 30 40
5
velocity, B decelerates. 10
e) The area of A is greater than the area of B; 15

Motion: 29. from problem 26
A: constant forward motion; B: speeding up
forward; C: slowing down forward; D: speed-
a (m/s2)
ing up backwards; E: constant speed backward t (s)
26.
A B C D E from problem 27
d (m)
a (m/s2)
t (s)
t (s)
Motion: 30.
10
A: speeding up backward; B: constant speed
backward; C: slowing down backward;
5
D: speeding up forward; E: speeding up at
a (m/s2)
a higher rate forward 0 t (s)
1 2 3 4 5 6
27. C D E
5
B
10
d (m)
A
t (s)
31. xy p
z px
We need the following combinations:
Motion:
xp py yz
A: speeding up forward; B: speeding up for-
xy pz
ward; C: slowing down forward; D: stopped;
xz
E: speeding up backward
(Boxed values are already given.)
28. p
20 yp: substitute: x into z px
y
A B C D E F G H p2
therefore: z
10 y
z
xz: p
d (m)
x
0 t (s) z
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 pz: x
p
z
10
yz: substitute: x into p xy,
p
zy
Motion: p
p
A: constant velocity forward; B: slowing down
p zy

forward; C: speeding up backward; D: con-
stant velocity backward; E: slowing down
backward; F: speeding up forward; G: slowing
down forward; H: speeding up backward

32. a) a2 d vt
8.3 m/s 0.5 s
a (m/s2)
a1 d 4.2 m
36. d 1.0 m
t1 t2
t (s) 100 m 106 m
(a) v
1s 1 m
a2 a1 1.00 104 m/s
Slope
t d

Therefore, a (Jerk)t v
t
b) Area units are m/s2 s m/s, d
which is velocity t
v
(a1 a2) 1.0 m
Therefore, v t
2 1.0 104 m/s
Area is change in velocity. 10 000 s
33. Bailey: Johnson: t 2.8 h
d 100 m d1 200 m 37. t 4.8 s
t 9.84 s t1 19.32 s v1 14.0 m/s
d2 400 m v2 16.0 m/s (Assume constant acceleration.)
t2 43.49 s v
aavg
d t
vavg
t d v1t 12aavgt2
100 m 2 m/s
Bailey: (100 m) vavg 10.2 m/s aavg
9 .84 s 4.8 s
200 m 0.42 m/s2
Johnson: (200 m) vavg 10.4 m/s
19.32 s d (14.0 m/s) (4.8 s) 12 (0.42 m/s2)
400 m (4.8 s)2
(400 m) vavg 9.20 m/s d 72 m
43.49 s
34. t 45 s 38. t 8.0 s
v 140 m/s v1 15 m/s
d v2 10 m/s
v v
t (1) aavg
d vt t
140 m/s 45 s (2) d v1t 12aavgt2
6300 m 10 m/s 15 m/s
(1) aavg
d 6.3 km 8.0 s
35. t 0.5 s 0.62 m/s2
1000 m 1h (2) d (15 m/s) (8.0 s) 12 (0.62 m/s2)
v 30 km/h
1 km 3600 s (8.0 s)2
8.3 m/s d 100 m
d
v
t

39. d 3.0 106 m (1) d 2r
v1 39 897 km/h d
(2) v
11 082 m/s t
v2 0 (1) d 2(6 400 000 m)
(Assume constant acceleration.) 4.02 107 m
d 12 (v1 v2)t 4.02 10 7 m
(2) v
2d 6.91 106 s
t
(v1 v2) 5.8 m/s
2(3.0 106 m) 21 km/h
0 m/s 43. d 120 m
11 082 m/s
t 540 s t 5.60 s
40. c 3.0 108 m/s v1 ?
d 1.0 104 m v2 15.0 m/s
vs 344 m/s (Assume constant acceleration.)
d v
v aavg
t t
d v1 v2 d
t
v 2 t
1.0 104 m 2d
tl v1 v2
3.0 10 8 m/s t
2 (120 m)
3.3 105 s 15.0 m/s
5.60 s
1.0 104 m v1 28 m/s
ts
344 m/s Therefore, the object was slowing down.
29 s 44. v2 10.2 m/s, v1 0.0 m/s,
41. c 3.0 108 m/s t 2.5 s, a ?
d 3.8 108 m v 10.2 m/s2 0
t ? a 4.1 m/s2
t 2.5 s
d 45. a 2.2 m/s 2
v
t t 2.5 s
d v1 0 (assumed)
t
v v2 ?
3.8 108 m v2 v1 at

3.0 10 8 m/s 0 (2.2 m/s2) (2.5 s)
1.3 s 2 2.6 s v2 5.5 m/s
42. r 6400 km 46. t 0.08 s
6 400 000 m v1 13.0 m/s
24 h 3600 s v2 0
t 80 d v2 v1
1d 1h a
6.91 10 s
6 t
0 13.0 m/s

0.08 s
a 162 m/s2

47. t 1.5 s 51. t 2.3 s
v1 0 v1 50 km/h
v2 100 km/h 14 m/s
27.8 m/s v2 ?
a? a 2.0 m/s2
v2 v1 v2 v1
a a
t t
27.8 m/s 0 v2 v1 at

1.5 s 14 m/s (2.0 m/s2) (2.3 s)
a 19 m/s2 v2 19 m/s
48. t 12 s 52. t 2.3 s
v1 10 m/s (Let north be positive.) v1 50 km/h
v2 10 m/s 14 m/s
v2 v1 v2 ?
a
t a 2.0 m/s2
10 m/s 10 m/s v2 v1
a
12 s t
a 1.7 m/s2 v2 v1 at
49. t 3.5 s 14 m/s (2.0 m/s2) (2.3 s)
v1 3.2 104 km/h v2 9.4 m/s
8.9 103 m/s 53. t 2.3 s
v2 0 v1 ?
a? v2 50 km/h
v2 v1 14 m/s
a
t a 2.0 m/s2
0 8.9 103 m/s v2 v1
a
3.5 s t
a 2500 m/s2 v2 v1 at
50. t ? v1 v2 at
v1 4.5 m/s 14 m/s (2.0 m/s2) (2.3 s)
v2 19.4 m/s v1 18.6 m/s
a 9.8 m/s2 (Assume down is positive.) 19 m/s
v2 v1 54. d 553 m
a
t t ?
v2 v1 v1 0
t
a a 9.8 m/s2
19.4 m/s 4.5 m/s d v1t 12 at2

9.8 m/s2 d 12 at2
t 1.5 s 2d
t2
a

(1) d (11 m/s) (2.7 s) 21 (2.3 m/s2)

2d
t (2.7 s)2
a
d 21 m

2 553 m (2) v2 (11 m/s) (2.3 m/s2) (2.7 s)

9.8 m/s2 v2 4.8 m/s
t 10.6 s 58. d 100 m
55. d 553 m v1 0
v1 5.0 m/s a 2.8 m/s2
a 9.8 m/s2 t 3.5 s
d v1t 12 at2 (1) d v1t 12 at2
v2 v1

at v t d 0
1 2
2 1
(2) v2 v1 at from a
(9.8 m/s )t (5.0 m/s)t 553 m 0
1
2
2 2
t
(4.9 m/s2)t2 (5.0 m/s)t 553 m 0 d d
(3) v t
t v
5.0 m/s (5.0
m
/s)2
4 (4.9 m/
s2)(553 m)
t 2
2(4.9 m/s ) (i) (1) d 0 2 (2.8 m/s2) (3.5 s)2
1

d 17.2 m 17 m
5.0 m/s 104 m/s (ii) (2) v2 0 (2.8 m/s) (3.5 s)

(9.8 m/s2) v2 9.8 m/s
10 s or 11 s (1) d2 100 m 17.2 m
t 10 s is valid. 82.8 m
56. d ? 82.8 m
(3) t2
v1 40 km/h 9.8 m/s
11 m/s t2 8.5 s
a 2.3 m/s2 total race time:
t 2.7 s ttot 8.5 s 3.5 s
(1) d v1t 12 at2 ttot 12 s
59. v1 1000 km/h

(2) v2 v1 at from a
v2 v1
t
v2 0
(1) d (11 m/s) (2.7 s) 12 (2.3 m/s2) a?
(2.7 s)2 d 2.0 km
d 38 m v22 v12 2ad
(2) v2 (11 m/s) (2.3 m/s2) (2.7 s) v22 v12
a
v2 17 m/s 2d
57. d ? 0 (1000 km/h)2
a
v1 40 km/h 2 (2.0 km)
11 m/s aavg 2.5 105 km/h2 (i.e., slowing
v2 ? down)
a 2.3 m/s2 60. v1 10 m/s (Up is positive.)
t 2.7 s v2 20 m/s
(1) d v1t 12 at2 a 9.8 m/s2
d ?

(2) v2 v1 at from a
v2 v1
t
t ?

(1) v22 v12 2ad a?
v22 v12 d ?
d
2a t 7.0 s
(2) v2 v1 at (1) v2 v1 at
v2 v1 v2 v1
t a
a t
(20 m/s)2 (10 m/s)2 (2) v22 v12 2ad
(i) (1) d
2 (9.8 m/s2)
v22 v12
d 15 m d
2a
(20 m/s) (10 m/s) 27.8 m/s 0
(ii) (2) t (i) (1) a
(9.8 m/s2) 7.0 s
t 3.1 s a 4.0 m/s2
61. v2 0 a 0.4 g
a 0.8 m/s2
(27.8 m/s)2 0
d ? (ii) (2) d
2 (4.0 m/s2)
0 v12 2ad
v12 2ad d 97 m
v12 63. v1 50 km/h
d 14 m/s
2a
a) v1 10 km/h v2 5 m/s
2.8 m/s a 20 km/hs
(2.8 m/s)2 5.6 m/s2
d 12 d ?
(0.8 m/s2)
4.9 m v22 v12 2ad
b) v1 50 km/h v22 v12
d
14 m/s 2a
(14 m/s)2 (5 m/s)2 (14 m/s)2
d 12 d
(0.8 m/s2) 2 (5.6 m/s2)
120 m d 15 m
c) v1 90 km/h 64. v1 10 m/s
25 m/s a 10 m/s2
(25 m/s)2
d 12 t(s) d (m) v(m/s)
(0.8 m/s2)
390 m 0 0 10
d) v1 140 km/h 0.2 1.8 8
39 m/s 0.4 3.2 6
(39 m/s)2 0.6 4.2 4
d 12
(0.8 m/s2) 0.8 4.8 2
950 m 1 5 0
62. v1 0 1.2 4.8 22
v2 100 km/h 1.4 4.2 24
27.8 m/s 1.6 3.2 26
1.8 1.8 28
2 0 210
2.2 22.2 212

slope of velocity curve, m, is given by: b) v2 v1t at
v (0.5 m/s2) (7.5 s)
aavg
t 3.75 m/s
0 10 m/s c) d1 d d2

1s0s (37 m) (3.1 m/s) (7.5 s)
10 m/s2 13.75 m
At end of motion, Therefore, d2 23.25 m.
d 3 m Therefore, (1) has travelled 13.75 m 14 m; and
v 12 m/s (2) has travelled 23.25 m 23 m in
65. step 1: step 2: the opposite direction.
v1 0 v2 0 67. vT 140 km/h
a 14 m/s2 a 7.0 m/s2 38.9 m/s
d 450 m d 1000 m
(1) v22 v12 2ad time to reach ground:
(2) v22 v12 2ad d
tp
v22 v12 v
d
2a 1000 m

(1) v22 0 2 (14 m/s2) (450 m) 38 .9 m/s
12 600 m2/s2 25.7 s
v2 112 m/s v1 (step 2) Superwoman takes action after 1.9 s.
0 (112 m/s)2 tS 25.7 s 1.9 s
(2) d tS 23.8 s
2 (7 .0 m/s2)
d v1t 12 at2
d 896 m
dS 12 aStS2
dtot 450 m 896 m 1300 m
66. d 37 m 2dS
aS
a 0.5 m/s2 tS2
37 m 2 (1000 m)

(23.8 s)2
(1) (2) aS 3.53 m/s2
a1 0.5 m/s 2
a2 0 68. vs 100 km/h
v1 0 v2 3.1 m/s 27.8 m/s
a) d 12 at2 v2t v 3.6 m/s2
v1 0
1
(0.5 m/s2)t2 (3.1 m/s)t 37 m

2
(1)ds vst
0
dp v1t 12 apt2
0.25 m/s2 t2 3.1 m/s t 37 m 0
3.1 m/s
(3.1 m
/s)2
4(0.2
5 m/s2)(37 m)
v2 v1
(2)v2 v1 at from a
t
t
2(0.25 m/s2)
7.5 s or 19.9 s
t 7.5 s
Therefore, collision occurs t 7.5 s after
(1) starts running.

a) Cars meet at: 70. a) The only force acting on the ball while it is
(1)ds dp falling is that of gravity, so its acceleration
vst 12 apt2 is 9.8 m/s2 downward.
b) Since the ball is being constantly accelerated
1

2 apt2 vst 0
downward, it cannot slow down.
t (12 apt vs) 0 at2
t 0 c) d v1t
2
or vs 12 vpt d (8.0 m/s)(0.25 s)
2v (9.8 m/s2)(0.25 s)2
t s
ap 2
2 (27.8 m/s) d 2.3 m
at2
(3.6 m/s2) 71. d v1t
2
t 15.4 s
(4.0 m) (4.0 m/s)t
Therefore, it will take 15 s to catch up.
(9.8 m/s2)t2
b) (1) d 12 at2
2
12 (3.6 m/s2) (15.4 s)2
(4.9 m/s )t (4.0 m/s)t 4.0 m 0
2 2
427 m
4 16 4 (4.9)(
4)
c) (2) vp apt t
9.8
(3.6 m/s2) (15.4 s)
t 1.4 s
vp 55 m/s
198 km/h (possible but not
reasonable)
69. We can use the information given to find the
speed of the flower pot at the top of the win-
dow, and then use the speed to find the height
above the window from which the pot must
have been dropped.
Since the pot accelerates at a constant rate of
9.8 m/s2, we can write:
at2
d v1t
2
d at
v1
t 2
19 m (9.8 m/s2)(0.20 s)
v1
0.20 s 2
v1 8.5 m/s
Now we can find the distance above
the window:
v12 vo2 2ad
(v12 vo2)
d
2a
((8.5 m/s)2 (0 m/s)2)
d
2(9.8 m/s2)
d 3.7 m

6 m/s
Chapter 3 tan 56
4 m/s

14. v 1 4 m/s [E] v total 7.2 m/s

v 2 6 m/s [E] v total 7.2 m/s [E56S]

a) Maximum velocity occurs when v2 6 m/s
iii) v total2 v 12 v 22 2v 1 v 2 cos

[E]; v total 10 m/s [E]. (4 m/s)2 (6 m/s)2
2(4 m/s)(6 m/s) cos 135
Minimum velocity occurs when v 2 6 m/s

[W]; v total 2 m/s [W]. v total 9.3 m/s
b) v1 4 m/s [E] sin cos

(i) v total v 2
vtotal v2
cos sin
v total
v2 6 m/s [W22S]
6 m/s
sin 135
9.3 m/s
v1 4 m/s [E] 63
(ii)
v total 5.3 m/s [E63S]
iv) Use Pythagoras theorem.

v2 6 m/s [S]
v total2 v 12 v 22
vtotal (6 m/s)2 (4 m/s)2

v total 7.2 m/s
6 m/s
tan
4 m/s
56

Therefore, v total 7.2 m/s [E56N]
v1 4 m/s [E]
(iii) 15.
d2 0.3 km [E]
v2 6 m/s [S45E]
vtotal
d1 0.4 km [N] d3 0.5 km
(iv)
vtotal Home
v2 6 m/s [N]
t 0.5 h
a) total displacement for walk:

d total 0 km
v1 4 m/s [E]
b) d 1 d 22 d 12 d 22

km)
d 1 d 2 (0.4 2

(0.3 k
m)2
c) i) By scale diagram, 1 cm 1 m/s,
0.5 km
v total 2.8 m/s [W52S].
0.4
ii) Using Pythagoras theorem, tan1 53

0.3
v total v 12 v 22
d 1 d 2 0.5 km [E53N]

v total
(4 m/s
)2 (
6 m/s)2

c) d 32 d 12 d 22 vy 9.8 m/s
2
d 3 (0.4 km) (0.3 km)
2 2 at t 2.0 s,
vx 13.9 m/s
d 3 0.5 km
vy ayt
0.4 km
tan1 53 (9.8 m/s2)(2.0 s)
0.3 km
19.6 m/s
d 3 0.5 km [W53S]
vy 20 m/s
d) total distance travelled:

d d 1 d 2 d 3 at t 3.0 s,
0.4 km 0.3 km 0.5 km vx 13.9 m/s
1.2 km vy ayt
d 1.2 km (9.8 m/s2)(3.0 s)
vavg 2.4 km/h
t 0.5 h 29.4 m/s
e) average velocity for the first two segments: vy 29 m/s
Assume average velocity was constant
at t 4.0 s,
throughout the trip.
vx 13.9 m/s
v avg 2.4 km/h [E53N]
vy ayt
(This direction is opposite to that of d 3.)
(9.8 m/s2)(4.0 s)
16. vx
39.2 m/s
vx vy 39 m/s
vy vy b) at t 1.0 s,

v
vx2 v2
vx y

(13.9
m/s)2 (9.8
m/s)2
17. v 17 m/s
vy
vy
tan1
vx
vy 9.8 m/s
tan1
13.9 m/s
35

vy Therefore, v 17 m/s [R35D].
at t 2.0 s,

v
vx2 v
y
2
18. x} v1x 50 km/h 13.9 m/s

(13.9
m/s)2 (20m/s)2
24.3 m/s
ax 0
24 m/s
v 2 v 1 a t
vy
y} v1y 0 tan1
vx
ay 9.8 m/s2
20 m/s
v 2 v 1 a t tan1
13.9 m/s
a) at t 1.0 s,
55
vx 13.9 m/s
Therefore, v 24 m/s [R55D].
vy ayt
(9.8 m/s2)(1.0 s)

at t 3.0 s, at t 4.0 s,
vx 9.8 m/s
v v
v
x
2
y
2
vy (9.8 m/s) (9.8 m/s2)(4.0 s)

(13.9
m/s)2 (29
m/s)2
vy 29 m/s
32 m/s
c) at t 1.0 s,
vy
tan1
v v
vx
2
2
x vy
29 m/s (9.8 m /s)2

(0 m/
s)2
tan1
13.9 m/s 9.8 m/s
64 tan1
vy

Therefore, v 32 m/s [R64D]. vx
at t 4.0 s, 0 m/s
tan1
9.8 m/s
v
vx2 v
y
2
0

(13.9
m/s)2 (39m/s)2
Therefore, v 9.8 m/s [E].
41 m/s
vy at t 2.0 s,
tan1

vx v
vx2 vy2
39 m/s
tan1 (9.8 m /s)2
(9.8 m
/s)2
13.9 m/s
14 m/s
70 vy
tan1
Therefore, v 41 m/s [R70D]. vx
19. x} v1x 35.4 km/h 9.8 m/s 9 .8 m/s
ax 0 tan1
9.8 m/s
y} v1y 35.4 km/h 9.8 m/s 45
ay 9.8 m/s2

v 2 v 1 a t
at t 3.0 s,
a) and b)
at t 1.0 s, v
vx2 vy2
vx 9.8 m/s
(9.8
m/s)2
(20 m
/s)2
vy v1y ayt 22 m/s
vy
(9.8 m/s) (9.8 m/s2)(1.0 s) tan1
vx
vy 0 m/s
20 m/s
tan1
at t 2.0 s, 9.8 m/s
vx 9.8 m/s 64

vy (9.8 m/s) (9.8 m/s2)(2.0 s)
vy 9.8 m/s at t 4.0 s,

at t 3.0 s, v v 2
x vy
2
vx 9.8 m/s (9.8 m /s)2

(29 m
/s)2
vy v1y ayt 31 m/s
(9.8 m/s) (9.8 m/s2)(3.0 s) tan1
vy
vy 20 m/s vx
29 m/s
tan1
9.8 m/s
71


d)

2(2.0 m)
a) t
(9.8 m/s)
0.64 s
d 45 45
t (s) Therefore, the total time spent in flight by
the bullet is 0.64 s.
b) Therefore, dx (325 m/s)(0.64 s)
64
208 m
(d) 210 m
71 Therefore, the bullet travels 210 m in the
horizontal direction before hitting the
20. Assume vx 0 and motion is purely vertical ground.
with no wind resistance. 23. x} v1x 160 km/h 44.4 m/s
v1y 0 ax 0
ay g 9.8 m/s2 dx ?
t 5.5 s t ?
dy v1yt 12 a yt2 y} v1y 0
dy 0 12 (9.8 m/s2)(5.5 s)2 ay g 9.8 m/s2
dy 148 m dy 2.5 m
dy 150 m
dy v1yt 12 ayt2
Therefore, the cliff is 150 m high.

21. x} v1x 26 m/s 2dy
t
ax 0 ay
dx ? First, we need the time of flight, which is
y} v1y 0 dictated by the vertical distance travelled, dy.
ay 9.8 m/s2

2(2.5 m)
dy 150 m t
(9.8 m/s2)
t 5.5 s
0.71 s
dx Now we can calculate the horizontal distance
vx
t travelled.
dx vxt dx
vx dx vxt
(26 m/s)(5.5 s) t
dx 140 m dx (44.4 m/s)(0.71 s)
22. x} v1x 325 m/s dx 32 m
dx ? Therefore, the ball lands 32 m from the player.
tx ? 24. x} v1x 140 km/h 38.9 m/s
y} v1y 0 ax 0
ay g 9.8 m/s2 dx 28.3 m
dy 2.0 m t ?
y} v1y 0
dy v1yt 12 ayt2
ay g 9.8 m/s2
dy ?
2dy
t
a y dx dx
vx t
dx t vx
vx dx vxt
t

The time of flight to travel 28.3 m is: 26. i) v2y2 v1y2 2ady
dx v2y 0 2ad
y
t
vx
28.3 m v2y 2(9.81
(2.0 m/s2))
m
v2y 6.3 m/s
38.9 m/s
0.727 s v2x 325 m/s

The vertical distance fallen is: v 2
v2x2
v2y2
dy v1yt 12 ayt2
v 2 (325
/s) m 2
/s)
(6.3 m2
dy 12 ayt2 330 m/s
12 (9.8 m/s2)(0.727 s)2 v2y
tan1
dy 2.6 m v2x
Therefore, the ball drops 2.6 m after travelling 6.3 m/s
28.3 m horizontally. tan1
325 m/s
25. a) Both pennies land at the same time. Time 1.1

of flight is dictated only by the vertical Therefore, v 2 330 m/s [R1.1D].
velocity profile, which is the same for both
pennies since the pushed penny left the ii) v2y2 v1y 2ady
table horizontally. v2y 0 2(9.8
m/s 2.5
2
)(m)
b) for the pushed penny: v2y 7.0 m/s
x} v1x 4.1 m/s v2x 44.4 m/s
ax 0
v 2
v2x2
v2y2
dx ?
t ?

v 2 (44.4
m/s)2 (7.0
m/s)2
y} v1y 0 45 m/s
ay g 9.8 m/s2 vy
dy 1.2 m tan1
vx
t ?
7.0 m/s
tan1
dy v1yt ayt1

2
2 44.4 m/s
9.0

dx 2dy
t t Therefore, v 2 45 m/s [R9.0D].
vx ay
(to calculate the time of flight) iii) v2y2 v1y2 2ady
dx v2x 38.9 m/s
vx dx vxt
t
v2y 0 2(9.81 m/s2)
(2.6 m)
(to calculate the horizontal distance v2y 7.1 m/s
travelled)
v 2
v2x2
v2y2

2dy
t
ay v 2
(7.1 m
/s)2
(38.9
m/s)2

(9.8 m
2(1.2 m) 40 m/s
2
/s )
0.49 s
dx (4.1 m/s)(0.49 s)
dx 2.0 m
Therefore, the penny lands 2.0 m from
the table.

v2y
tan1 28. x} vx1 80 m/s
v2x
ax 0
7.1 m/s dx ?
tan1
38.9 m/s t ?
10 y} v1y 0

Therefore, v 2 40 m/s [R10D]. ay 9.8 m/s2
27. The frame of reference is the ground. dy 1000 m
x} v1x 90 m/s v2y ?
ax 0 Assume there is no wind resistance.
dx ? a) dy v1yt 12 ayt2
t 10.6 s

y} v1y 0 2dy
t
ay 0 ay
dy ? (to calculate the time of flight)
t ?

(9.8 m
2(1000 m)
Assume there is no wind resistance. t 2
/s )
a) dy v1yt 12 ayt2
t 14 s
0 12 (9.8 m/s2)(10.6 s)2
Therefore, the time to hit the ground is 14 s.
dy 550 m
dx
Therefore, the skydiver falls 550 m in 10.6 s. b) vx
t
dx
b) vx dx vxt
t
dx (80 m/s)(14 s)
dx vxt
dx 1100 m
dx (90 m/s)(10.6 s)
Therefore, the horizontal distance travelled
dx 950 m
is 1100 m.
Therefore, the skydiver moves 950 m
horizontally. c) v2y2 v1y2 2aydy
c) v2y v2a (to obtain final vertical velocity)

1y
2
ydy
2(9.8

m/s2)(550 m) v2y 2a
ydy

10
780 m2/s2
2(9.8
m/s2)(1000 m)
v2y 100 m/s 140 m/s

Therefore, the vertical velocity is 100 m/s v v
x v
2
y
2

after 10.6 s.
v (80
m/s)2

(140
m/s)2

d) v v
x
2
vy2 160 m/s
(90 m/s)2
(100 m
/s)2 vy
tan1
130 m/s vx
vy 140 m/s
tan1 tan1
vx 80 m/s
100 m/s 60
tan1
9 0 m/s Therefore, the final velocity is 160 m/s [R60D].
48
Therefore, the final velocity is 130 m/s
[R48D].

29. v 100 m/s 87 m/s (87
/s)m 2

4(4.9(500
m/s2)m)
t
2(4.9 m/s2)
a) Case 1: given:
vx 100 m/s 4.6 s or 22 s
dx ? Therefore, t 4.6 s.
t ? dx vxt
vy 0 (50 m/s)(4.6 s)
dy 500 m dx 230 m
ay 9.81 m/s2 Therefore, the range is 230 m.
dy v1yt 12 ayt2 30. x} v1x 10 m/s
ax 0
dx 15 m
2dy
t
ay t ?
y} v1y 13 m/s

9.81 m
2(500 m)
2 ay g 9.8 m/s2
/s
dy ?
10 s
Assume there is no wind resistance.
dx vxt
dx dx
(100 m/s)(10 s) vx t
t vx
dx 1000 m
(to calculate time of flight)
Therefore, the range is 1000 m.
b) Case 2: vx (100 m/s)cos 60 15 m
t
50 m/s 10 m/s
t 1.5 s
v1y (100 m/s)sin 60
dy v1yt 12 ayt2
87 m/s
ay 9.81 m/s2 dy (13 m/s)(1.5 s) 12 (9.8 m/s2)(1.5 s)2
dy 500 m/s dy 8.5 m
Therefore, the balcony is 8.5 m high.
d v1yt 12 ayt2
31. x} v1x 9.0 m/s
500 m (87 m/s)t 12 (9.81 m/s2)t2 ax 0
(4.9 m/s2)t2 (87 m/s)t 500 m 0 dx 20 m
87 m/s (87
m/s)2
4(4.9 m/s2
)(50
0 m) y} v1y 14.0 m/s
t 2
2(4.9 m/s )
ay g 9.8 m/s2
22.3 s or 4.6 s dy 3.0 m/s
Therefore, t 22 s.
Method 1
Therefore, dx vxt. dx dx
dx (50 m/s)(22 s) 1100 m vx t
t vx
Therefore, the range is 1100 m. (time to travel 20 m horizontally)
c) vx 50 m/s (above)
(Determine dy at dx 10 m.)
v1y 87 m/s (above)
ay 9.81 m/s2
dy 500 m
dy v1yt 12 ayt2
500 m (87 m/s)t 12 (9.81 m/s2)t2
(4.9 m/s2)t2 (87 m/s)t 500 m 0

dx
t Method 2
vx
Determine the minimum vertical velocity
2.2 s
required to clear the net.
dy v1yt 12 ayt2
The ball can drop at most
(14.0 m/s)(2.2 s) 21 (9.8 m/s2)(2.2 s)2 dy 0.9 m 2.2 m
dy 7.1 m 3.0 m 1.3 m to clear the net.
Therefore, the ball will clear the post. dy v1yt 12 ayt2
Method 2 (t 0.36 s from method 1)
Determine the minimum initial vertical veloc- dy 12 ayt2
ity required to clear the post. Compare it to v1y
t
the given initial velocity.
1.3 m 12 (9.8 m/s2)(0.36 s)2
dy v1y t 12 ayt2
0.36 s
dy 12 ayt2
v1y 1.8 m/s
0 m/s
t
Therefore, the ball will clear the net since the
t 2.2 s (from method 1)
minimum velocity in the vertical direction
3.0 m 12 (9.8 m/s2)(2.2 s)2 exceeds the velocity required.
v1y
2.2 s 33. x} vx v cos
v1y 12 m/s
14.0 m/s (27 m/s)cos 53
Therefore, the ball will clear the post. 16.2 m/s
32. x} v1x 100 km/h ax 0
27.8 m/s dx 69 m
ax 0 t ?
dx 10 m y} v1y v sin
y} v1y 0 (27 m/s)sin 53
ay g 9.8 m/s2 21.6 m/s
dy ? ay 9.8 m/s2
dy 0
Method 1 a) v2y2 v1y2 2aydy
Determine the vertical position at dx 10 m. v2y2 0 at maximum height
dx dx v1y2
vx t dy
t vx 2ay
(to find time to reach dx 10 m). (21.6 m/s)2
24 m
10 m 2(9.8 m/s2)
t
27.8 m/s Therefore, maximum height is 24 m.
0.36 s b) Method 1
dy v1yt 12 ayt2 Using horizontal velocity,
dx dx
dy 12 ayt2 vx t
t vx
12 (9.8 m/s2)(0.36 s)2
69 m
0.64 m t
16.2 m/s
2.2 m 0.64 m 1.6 m
t 4.3 s
dy 1.6 m 0.9 m
Therefore, the ball will clear the net.

Method 2 35. The persons maximum velocity 100 km/h
Using vertical velocity, 1.5 km/h 101.5 km/h and minimum
velocity 100 km/h 1.5 km/h 98.5 km/h
dy v1yt 12 ayt2
relative to the ground.
0 v1yt 12 ayt2 36. a) Relative to A, vB 35 km/h (vA 0).
0 v1y 12 ayt b) Relative to B, vA 35 km/h.
2v1y c) Relative to A, vB 125 km/h.
t d) Relative to B, vA 125 km/h.
ay
2(21.6 m/s) 37. Using Pythagoras theorem,

(9. 8 m/s2) v BG v
BW
2
v W
G
2
t 4.4 s
(30
km /h)2 (10 km/h)2
c) By logic, final velocity should be the same
v BG 28 km/h
as initial velocity, but with a declination
10 km/h
rather than an inclination, that is, tan1
28 km/h
v 2 27 m/s [R53D]. 19.7
By computation, we know vx 16.2 m/s
Therefore, v BG 28 km/h [E20S] as it would
throughout the flight. appear for a spectator on the ground.
To calculate v2y,
38. v PG v PA v AG
v2y2 v1y2 2ayd cosine law:

v2y v2a
1y
2
yd
v PA2 v AG2 v PG2 2v AGv PGcos 30
(150 km/h)2 (300 km/h)2
(21.6
m/s) 2
0
2(150 km/h)cos 30
v2y 21.6 m/s
v PA 186 km/h
Because motion is downward, v2y 21.6 m/s.
To calculate heading through , use sine law.

v 2 vv
2x
2
2y
2
sin sin 30

(16.2
m/s)
2
1.6
(2s)
m/2 v AG v PG
27 m/s sin 30 vAG
sin
v2y v PA
tan1
v2x sin 30(150 km/h)

(21.6 m/s) (156 km/h)
tan1 0.40
(16.2 m/s)
24
53
Therefore, 90 24 30 36.
Therefore, v 2 27 m/s [R53D].
Therefore, v PA 186 km/h [W36S].
34. Head to tail (addition)
(a) 39. Using Pythagoras theorem,
8.0 km/h
a) tan1
34 km/h
vpg 13
Heading is [S13E].
(b)

b) v BG
v BW2
v W
G
2 Therefore, he should throw the ball 3 in the
(34.0
km/h)
2
(8.0 km/h)2 opposite direction of motion where 0 is the
line perpendicular to the direction of travel.
v BG 33.0 km/h
d
v BG 33 km/h [S] b) v
d t

c) v d BG 20 m
t t 0.57 s
v BG 35 m/s
v BG 21 km
t 0.64 h Therefore, time of flight is 0.57 s.
d 33 km/h

Therefore, it took 0.64 h to cross the lake. 43. Solve v PG for each segment of travel.
40. i) Swim straight across, fighting the current. Assume no time is lost during turning

v PG
v PW2
v W
G
2 maneuvers.

i) v PG v PA v AG

(2.2 m/s)2 (1.6 m/s)2
80 km/h [E] (20 km/h [E])
v PG 1.5 m/s
100 km/h [E]
d
Therefore, v 100 km/h [W]
t
d
d v PG
t t
v PG
1000 m d 1.5 km
t1 0.015 h 54 s
1. 5 m/s v PG 100 km/h

t 670 s ii) v PG v PA v AG

ii) Do not fight the current and point yourself v PG2
v PA2
v AG2
in the N-S direction. (80
km
/h)2
(20 k
m/h)2
1000 m 77.5 km/h
Therefore, time to cross is t
2. 2 m/s 1.5 km
t 450 s t2 0.019 h 70 s
77.5 km/h
time saved 670 s 450 s 220 s
iii) v PG v PA v AG
Therefore, not fighting the current
80 km/h [E] 20 km/h [E]
saves 220 s.
60 km/h [E]
41. Using Pythagoras theorem, 1.5 km
t3 0.025 h 90 s
v PW
v CW2
v PC
2 60 km/h

(15 km /h)2
(6 km
/h)2 iv) v PG v PA v PG

v PW 16.2 km/h v PG3
v PA2
v AG2
6 km/h
tan1 (80
km
/h)2 (20 k
m/h)2
15 km/h
77.5 km/h
22
1.5 km
Therefore, v PW 16 km/h [E22N]. t4 0.019 h 70 s
77.5 km/h
42. a) Using Pythagoras theorem, tTOT t1 t2 t3 t4

v BG
v BP2
v PG2 54 s 70 s 90 s 70 s
(35 m/s)2
(2.0 m
/s)2 284 s
Therefore, tTOT 280 s.
v BG 34.9 m/s 35 m/s
34.9 m/s
tan1
2.0 m/s
87
90 87 3

44. 46. Let N be the positive y direction N
y
(a) v2 v1 (b) v1 v2 and E be the positive x direction.
E
v2 v2 (a)
33
v2 v1 v1 v2 v1 54 km/h [N33E]
v1 v1

v1x (54 km/h)sin 33 29 km/h
v2 v1 (d)
(c)a v1 v2 v1y (54 km/h)cos 33 45 km/h
t
5 m/s
v2 v1 5.8 cm (b)
1 cm
29 m/s v2
29 m/s v1 v2 70 km/h [W71N]
a
3.0 s
71
9.7 m/s2 [N7E]
v2x (70 km/h)cos 71 23 km/h
v2y (70 km/h)sin 71 66 km/h
45. At point 1:
(i) vy at (c)
(9.8 m/s2)(1s) 9.8 m/s
1
vf1 2
v3 43 km/h [E18N]
3
18
At point 2:
vy (9.8 m/s2)(2 s) v3x (43 km/h)cos 18 41 km/h
20 m/s 4
(d)
(ii) 5
45
v4 50 km/h [S45W]
vf2
(iii) Then combine vf2 and vf1 tail to tail (subtraction).

v4x (50 km/h)sin 45 35 km/h
vf1
v4y (50 km/h)cos 45 35 km/h
vf2 v ( v is in same direction as a .) (e) 40
v5 27 km/h [E40S]
v5x (27 km/h)cos 40 21 km/h


3.0 km/h
47. a) vS (8.0 km/h)cos 40 tan1
17 km/h
vS 6.1 km/h
10
b) vE (8.0 km/h)sin 40
Therefore, v 17 km/h [E10S].
vE 5.1 km/h
c) v[N50E] (8.0 km/h)cos 90 v 17 km/h [E10S] 3600 s
a
v[N50E] 0 (perpendicular) t 5.0 s h

a 12 000 km/h2 [E10S]
[N50E]
50. v 1 30 m/s [S10W]
50
v 2 5.0 m/s [S30E]
40
v v 2 v 1
50 Component Method
40 x} vx v2x v1x
v 8.0 km/h [S40E] (5.0 m/s)sin 30 (30 m/s)sin 10
N 7.7 m/s

48. v 1 50 km/h [N]
y y} vy v2y v1y

v 2 50 km/h [W] (5.0 m/s)cos 30 (30 m/s)cos 10
E
a) x}vx v2x v1x x 25 m/s

50 km/h 0 50 km/h v (v
x)
2
(v
y)
2
y}vy v2y v1y

(7.7 m/s)2
(25 m
/s)2
0 50 km/h 50 km/h
v 26 m/s

v (50
km/h)2 (
50 km
/h)2 vy
tan1
71 km/h vx i)
50 k m/ h 1 25 m/s
tan1 tan
50 km/h 7.7 m/s
45 73

Therefore, v 71 km/h [W45S].

Trigonometric Method
v 71 km/h [W45S]
b) a
t 5.0 s

a 14 km/hs [W45S] 3600 s/h
v2
a 5.0 104 km/h2 [W45S]

49. v 1 50 km/h [N] N

v 2 50 km/h [N20E]
y v1
v
v v 2 v 1
E
x} vx v2x v1x x

(50 km/h)sin 20 0
17 km/h cosine law

y} vy v2y v1y
v 2 v 12 v 22 2v 1v 2cos
(50 km/h)cos 20 50 km/h (30 m/s)2 (5.0 m/s)2
3.0 km/h 2(30 m/s)(5.0 m/s)cos 40

v (v
x)
2
(v
y)
2
v 26 m/s

(17 km
/h)2
(3.0 k
m/h)2
17.3 km/h

sine law Therefore,
sin 40 sin
v 7.4 103 m/s [S45W]
v 1 v 2 a

t 15 s
v 2 5.0 m/s
sin sin 40 sin 40 a avg 4.9 104 m/s2 [S45W]
v 1 30 m/s

6.1 c) a avg 4.9 104 m/s2 [N45E].
Therefore, the angle 6.1 10 (Note the acceleration is centre-seeking.)
16. 52. a) In 3600 s, the tip of the second hand
will travel a distance of 2r, where r is
Therefore, v 26 m/s [N16E]
26 m/s [E74N]. the radius.
51. a) In 60 s, the tip of the second hand will d 2r 2(0.25 m)
travel 2r. 1.6 m
Therefore, t 3600 s 1 h
d 2r 1.6 m
v
3600 s
2(0.050 m) v 4.4 104 m/s
0.31 m b) The hand moves through 122(360) 60
t 60 s c) Let the velocity at the 12 position.

0.31 m be v 4.4 104 m/s [E].
v Let the velocity at the 2 position
60 s

v 5.2 103 m/s be v 4.4 104 m/s [E60S].

b) At the 12 position, the hand has a v v 2 v 1
x} vx v2x v1x
velocity of v 1 5.2 103 m/s [E]
and at the 3 position, the hand has a (4.4 104 m/s)cos 60
4.4 104 m/s
velocity of v 1 5.2 103 m/s [S].
2.2 104 m/s
v v 2 v 1
x} vx v2x v1x y} vy v2y v1y
0 5.2 103 m/s (4.4 104 m/s)sin 60 0
vx 5.2 103 m/s 3.8 104 m/s

y} vy v2y v1y v
vx2
vy2
5.2 103 m/s 0 (2.2
104
m/s)
2

(3.8
104 m
/s)2
5.2 103 m/s
v 4.4 104 m/s

v
vx2
vy2 vy
tan1
2(5.

2 103 m/s
)2 vx
3
7.4 10 m/s 3.8 10 4 m/s
tan1
5.2 10 3 m/s 2.2 104 m/s
tan1 60
5.2 103 m/s
45 Therefore, v 4.4 104 m/s [W60S]

v 4.4 104 m/s [W60S]
Therefore, v 7.4 103 m/s [S45W]. a avg
t 600 s
There are 15 s between the 12 and the

3 positions. a avg 7.3 107 m/s2 [W60S]

53. r 40 m y} dy d1y d2y d3y
t 12.5 s (per lap) (120 km)sin 60 60 km
Let the vehicle start in an easterly direction. (40 km)sin 30
d 184 km
The speed of the vehicle is v
t d
dx2
dy2
where d 2r
d
(25 km
)2 (184 km
)2
Therefore, d 2 (40 m)
d 186 km
250 m
190 km
250 m
Therefore, v 20 m/s. dy
12.5 s tan1
dx
Therefore, v 1 20 m/s [W].
184 km
v 2 20 m/s [W60N] tan1
25 km
v v 2 v 1
82
x} vx v2x v1x
Therefore, d 190 km [E82N].
(20 m/s)cos 60 (20 m/s)
55. d 1 12 km [N30E]
10 m/s
d 2 15 km [E]
y} vy v2y v1y
d 3 5 km [N]
(20 m/s)sin 60 0
d 4 20 km [S70E]
17.3 m/s
n

v
vx2
vy2 d d i
i1

(10 m/s)2
(17.3
m/s)2
d d
x
2
dy2
v 20 m/s
vy x} dx d1x d2x d3x d4x
tan1
vx (12 km)cos 60 15 km 0
17.3 m/s (20 km)cos 20
tan1
10 m/s 40 km
60 y} dy d1y d2y d3y d4y

v 20 m/s [E60N] (12 km)sin 60 0 5 km

v (20 km)sin 20

a avg 8.6 km
t

20 m/s [E60N] d d
x
2
dy2

12.5 s d (40
) km8.6
2
()
km2
360
60

d 41.1 km
9.6 m/s2 [E60N]
40 km
Therefore, a avg 9.6 m/s2 [E60N].
dy
54. d 1 120 km [E60N] tan1
dx
d 2 60 km [N]
8.6 km
d 3 40 km [W30N] tan1
40 km

d d 1 d 2 d 3 12

x} dx d1x d2x d3x Therefore, d 40 km [E12N].
(120 km)cos 60 0
(40 km)cos 30
25 km

56. d 1 50 m [N47E] 58. Pv A 120 km/h [E]

d 2 22 m [W43N] Av G 40 km/h [S]

d 3 30 m [E60S] Pv G ?

d 4 30 m [E]
a) Pv G2 Pv A2 Av G2
d 5 44 m [N75E]
Pv G (120
m/h) k2 (40)
km/h2
a) total distance travelled:
Pv G 126 km/h 130 km/h
dtotal d 1 d 2 d 3 d 4 d 5
Av G
50 m 22 m 30 m 30 m 44 m tan
pv A
dtotal 176 m
40 km/h
b) x} dx d1x d2x d3x d4x d5x tan1
120 km/h
(50 m)cos 43 (22 m)cos 43 18
(30 km)cos 60 (30 m)
Therefore, Pv G 130 km/h [E18S].
(44 m)cos 15
d
35 m b) Pv G
t
y} dy (50 m)sin 43 (22 m)sin 43 1000 km [E18S]
(30 km)sin 60 0 t
126 km/h [E18S]
(44 m)sin 15
(Significant figures carried for accuracy.)
35 m
t 7.9 h
d d

x
dy2
2
59. Bv G 15 km/h [N29W]

d (35
) m5 (3 Wv G 5 km/h [S]
2
m)2

d 49 m Bv W ?
dy a) cosine law

tan1
dx Bv W2 Bv G2 Wv G2 2Bv GWv Gcos
35 m (15 km/h)2 (5 km/h)2
tan1
35 m 2(15 km/h)(5 km/h)cos 151
45
Bv W 20 km/h

Therefore, d 49 m [E45N] sine law
c) The most direct route back to the starting sin sin
point is [S45W].
Bv G Bv W
57. dtotal 176 m
BvG sin
d 49 m [E45N] sin
Bv W
t 0.15 h
dtotal 15 km/h
v sin 151
t 20 km/h
176 m 21
103 km/m
0.15 h Therefore, Bv G 20 km/h [N21W]

v 1.2 km/h b) d 790 m [N29W]

d
d v
v t
t
d 790 m [N29W]
49 m [E45N] t 103 km/m
103 km/m v 15 km/h [N29W]
0.15 h
t 0.053 h
v 0.33 km/h [E45N]
t 3.2 min

60. Mv A 26 km/h [?] 62. Pv G 380 km/h [N30E]

Av G 10 km/h [S20E] Av G 80 km/h [S]

Mv G ? [E] Pv A ?
sine law
Pv A2 Pv G2 Av G2 2Pv GAv Gcos
sin sin
(380 km/h)2 (80 km/h)2
Av G Mv A
AvG sin 2(380 km/h)(80 km/h)cos 30
sin
Pv A 313 km/h
Mv A
10 km/h sin sin
sin 70
26 km/h Av G Pv G

21 sin Av G
sin
By geometry, we know angle is 180 . Pv G
180 21 70 sin 30(80 km/h)

89 (380 km/h)
cosine law 6
90 30 6
Mv G2 Mv A2 Av G2 2Mv AAv Gcos
54
(26 km/h)2 (10 km/h)2
Therefore, the planes heading is [E54N].
2(26 km/h)(10 km/h)cos 89

Mv G 28 km/h
Therefore, the heading is [E21N]; the ground
v
AG
speed is 28 km/h.
v
PG
v
M G v
v PA
AG
30
M A
v

61. Bv W 5 m/s [N20W] [Note: The answer in the student edition was

Wv G ? [E]
arrived at using the component method.]
Bv G 7.6 m/s [N]

(Note: directions of Wv G, Bv G were deduced
from problem statement.)

WvG
sin
Bv W

Wv G Bv G sin
(5 m/s)sin 20

Wv G 1.7 m/s

Current flows eastward at Wv G 1.7 m/s [E].

Chapter 4 22. a) m 5000 kg
a 1.5 m/s2
19. m 20 kg F ma

a) F ma (5000 kg)(1.5 m/s2)
When a 9.8 m/s2, 7500 N
F (20 kg)(9.8 m/s2) b) F 2.8 107 N
F 196 N m 2.5 106 kg
200 N F
b) When a 0.28 m/s2, a
m
F (20 kg)(0.28 m/s2) 2.8 107 N
5.6 N
2.5 10 6 kg
c) When a 5669 km/h2 0.4397 m/s2, 11.2 m/s2
F (20 kg)(0.4397 m/s2) 11 m/s2
8.8 N 23. a 9.80 m/s2, F 1000 N
d) When a 50 km/h/s 13.89 m/s2, F
F (20 kg)(13.89 m/s2) m
a
277.8 N 1000 N
2
280 N 9. 8 m/s

F 102.04 kg
20. F ma , a
m 102 kg
F 50 N 24. a 12.6 m/s2, m 60 000 g 60 kg
50 N F ma
a) a
40 kg (60 kg)(12.6 m/s2)
1.25 m/s2 756 N
b) When m 3 g 0.003 kg, 25. jet: 95 m/s in 50 s
50 N v1 0 m/s
a
0.003 kg v2 95 m/s
16 666.67 m/s2 t 50 s
2.0 104 m/s2 v2 v1
a
c) When m 1.6 108 kg, t
50 N 95 m/s 0 m/s
a
1.6 108 kg

50 s
3.0 107 m/s2 1.9 m/s2
d) When m 2.2 106 g 2.2 103 kg, jet fighter: 60 m/s in 3.0 s
50 N v1 0 m/s
a
2.2 10 kg
3
v2 60 m/s
0.23 m/s2 t 3.0 s
21. g 9.8 m/s2 v2 v1
a
a 4.5 g 4.5(9.8 m/s2) 44.1 m/s2 t
When m 65 kg, 60 m/s 0 m/s

F ma 3.0 s
(65 kg)(44.1 m/s2) 20 m/s2
2866.5 N Therefore, Fjet (8.0 104 kg)(1.9 m/s2)
2900 N 1.5 105 N
Therefore, Fjet fighter (8.0 104 kg)(20 m/s2)
1.6 106 N

26. m 1.0 108 kg, d 3.5 km 3500 m 29. v 1 20 m/s [N], v 2 20 m/s [S]
v1 0 m/s, v2 4.1 km/h 1.14 m/s 20 m/s, t 5.5 s, m 1500 kg

v 22 v 12 2a d v2 v1
Since v1 0 m/s, a
t
v22
a 20 m/s 20 m/s
2d N
5.5 s
(1.14 m/s)2
7.27 m/s2
2(3500 m)
F ma
1.86 104 m/s2 (1500 kg)(7.27 m/s2)
F (1.0 108 kg)(1.86 104 m/s2) 10 905 N
1.86 104 N 10 900 N or 10 900 N [S]
1.9 104 N 30. m1 14.6 kg, m2 50 kg, F 12 N,
27. v1 0 m/s, t 1.5 s, d 1.6 m, t 2.0 s
m 65 kg mT m1 m2

from d v 1t 12 a t2 14.6 kg 50 kg
(v1t 0 since v1 0) 64.6 kg

d 12 at2 F ma
2d F
a a
t2 mT
2(1.6 m) 12 N

(1.5 s)2 64.6 kg
1.42 m/s2 0.19 m/s2
1.4 m/s2 v2 v1 at
Therefore, F (65 kg)(1.42 m/s2) 0 (0.19 m/s2)(2.0 s)
92.3 N 0.38 m/s2
92 N 31. mball 140 g 0.140 kg, t 0.010 s,
28. Fnet 200 N, v1 30 km/h 8.33 m/s, v1 0 m/s, v2 60 km/h 16.67 m/s
v2 20 km/h 5.56 m/s, t 2.3 s v2 v1
a
v2 v1 at t
v2 v1 16.67 m/s

a
t 0.010 s
5.56 m/s 8.33 m/s 1667 m/s2

2.3 s F ma
1.2 m/s2 (0.140 kg)(1667 m/s2)

F ma
233.28 N
F 233 N
m 32. mball 0.140 kg, v1 60 km/h
a
16.67 m/s, v2 60 km/h 16.67 m/s,
200 N
2 t 0.010 s
1.2 m/s
v2 v1
166.67 kg a
t
170 kg
16.67 m/s 16.67 m/s

0.010 s
3334 m/s2

F ma e) Fground
(0.140 kg)(3334 m/s2)
466.76 N 0
Fnet Fground Fg
467 N
33. a) F water
Fg
Fnet Fwater Fg
34. Fground Fground Fground
Fg F3 F2

3 2 1 FA
b) Fground
0
Fnety Fground Fg Fg Fg Fg
Fparachute
Fnetx Fparachute
We will ignore the y direction, which is the
same for all three, and Fnety 0
Fg 3 F3 F3 2 F2

c) Fground
0 32 F2 F3 21 FA

Fnet Fground Fg
ma
m mass of gorilla and barbells
321 FA F2 1 FA
Fg
35. a)) 6000 N
d) Fground
300 kg
0
Fnet Fbranch Fg
3000 N 500 N
Fnet 6000 N 3500 N

Fg ma 2500 N
2500 N
a
300 kg
8.33 m/s2

b) g) Fnet 23 N 20 N
3000 N 15 000 kg 20 000 N 3N
3 N m(5 m/s2)
Fnet 20 000 N 3000 N m 0.6 kg
ma 17 000 N h) a 0
17 000 N v is constant; therefore,
a
15 000 kg Fnet 0
1.13 m/s2 0 F1 10 N
c) F1 10 N
580 N 500 kg 1500 N (Mass can have any value.)
i) Fnet F1 F2
Fnet 1500 N 580 N 2F2 F2
ma 920 N 1.8 102 N F2
920 N Therefore, F1 3.6 102 N
a
500 kg 37. Fground
1.84 m/s2
36. a) Fnet 7.0 N 3.0 N
4.0 N
4.0 N 1500 N 2000 kg 4500 N
a
1.0 kg
4.0 m/s2
b) Fnet 3.0 N

mg
F
m Fnetx 4500 N 1500 N
a
3.00 N 3000 N
2
2.0 m/s m 2000 kg
1.5 kg F
a
c) Fnet 8.0 N 1.0 N F1 m
a 0; therefore, 3000 N

Fnet 0 2000 kg
F1 7.0 N 1.5 m/s2
d) Fnet 0 38. Fnet 117 N 45 N 58 N 14 N
v is constant; therefore, m 12.6 kg
a0
45 N
Fnet 5 N F1 30 N 12.6 kg 117 N
58 N
F1 25 N
e) Fnet ma
F
(4.000 kg)(1.5 m/s2) a) a
m
6.0 N
14 N
6.0 N 10.0 N F1 F2
12.6 kg
Therefore, F1 F2 2.0 N 1.11 m/s2
f) Fnet ma 1.1 m/s2
(5.0 kg)(0.5 m/s2) b) v1 0 m/s
2.5 N t 7.0 s
2.5 N F1 6.0 N v2 ?
F1 8.5 N a 1.11 m/s2

v2 v1 at 41.
0 m/s (1.4 m/s2)(7.0 s) 0.2 N 0.030 kg
7.77 m/s
7.8 m/s m 30 g 0.030 kg

39. a) F ma FA 10 N F 0.2 N
F v1 10 km/h 2.78 m/s
a #2 #1
FA
m 2.0 kg 5.0 kg v2 0 m/s
10 N
a) F ma
7. 0 kg
1.43 m/s2 F
a
1.4 m/s2 m
0.2 N
b) Fnet FT
FT 2.0 kg 0.030 kg
ma
6.67 m/s2
FT (2.0 kg)(1.43 m/s)
6.7 m/s2
FT 2.86 N
v 2 v 1 a t
FT 2.9 N

40. mducks 5.0 kg 2.0 kg 1.0 kg v2 v1
t
8.0 kg a
Fnet 10 N 0 2.78 m/s

ma 6.67 m/s2
10 N 0.42 s
a) a
8. 0 kg b) d v1t 12at2
All ducks 10 N
1.25 N/kg (2.78 m/s)(0.42 s)
1.2 m/s2 12(6.67 m/s2)(0.42 s)2
b) Fnet 10 N F1 0.59 m
ma 42.
(1.0 kg)(1.25 m/s2) 10 N F1 Ff 800 kg Fcar
F1 8.8 N
F1 10 kg 10 N
v0 0 m/s
v1 350 km/h 97.22 m/s
c) Fnet 10 N F2 t 6.2 s
ma m 800 kg
(6.0 kg)(1.25 m/s2) 10 N F2 Fnet 1600 N
F2 2.5 N Ff ?
F2 5.0 kg 1.0 kg 10 N
v1 v0
a
t
d) 97.22 m/s 0 m/s

6.2 s
2.0 kg 5.0 kg F1 2.0 kg F2
15.68 m/s2
Fcar ma
(800 kg)(15.68 m/s2)
F net F 1 F net F 2
12 544.52 N
ma ma
Fnet Fcar Ff 1600 N
(7.0 kg)(1.25 m/s2) F1 (2.0 kg)(1.25 m/s2) F2
Ff Fcar 1600 N
F1 8.8 N F2 2.5 N
12 544 N 1600 N
10 944 N
10 900 N

43. m 70 kg, Fr 895 N, Fg 686 N, c) Fnet (1.0
N)2 (3.5 N)2
v 136 km/h 37.78 m/s 3.6 N
a) F ma 3.5 N
tan1
895 N 686 N (70 kg)(a) 1.0 N
209 N 74 (x direction is , y direction is )
a 895 N

70 kg Therefore, F net 3.6 N [W74N].
2.99 m/s2
3.0 m/s2 d) Fnet (10
N)2
(30 N
)2
b) down 32 N
c) t 5.0 s, d ? 30 N
d v1t 12 at2
tan1
10 N
(37.78 m/s)(5.0 s) 72 (x direction is , y direction is )
686 N
12(2.99 m/s2)(5.0 s)2
Therefore, F net 32 N [W72N].
188.9 m 37.38 m
46. m 2000 kg
151.52 m
150 m 320
N
44. a) Fnety 25 N 40 N
15
15 N 15
2000 kg
Fnetx 50 N 50 N
0 320 N
b) Fnety 30 N 50 N 40 N
40 N
Fnetx 50 N 10 N 320 N
40 N 15
2000 kg
c) Fnety 2.0 N 2.0 N 0.5 N 15
3.5 N 320
N
Fnetx 2.0 N 3.0 N 6.0 N
1.0 N
Component Method
d) Fnety 10 N 20 N 5.0 N 3.0 N 2.0 N
x} Fnetx (320 N)cos 15 (320 N)cos 15
30 N
Fnetx ma
Fnetx 21 N 4 N 20 N 15 N
ma (320 N)cos 15 (320 N)cos 15
10 N
2(320 N cos 15)
45. a) Fnet (Fnetx)
2
(F
nety)
2 a
2000 kg
(0 N)2 ( 15 N)2 0.309 m/s2
15 N
(x direction is 0, y direction is ) (320 N)sin15

F net 15 N [S]
(320 N)cos15
b) Fnet
(40 N
)2 (
40 N)2 2000 kg
(320 N)cos15
57 N
Fnety
tan1
Fnetx (320 N)sin15
40 N
tan1 Therefore, the acceleration of the car is
40 N
approximately 0.31 m/s2 [forward].
45 (x direction is , y direction is )

Therefore, F net 57 N [E45N].

Trigonometric Method A Component Method
Using sine law, x} Fnetx 15 N (22 N)cos 52
15
sinA sinB 1.455 N

a b 320 N y} Fnety (22 N)sin 52
c
sin 15 sin 150 17.336 N
b 15
320 N Fnet Fnet (17.3
N)2
(1.46
N)2
(320 N)sin 150 Fnet 150
B
Fnet 17.4 N
sin 15
opp
ma
175 N a tan
sin 15 adj
320 N
17.3
a
175 N tan
15 1.46
2000 kg(sin 15) Fnet
85.2 17.3 N
0.309 m/s2 C
F net ma
Therefore, the acceleration of the car is a(125 kg) 17.4 N
approximately 0.31 m/s2 [forward]. 17.4 N
a
47. x} Fnetx 2(320 N cos 15) 425 N 125 kg 1.46 N
Fnetx ma 0.139 m/s2
a(2000 kg) (640 N)cos 15 425 N Therefore, the acceleration of the canoe and
(640 N)cos 15 425 N paddler is approximately 0.14 m/s2 [E85N].
a
2000 kg
0.097 m/s2 Trigonometric Method
Using cosine law,
(320 N)sin15 b2 a2 c2 2ac(cos B)
(Fnet)2 (15 N)2 (22 N)2 2(15 N)(22 N) cos 52
(Fnet)2 (709 N)2 (660 N)2 cos 52
425 N 2000 kg
(320 N)cos15 Fnet 17.397 N
(320 N)cos15
Using sine law,
A
sin C sin B

c b
(320 N)sin15
sin C sin 52
22 N
Therefore, the acceleration of the car is 22 N 17.4 N Fnet b c
approximately 0.1 m/s2 [forward]. (22 N)sin 52
sin C 38
48. 17.4 N
22 N C 85.2 ?
a 52
38
52
F net ma C 15 N B
17.397 N
125 kg 15 N a
125 kg
0.139 m/s2
mc 70 kg Therefore, the acceleration of the canoe and
mp 55 kg paddler is approximately 0.14 m/s2 [E85N].
49. a) m 163 kg
F w 15 N [E]
F g 1600 N
F p 22 N [N38W]
mT 70 kg 55 kg F 1 800 N [L80U]

125 kg F 2 830 N [R85U]

800 N 830 N a) m 110 kg

F 1 40 N [U20R]
F1 F2
F 2 44 N [D75R]
80 85 x} Fnetx (40 N)cos 70 (44 N)cos 15
163 kg 56.2 N
y} Fnety (40 N)sin 70 (44 N)sin 15
26.2 N
Fnet (56.2 N)2
(26.2 N)2
1600 N
61.99 N
x} Fnetx (830 N)cos 85 (800 N)cos 80 opp
tan
66.58 N adj
y} Fnety (830 N)sin 85 (800 N)sin 80 26.2 Fnet
26.2 N
1600 N 56.2

14.69 N 25.0
56.2 N
Fnet (66.
58 N)
2
(1
4.69 N
)2 F net ma
68.2 N 61.9 9 N
a
opp 110 kg
tan 0.564 m/s2
adj
14.69 Therefore, the acceleration of the person is
tan approximately 0.56 m/s2 [R25U].
66.58
12.4 b) Let x represent the extra force required to

F net ma balance the weight of the sled.
68.2 N 1078 N (44 N)sin 15 (40 N x)sin 70
a
163 kg 1078 N (44 N)sin 15
40 N x
0.418 m/s2 sin 70
x 1159.3 N 40 N
Fnet 1119.3 N
14.69 N
Therefore, approximately 1100 N more lifting

66.58 N
force is required.
51. a) F1 2.40 104 N
Therefore, the acceleration of the motor is
approximately 0.42 m/s2 [L12U]. 16
3.30 107 kg
b) t 1.2 s, v1 0 m/s, a 0.42 m/s2 9
d v1t 12 at2 F2 2.40 104 N
(0 m/s)(1.2 s) 12(0.42 m/s2)(1.2 s)2
0.30 m or 30 cm m 3.30 107 kg

Therefore, the people moved the motor 30 cm F 1 2.40 104 N [R16U]

in 1.2 s. F 2 2.40 104 N [R9D]
50. 40 N
Component Method
20 F1 x} Fnetx (2.40 104 N)cos 16
70 (2.40 104 N)cos 9
4.68 104 N
110 kg
15 y} Fnety (2.40 104 N)sin 16
(2.40 104 N)sin 9
75 F2 44 N
2.86 103 N

Fnet (4.68
104
N)2
(2.86
103
N)2 x} Fnetx (2.40 104 N)cos 16
4.69 104 N (2.40 104 N)cos 9 5.60 103 N
opp 4.12 104 N
tan
adj y} Fnety (2.40 104 N)sin 16
2.86 10 3 (2.40 104 N)sin 9
4
4.68 10 2.86 103 N
3.5 Fnet (4.12
104 N)2
(2.86
103N)2

F net ma 4.13 104 N
Fnet opp
a tan
m adj
4.69 104 N 2.86 10 3
4
3.30 10 7 kg 4.12 10
1.42 103 m/s2 4.0

F net ma
Fnet
2.86 103 N Fnet
a
m
4.68 104 N 4.13 104 N

3.30 10 7 kg
Therefore, the acceleration of the tanker is
1.25 103 m/s2
approximately 1.4 103 m/s2 [R3.5U].
Trigonometric Method
Fnet
2.86 103 N
Using sine law,
sin A sin C 4.12 104 N

a c
Therefore, the acceleration of the tanker is
sin 12.5 sin 155
approximately 1.2 103 m/s2 [R4.0U].
2.40 10 N4
Fnet
c) t 2.0 min, v2 ?, v1 0 m/s
2.40 10 N(sin 155)
4
Fnet 120 s
sin 12.5
Case 1
4.69 104 N
a 1.4 103 m/s2
Fnet
c
B v2 v1 at
A 155 a
2.40 104 N
b
2.40 104 N 0 m/s (1.4 103 m/s2)(120 s)
9 F2 C
F1
0.17 m/s
9 16
0.61 km/h
F net ma
Therefore, for case 1, the tanker would reach a
Fnet
a speed of approximately 0.61 km/h in 2.0 minutes.
m
4.69 104 N Case 2

3.30 10 7 kg a 1.2 103 m/s2
1.42 103 m/s2 v2 v1 at
Therefore, the acceleration of the tanker is 0 m/s (1.2 103 m/s2)(120 s)
approximately 1.4 103 m/s2 [R3.5U]. 0.15 m/s
0.54 km/h
b) F r 5.60 103 N [L]

16 F1 Therefore, for case 2, the tanker would reach a
2.40 104 N
speed of approximately 0.54 km/h in 2.0 minutes.
FR
5.60 103 N 3.30 107 kg
2.40 104 N
9 F2
d) v2 5.0 km/h, v1 0 m/s c) 3800 N
5000 m

3600 s
1.4 m/s balloon
40
Case 1
a 1.4 103 m/s2 700 N
v22 v12 2ad 540 N
3000 N
v22 v12
d Fnety 3800 N 3000 N 700 N
2a
(540 N)sin 40
(1.4 m/s)2 0
247 N
2(1.4 103 m/s2)
F
700 m m
g
Therefore, for case 1, a distance of approximately 3000 N

700 m is required. 9.8 N/kg 40
306 kg 30 m d
Case 2
adj
a 1.2 103 m/s2 cos
hyp
v22 v12
d d
2a cos 40
30 m
(1.4 m/s)2 0 d (30 m)cos 40

2(1.2 103 m/s2) 22.98 m
820 m Fnety
ay
Therefore, for case 2, a distance of approximately m
820 m is required. 247 N

52. a) 3800 N 306 kg
0.81 m/s2

d v 1t 12 a t2
balloon
2d
40 t2
a
2(22.98 m)
t2
3000 N 0.81 m/s2
540 N 700 N
t2 56.7 s
Fnety 3800 N 3000 N (700 N)sin t 7.53
(540 N)sin 40 7.5
Fnety 0 Therefore, it will take approximately 7.5 s.
(700 N)sin 3800 N 3000 N 53. mL 100 kg, mC 112 kg
(540 N)sin 40 50 N
800 N (540 N)sin 40 mL mC
sin
700 N
40
a) FCL FLC
Therefore, the minimum angle required is
FCL is the action force of magnitude 50 N
approximately [R40D].
(Canuck on Leaf).
b) Fnetx (700 N)cos 40 (540 N)cos 40
FLC is the reaction force of 50 N but in the
120 N
opposite direction as FCL (Leaf on Canuck).
The balloon accelerates to the right.
b) F ma
F F
aL aC 55.
mL mC
50 N 50 N 50 N mL mC
50 N
50 N
5N 5N
50 N
100 kg 112 kg
0.50 m/s 2
0.45 m/s2
54. mL 100 kg, mC 112 kg
b) Fnet 100 N 5 N Fnet 100 N 5 N
50 N ma ma
mL mC F F
50 N aL aC
mL mC
a) actionreaction pairs: 95 N 95 N

100 kg 112 kg
Action Reaction
0.95 m/s2 0.85 m/s2
Leaf pushes Canuck. Canuck pushes Leaf
because of Leaf push.
Canuck pushes Leaf. Leaf pushes Canuck
because of Canuck push.
b) Fnet 100 N
ma
F F
aL aC
mL mC
100 N 100 N

100 kg 112 kg
1.0 m/s2 0.89 m/s2

Chapter 5 b) m 5.98 1024 kg,
r 6.38 106 m 8848 m 6 388 848 m
(Common constants: mEarth 5.98 1024 kg,
(6.67 1011 Nm2/kg2)(5.98 1024 kg)
rEarth 6.38 106 m, G 6.67 1011 Nm2/kg2) g
(6 388 848 m)2
9.77 m/s2
Gm1m2
20. F F mg
r2
(68.0 kg)(9.77 m/s2)
a) m1 60 kg, m2 80 kg, r 1.4 m
664 N
(6.67 1011 m3/kgs2)(60 kg)(80 kg)
F
(1.4 m)2 c) mEarth 5.98 1024 kg,
r (2.5)(6.38 106 m)
1.60 107 N
(6.67 1011 Nm2/kg2)(5.98 1024 kg)
b) m1 60 kg, m2 130 t 130 000 kg, g
[(2.5)(6.38 106 m)]2
r 10 m
1.57 m/s2
(6.67 1011 m3/kgs2)(60 kg)(130 000 kg)
F
(10 m)2 F mg
(68.0)(1.57 m/s2)
5.2 106 N
107 N
c) m1 60 kg, m2 5.22 109 kg,
24. Mars: r 3.43 106 m, m 6.37 1023 kg
r 1.0 km 1000 m
Gm
(6.67 1011 m3/kgs2)(60 kg)(5.22 109 kg) g
F
(1000 m)2 r2
(6.67 1011 Nm2/kg2)(6.37 1023 kg)
2.1 105 N
(3.43 106 m)2
d) m1 60 kg, m2 0.045 kg, r 0.95 m
3.61 m/s2
(6.67 1011 m3/kgs2)(60 kg)(0.045 kg)
F
(0.95 m)2 Therefore, gMars 3.61 m/s2
2.0 1010 N Jupiter: r 7.18 107 m, m 1.90 1027 kg
21. mMoon 7.34 1022 kg, (6.67 1011 Nm2/kg2)(1.90 1027 kg)
g
mEarth 5.98 1024 kg, F 2.00 1020, r ? (7.18 107 m)2
Gm1m2 24.58 m/s2

r
F Therefore, gJupiter 24.6 m/s2

(6.67 1011 Nm2/kg2)(7.34 1022 kg)(5.98 1024 kg)

2.00 1020 N Mercury: r 2.57 106 m, m 3.28 1023 kg
(6.67 1011 Nm2/kg2)(3.28 1023 kg)

1.46 1017 m2 g
(2.57 106 m)2
3.83 108 m 3.312 m/s2
22. m1 m2, F 3.5 103 N, r 85 m Therefore, gMercury 3.31 m/s2
Fr2 25. m1 m2 10 t 10 000 kg,
m1m2
G r 20 m
Fr2
m Gm1m2
G F
r2
(3.5 103 N)(85 m)2
F
(6.67 1011 Nm2/kg2)(10 000 kg)(10 000kg)

6.67 1011 Nm2/kg2 (20 m)2
6.2 108 kg F 1.67 105 N

23. a) m 68.0 kg, g 9.83 m/s2
F mg
(68.0 kg)(9.83 m/s2)
668 N

(F1)(r1)2
26. g 9.70 m/s2, mE 5.98 1024 kg d) F2
(4.5r1)2
Gm
g 980 N
r2
20.25

Gm
r 48.4 N
g
745 500 0 00 m
116.85 times the radius

(6.67 1011 Nm2/kg2)(5.98 1024 kg)

9.70 m/s2
e)
6.38 106 m
of Earth.
6 412 503.89 m
( F1)(r1)2
h 6 412 503.89 m 6.38 106 F2 2
(116.85r1)
32 503 m
3.25 104 m 980
2
27. g 0.1 m/s2, mE 5.98 1024 kg (116.85)
Gm 0.072 N
g
r2 (F1)(r1)2
29. a) F2
(12r1)2
Gm
r
g 4F1
4(500 N)

(6.67 1011 Nm2/kg2)(5.98 1024 kg)

0.1 m/s2 2000 N
63 155 839 m (F1)(r1)2
h 63 155 839 m 6.38 106 m b) F2
(18r1)2
5.68 107 m
64F1
28. F1 980 N
64(500 N)
a) At 3r,
32 000 N
(F1)(r1)2
F2 (F1)(r1)2
(3r1)2 c) F2 2
(0.66r1)
19F1
2.30F1
980 N
2.30(500 N)
9
1150 N
109 N

b) At 7r, 30. d v 1t 12 a t2
2d
(F1)(r1)2 Since v1 0, d 12 a t2 and t
F2 a
(7r1)2

2(553 m)
tEarth 2
419F1 9.83 m/s
980 N
10.4 s
49

3.61 m
2(553 m)
20.0 N tMars 2
/s
128 000 00 0 m
c)
6.38 106 m
20.1 times the radius 5.53 s

of Earth. 2(553 m)
(F1)(r1)2 tJupiter 2
F2 2 24.58 m/s
(20.1r1)
6.71 s
980 N

3.31 m
2(553 m)
404.01 tMercury 2
/s
2.43 N
18.3 s

31. mMoon 7.34 1022 kg, mEarth 5.98 1024 kg, b) greater, Fnet Fn mg Fn
d 3.83 108 m, mSatellite 1200 kg Therefore, Fn mg ma Felevator
FMoon ms FEarth
GmEarthmSatellite
i) FEarth
(23d)2
(6.67 1011 Nm2/kg2)(5.98 1024 kg)mSatellite
) Fg
c) no change, Fn
[23(3.83 108 m)]2
Fn mg (Fnet 0)
(6.12 103)mSatellite N
GmEarthmSatellite
FMoon
(13d)2
(6.67 1011 Nm2/kg2)(7.34 1022 kg) mSatellite

[13(3.83 108 m)]2
(3.00 104)mSatellite N
Fnet FEarth FMoon (6.12 103)mSatellite
) Fg
(3.00 104)mSatellite d) less, Fn mg ma Fn
(5.82 103)(1200 kg) N
6.98 N
F
ii) g
m
5. 2 N

12 00 kg
4.85 103 N/kg
32. Fnet Fn Fg and Fg mg d) Fg Felevator
Fn
Fn mg
34. m 70 kg, Fn 750 N
(40 kg)(9.8 m/s2)
weight Fg (70 kg)(9.8 m/s2)
392 N Fn
686 N
40 kg
Fnet Fn mg
750 N 686 N
a
70 kg 70 kg
a 0.91 m/s2
Fg
33. a) no change,
Fn mg (Fnet 0) Fn Fg
Fn
35. a) mT 134 kg
Fnet Fn Fg 0
Fn mg
(134 kg)(9.8 m/s2) A
1313 N
) Fg Fn 1300 N
) Fg
Ff
b) Fnet Fn 300 N mg 0
Fn (134 kg)(9.8 m/s2) 300 N
1013 N
300 N
Fn Fn 20 g 0.9 N
A
Fg
b) Fg mg
(b) Fg (0.02 kg)(9.8 m/s2)
36. Fnetx 0.9 N Fn 0 0.196 N
The normal force (Fn) is 0.9 N. 0.20 N
c) Fnet Fg Ff
Fn 20 g 0.9 N ma 0.20 N 0.27 N
friction weight
37. m 1.4 kg Therefore, the magnet does not move.
Fnet 21 N Fn mg 0 40. a) Ff
Fn where Fn 437.2 N and
k 0.12
Fn 21 N mg (0.12)(437.2 N)
21 N (1.4 kg)(9.8 m/s2) 52.46 N
7.3 N 21 N 52 N
b) Fnet Fapp Ff
Fapp Ff
a
m
1.4 kg 70 N 52.46 N

(26 kg 18 kg)
0.40 m/s2
Fg 10 N
Fn
Fn
38. mg 26 kg, mc 18 kg
Fnety Fn 10 N 16 N mg 0
Ff 44 kg
30 N
(26 kg 18 kg )(9.8 m/s2) 16 N 10 N Fn 40 N
Fn 437 N 10 N
Fn
Fg 16 N
44 kg 41. a 0, Fg 8000 N, Fapp 7100 N
Fn
Fg 16 N
39.
k 0.3, m 20 g 0.02 kg Ff ox 7100 N
Fn 0.9 N
a) Ff
Fn
(0.3)(0.9)
8000 N
0.27 N

Fnety Fn 8000 N 0 44. m 100 kg,
k 0.4
so Fn 8000 N Fn
Ff
(8000 N)
Fnetx 7100 N Ff 0
so Ff 7100 N
7100 N Ff 100 kg Fapp
Therefore,

8000 N
0.89
42. m 20 kg, Fapp 63 N, a 0
Fg
Fn
Case 1
Fnety Fn Fg 0
Fn
mg
Ff 20 kg 63 N
Fnetx Fapp Ff
ma Fapp Ff
a 0, actually a 0
Therefore, Fapp
mg
Fg
Fapp (0.4)(100 kg)(9.8 m/s2)
Fnety Fn Fg 0 Fapp 392 N
Fn mg
Case 2
Ff
mg
Fnet Fapp
Fnet Fapp Ff
Fapp
ma Fapp
mg a
m
0 63 N
(20 kg)(9.8 m/s2)
Therefore, any applied force will start the
63 N

fridge moving.
196 N
45. m 100 kg,
s 0.46
0.32
Fnety Fn Fg 0
43. Fapp 63 N, m 20 kg 60 kg 80 kg
Fn Fg
Fn
s(mg)
(0.46)(100 kg)(9.8 m/s2)
450.8 N
Ff 80 kg
451 N
63 N
Fnet Fapp Ff and ma 0
ma Fapp Ff 0
Fapp Ff
Fg Fapp 451 N
46. m 5.7 kg, v1 10 km/h 2.78 m/s,
Ff
Fn
k 0.34, v2 0 m/s Fn

mg
(0.32)(80 kg)(9.8 m/s2)
251 N
Fnet Fapp Ff Ff 5.7 kg Fapp
ma 63 N 251 N
Therefore, the crate cannot move because the
friction is too large.
Fg

a) Ff
kFn Fapp Ff 5.04 N

kmg
k mg 5.04 N
(0.34)(5.7 kg)(9.8 m/s2) (0.8)(12 kg)(9.8 m/s2) 5.04 N
18.99 N 99 N
19 N 48. m 1500 kg, a 5.0 m/s2,
b) Fnet Ff FL 600 N, FG 1000 N,
k 1.0
19 N
a 600 N
5.7 kg
a 3.33 m/s2

c) v 22 v 12 2a d 0
v12 Ff 1500 kg Fapp
d
2a
(2.78 m/s)2
d
2(3.33 m/s2)
1000 N
1.16 m

d) v 2 v 1 a t Fnety mg FG Fn FL 0
v1 Fn mg FG FL
t
a (1500 kg)(9.8 m/s2) 1000 N 600 N
2.78 m/s 15 100 N
t 2
3.33 m/s Ff
k Fn (1.0)(15 100 N) 15 100 N
0.83 s Fnetx FD Ff
47. m 12 kg, v1 0 m/s, Therefore, FD ma Ff 2.26 104 N
v2 4.5 km/h 1.25 m/s, 49. m1 5.0 kg, m2 2.0 kg, Fapp 10 N
t 3.0 s,
k 0.8
Fn
Fn
Ff
FT 5.0 kg 10 N
Ff 12 kg Fapp
Fg
Fg
a) Fnety Fn Fg 0
v2 v1 Therefore, Fn mg
a) a
t
Ff
kFn (0.1)(5.0 kg 2.0 kg)(9.8 m/s2)
(1.25 m/s 0 m/s)
6.86 N
3.0 s
Fnetx Fapp Ff ma
0.42 m/s2
Fapp Ff
Fnet Fapp a
m1 m2
ma (12 kg)(0.42 m/s2)
5.04 N (10 N 6.86 N)

b) Fnety Fn Fg 0 7.0 kg
0.45 m/s2
Fn Fg
Ff
mg
Fapp Ff ma 5.04 N

b) Fnetx FT Ff ii) Ff
mg
Therefore, FT ma Ff where (0.1)(1.0 kg)(9.8 m/s2)
Ff
mg 0.98 N
FT (2 kg)(0.45 m/s2) Fnetx Fapp FT1 Ff ma
(0.1)(2 kg)(9.8 m/s2) FT1 Fapp Ff ma
2.86 N 10 N 0.98 N (1.0 kg)(0.27 m/s2)
50. m1 1.0 kg, m2 5.0 kg, m3 2.0 kg, 8.75 N
Fapp 10 N,
k 0.1 8.8 N
Ff
mg
Fn
(0.1)(2.0 kg)(9.8 m/s2)
1.96 N
Fnetx FT2 Ff
Ff
1.0 kg 10 N FT2 ma Ff
FT1
(2.0 kg)(0.27 m/s2) 1.96
2.5 N
50 N
51. a) k slope 62.5 N/m
Fg 0.8 m
62 N/m
Fn b) Area Nm Joules
52. k 58 N/m
a) x 0.30 m
F (58 N/m)(0.30 m) 17.4 N 17 N
Ff 2.0 kg FT2 b) x 56 cm 0.56 m
F (58 N/m)(0.56 m) 32.48 N 32 N
c) x 1023 mm 1.023 m
F (58 N/m)(1.023 m) 59.33 N 59 N
Fg 53. spring constant
F 365 N
k 1216.67 N/m
i) Fnety Fn Fg 0 x 0.30 m
Therefore, Fn Fg F 400 N
a) x 0.33 m
Ff
kFg k 1216.67 N/m

kmTg 223 N
b) x 0.18 m
(0.1)(1.0 kg 5.0 kg 2.0 kg) 1216.67 N/m
2.0 N
(9.8 m/s2) c) x 1.64 103 m
1216.67 N/m
7.84 N
54. k 25 N/m, x 0.3 m, 2.2 lb 1 kg
Fnetx Fapp Ff ma
Fg kx
Fapp Ff mTa
(25 N/m)(0.3 m)
Fapp Ff
a 7.5 N
mT
10 N 7.84 N Fs Fg mg
F 7.5 N
8.0 kg m 2 0.77 kg 1.68 lb
0.27 m/s2 g 9.8 m/s

55. m 50 kg, k 2200 N/m, x 0.25 m 58. m 12 kg, a 3.0 m/s2, k 40 N/m
Fs (2200 N/m)(0.25 m) 550 N Fnet ma (12 kg)(3.0 m/s2) 36 N
Fs mg ma Fs kx, ma Fs
Fs mg Therefore, 36 N kx
a
m F 36 N
x 0.9 m
550 N (50 kg)(9.8 m/s2) k 40 N/m
59. m 40 kg, k 900 N/m,
50 kg
1.2 m/s 2
k 0.6, x 0.4 m
56. m 50 kg, a 0, x 0.17 Fnety Fn Fg 0
Fs mg 0 Fn Fg
Fs mg (50 kg)(9.8 m/s2) 490 N So Ff
kmg
Fs kx (40)(9.8 m/s2)(0.6)
Fs 235.2 N
k
x Fs kx (900 N/m)(0.4 m) 360 N
490 N Fnetx Fs Ff ma
2882.35 N/m 2900 N/m
0.17 m Fs Ff
a
57. m 670 kg, k 900 N/m, x 1.55 m m
Fnety Fs Fn Fg 0 where Fg mg (360 N 235.2 N)

Fn mg Fs 40 kg
(670 kg)(9.8 m/s2) (900 N/m)(1.55 m) 3.1 m/s2
6566 N 1395 N
5171 N
5200 N

Chapter 6 t 2
7.6 m/s
0.14 m/s
6. Let be the angle of the inclined plane when t 53 s
the box starts to slide. It takes the box 53 s to reach the bottom of
At this angle, the hill.
Fs
sFn 9. Find his final speed, vf, at the bottom of the
Fs (0.35)(mg cos ) (eq. 1) ramp by first finding his acceleration:
Fx mg sin (eq. 2) Fnet Fx
Set equation 1 equal to equation 2: ma mg sin
(0.35)(mg cos ) mg sin a g sin
sin a (9.8 m/s2) sin 35
0.35
cos
a 5.6 m/s2
tan 0.35
His final speed at the bottom of the ramp is:
tan1 (0.35)
vf2 vi2 2ad
19
vf2 2(5.6 m/s2)(50 m)
The minimum angle required is 19.
vf 23.6 m/s
7. a) The acceleration for child 1:
vf will be the initial speed, vi2, for the horizon-
Fnet Fx
tal distance to the wall of snow.
m1a1 m1 g sin
Find the deceleration caused by the snow:
a1 g sin
Fnet Fk
a1 (9.8 m/s2) sin 30
ma
kFn
a1 4.9 m/s2
ma (0.50)(9.8 m/s2)m
The acceleration for child 2:
a 4.9 m/s2
Fnet Fx
Find the distance Boom-Boom will go into the
m2a2 m2 g sin
wall of snow:
a2 g sin
vf2 vi2 2ad
a2 4.9 m/s2
0 vi2 2ad
Both children accelerate downhill at
vi2 2ad
4.9 m/s2. vi2
b) They reach the bottom at the same time. d
2a
8. a) Fnet Fx Fk (23.6 m/s)2
ma mg sin
kFn d
2(4.9 m/s2)
ma mg sin
k(mg cos ) d 57 m
a g sin
k g cos Boom-Boom will go 57 m into the wall of
a (9.8 m/s2) sin 25 snow.
(0.45)(9.8 m/s2)cos 25 10. Find the net force on Spot, then solve for the
a 0.14 m/s2 net acceleration:
The acceleration of the box is 0.14 m/s2. Fnet Fr Fx
b) vf2 vi2 2ad Fnet 2000 N mg sin
vf2 2(0.14 m/s2)(200 m) ma 2000 N (250 kg)(9.8 m/s2)(sin 20)
vf 7.6 m/s ma 2000 N 838 N
The box reaches the bottom of the hill at ma 1162 N
7.6 m/s2. 1162 N
vf vi a
c) a 250 kg
t a 4.6 m/s2
vf
t
a

Find time, t: Find T1:
1 m1a T1 m1 g (eq. 1)
d vit at2
2 T1 (10 kg)(3.9 m/s )
2
1 2 (10 kg)(9.8 m/s2)

d at
2 T1 137 N
1
250 m (4.6 m/s2)t2 Find T2:
2
m3a m3 g T2 (eq. 3)
t 108 s2
2
T2 (30 kg)(9.8 m/s )

2
t 10 s
(30 kg)(3.9 m/s2)
11. a) (a) For m1:
T2 176 N
Fnet1 T
(c) For m1:
T m1a (eq. 1)
Fnet1 T Fx
For m2:
m1a T mg sin (eq. 1)
Fnet2 Fg T
For m2:
m2a m2 g T (eq. 2)
Fnet2 F2g T
Substitute equation 1 into equation 2:
m2a m2 g T (eq. 2)
m2a m2 g m1a
Add equations 1 and 2:
(m1 m2)a m2 g
m1a T mg sin (eq. 1)
(40 kg)a (20 kg)(9.8 m/s2)
m2a m2 g T (eq. 2)
a 4.9 m/s2 [left]
(m1 m2)a m2 g m1 g sin
For tension T, substitute acceleration
(25 kg)a (15 kg)(9.8 m/s2)
into equation 1:
(10 kg)(9.8 m/s2) sin 25
T m1a

a 4.2 m/s2 [right]
T (20 kg)(4.9 m/s2)
For tension T, substitute acceleration
T 98 N
into equation 2:
(b) Assume the system moves towards m3:
m2a m2 g T
For m1:
T (15 kg)(9.8 m/s2)
Fnet1 T1 F1g
(15 kg)(4.2 m/s2)
m1a T1 m1 g (eq. 1)
T 84 N
For m2:
b) (a) For m1:
Fnet2 T2 T1
Fnet1 T Fk
m2a T2 T1 (eq. 2)
m1a T
km1 g (eq. 1)
For m3:
For m2:
Fnet3 F3g T2
Fnet2 Fg T
m3a m3 g T2 (eq. 3)
m2a m2 g T (eq. 2)
Add equations 1, 2, and 3:
Add equations 1 and 2:
m1a T1 m1 g (eq. 1)
m1a T
km1 g (eq. 1)
m2a T2 T1 (eq. 2)
m2a m2 g T (eq. 2)
m3a m3 g T2 (eq. 3)
m1a m2a m2 g
km1 g
(m1 m2 m3)a m3 g m1 g
a(m1 m2) g(m2
km1)
(10 kg 10 kg 30 kg)a
(20 kg 20 kg)a 9.8 m/s2[20 kg
(30 kg)(9.8 m/s2)
0.2(20 kg)]
(10 kg)(9.8 m/s2)

a 3.9 m/s2 [left]
(50 kg)a 196 N
3.9 m/s2 [right]
a

For tension T, substitute acceleration Add equations 1 and 2:
into equation 2: m1a T m1 g sin
m2a m2 g T
km1 g cos (eq. 1)
T (20 kg)(9.8 m/s2) m2a m2 g T (eq. 2)
(20 kg)(3.9 m/s2) (m1 m2)a m2 g m1 g sin
T 118 N
km1 g cos
(b) Assume the system moves towards m3: (25 kg)a (9.8 m/s2)[15 kg
For m1: (10 kg) sin 25
Fnet1 T1 F1g 0.2(10 kg) cos 25]
m1a T1 m1 g (eq. 1) 3.5 m/s2 [right]
a
For m2: For tension T, substitute acceleration
Fnet2 T2 T1 Fk into equation 2:
m2a T2 T1
km2 g (eq. 2) m2a m2 g T
For m3: T (15 kg)(9.8 m/s2)
Fnet3 F3g T2 (15 kg)(3.5 m/s2)
m3a m3 g T2 (eq. 3) T 94 N
Add equations 1, 2, and 3: 12. For m1:
m1a T1 m1 g (eq. 1) Fnet1 T Ff1
m2a T2 T1 m1a T
kFn

km2 g (eq. 2) m1a T
km1 g (eq. 1)
m3a m3 g T2 (eq. 3) For m2:
(m1 m2 m3)a m3 g
km2 g Fnet2 F2g T1
m1 g m2a m2 g T1 (eq. 2)
(10 kg 10 kg 30 kg)a Add equations 1 and 2:
9.8 m/s2[30 kg m1a T
km1 g (eq. 1)
0.2(10 kg) m2a m2 g T (eq. 2)
10 kg] (m1 m2)a m2 g
km1 g (eq. 3)

a 3.5 m/s2 [right] (9.0 kg)a (4.0 kg)(9.8 m/s )
2
Find T1: (0.10)(5.0 kg)(9.8 m/s2)

m1a T1 m1 g (eq. 1)
a 3.8 m/s2 [right]
T1 (10 kg)(3.5 m/s )
2
13. For the system to be NOT moving, the acceler-
(10 kg)(9.8 m/s2) ation of the whole system must be 0.
T1 133 N Using equation 3:
Find T2: (m1 m2)a m2 g
km1 g (eq. 3)
m3a m3 g T2 (eq. 3) 0 m2 g
km1 g
T2 (30 kg)(9.8 m/s )
2

km1 g m2 g
(30 kg)(3.5 m/s2)
k(5.0 kg) 4.0 kg
T2 188 N
k 0.80
(c) For m1: 14. First find the systems acceleration:
Fnet1 T Fx Fk For Tarzana:
m1a T m1 g sin FnetTA T

km1 g cos (eq. 1) mTAa T (eq. 1)
For m2: For Tarzan:
Fnet2 F2g T FnetTZ FTZg T
m2a m2 g T (eq. 2) mTZa mTZ g T (eq. 2)

Add equations 1 and 2: 18. Fc Ff
mTAa T (eq. 1) mac
Fn
mTZa mTZ g T (eq. 2) mv 2

mg
(mTA mTZ)a mTZ g r
(65 kg 80 kg)a (80 kg)(9.8 m/s2) v
gr
(80 kg)(9.8 m/s2) v 21 m/s
a
(65 kg 80 kg) It is not necessary to know the mass.
a 5.4 m/s2 19. Vertically: Fn cos mac
To find time t: mg
Fn
1 cos
d vit at2
2 Horizontally: Fc Fn sin
1
15 m at2 mac Fn sin
2

mg
sin mac
30 m
t2 cos
a v2
g tan
r

30 m
t
5.4 m/s 2
v rg tan25
t 2.4 s v 19 m/s
4 2r 20. Fc Fg
15. ac Assuming ac is a constant,
T2 mac mg
v2

4 2r g
T
ac r
a) If the radius is doubled, the period v gr
increases by a factor of 2. v 9.9 m/s
b) If the radius is halved, the period decreases 21. a) T mg
by a factor of 2. T (0.5 kg)g
2
16. a) ac
4 r T 4.9 N
T2 mv2
b) T mg
4 2(0.35 m) r
ac
(0.42 s)2 mv2
T mg
ac 78 m/s2 r
b) The clothes do not fly towards the centre (0.5 kg)(2.4 m/s)2
T
because the wall of the drum applies the (0.6 m)
normal force that provides the centripetal (0.5 kg)(9.8 m/s2)
force. When the clothes are not in contact T 9.7 N
with the wall, there is no force acting on 22. Maximum tension occurs when the mass is at
them. The clothes have inertia and would
its lowest position. Tension acts upward, and
continue moving at a constant velocity tan-
gravity acts downward. The difference
gential to the drum. The centripetal force
between these forces is the centripetal force:
acts to constantly change the direction of
mv2
this velocity. Tmax mg
r
4 2r
17. ac mv 2
T2 Tmax mg
r
T 365 days 3.15 104 s
(2.0 kg)(6.6 m/s)2
4 2(1.5 1011 m) Tmax (2.0 kg)(9.8 m/s2)
ac 3.0 m
(3.15 107 s)
Tmax 49 N
ac 6.0 103 m/s2

The tension is minimized when the mass is at 25. On mass 2:
4 2r

the top of its arc. Tension and gravity both act
Fc m2
downward, and their sum is the centripetal T2
2
T m
force: 4 r
2 2
mv2 T 2
Tmin mg
r 4 (L L )
2
mv2 T m
2 2
1
2
2
Tmin mg T
r On mass 1:
(2.0 kg)(6.6 m/s)2 4 2r
Tmin
3.0 m Fc m1
T2
(2.0 kg)(9.8 m/s2) 4 2r
Tmin 9.4 N T1 T2 m1
T2
23. a) Fnet ma 4 2L1 4 2(L1 L2)
Fn mg m(9g) T1 m1
T2
m2
T2
Fn 9mg mg
4 2
Fn 10mg T1
T2
(m1L1 m2(L1 L2))
Fn 5.9 103 N
26. mE 5.98 1024 kg, rE 6.38 106 m,
v2
b) ac h 400 km 4.0 105 m
r
v2 Orbital speed is given by:
9g
r
v2
v
GM

rh
r
9g v
(6.67 1011 Nm2/kg2)(5.98 1024 kg)

(91.67 m/s)2 6.38 106 m 4.0 105 m
r
9(9.8 m/s2) v 7.67 km/s
r 95 m The period of the orbit is the time required by
24. a) G 6.67 1011 Nm2/kg2, the satellite to complete one rotation around
T 365 days 3.15 107 s Earth. Therefore, the distance travelled, d, is
4 2r

GmEmS the circumference of the circular orbit.
2 mE
r T2 Therefore,
4 2r 3 d 2(r h)
mS
GT 2 d 2(3.14)(6.38 106 m 4.0 105 m)
mS
4 2(1.5 1011 m)3 d 42 599 996 m
(6.67 1011 Nm2/kg2)(3.15 107 s)2
Hence, speed is given by,
mS 2.0 1030 kg d
v
m T
b) Density of the Sun
V d
T
2.0 1030 kg v
4 42 599 996 m
r 3 T
3 7670 m/s
1.4 103 kg/m3 T 5552 s
mEarth 5.98 1024 kg The period of the orbit is 5552 s or 92.5 min.
5.98 1024 kg 27. mE 5.98 1024 kg, rE 6.37 106 m
Density of Earth 4
r 3 Since the orbit is geostationary, it has a period
3
5.5 103 kg/m3 of 24 h 86 400 s. Using Keplers third law,
1 r3 GM
The Sun is about as dense as Earth. 2
4 T 4 2

GMT2 vesc 2.31 103 m/s

1

r
3
4 2 The escape speed from the Moon at a height

of 100 km is 2.31 km/s.
r
1
(6.67 1011 Nm2/kg2)(5.98 1024 kg)(86 400 s)2
3

4(3.14)2 31. According to Keplers third law,
r 4.22 10 m 7 r3 GM
2
Subtracting Earths radius, T 4 2
r 4.22 107 m 6.37 106 m 4 2r3
T2
r 3.59 107 m GmMoon
The satellite has an altitude of 3.59 104 km. 4(3.14) (1.838 10 m)
T

2 6 3
11
(6.67 10
2 2
Nm /kg )(7.35 10 kg)
22
28. a) The total energy of a satellite in an orbit is
the sum of its kinetic and potential ener- T 7071 s
gies. In all cases, total energy remains con- It would take the Apollo spacecraft 7071 s or
stant. Therefore, when r is increased, the 1 h 58 min to complete one orbit around the
gravitational potential energy increases as Moon.
GMm 32. dMS 2.28 1011 m, rM 3.43 106 m,
Ep . As r increases, the energy mM 6.37 1023 kg, mS 2.0 1030 kg
r
increases as it becomes less negative. Thus, a) Orbital speed is given by:
when potential energy increases, kinetic
energy decreases to maintain the total
v
GM

r
1
energy a constant. Since Ek mv2, if v
(6.67 1011 Nm2/kg2)(2.0 1030 kg)
2
2.28 1011 m
kinetic energy decreases, v also decreases
v 24.2 km/s
and when r increases, v decreases.
b) h 80 km 8 104 m
r3
b) In Keplers third law equation 2 K,
T
r is directly proportional to T. Therefore,
v

Gm
rh
as r increases, T also increases. v
11
(6.67 10 Nm /kg )(6.37 10 kg)
2 2 23

29. mSaturn 5.7 1026 kg, rSaturn 6.0 107 m 3.43 10 m 8 10 m
6 4
Equating two equations for kinetic energy, v 3.48 km/s

1 GMm The speed required to orbit Mars at an alti-
mv2 tude of 80 km is 3.48 km/s.
2 2r
33. mM 7.35 1022 kg, rM 1.738 106 m
v
GM

r Escape speed is given by:
v
(6.67 1011 Nm2/kg2)(5.7 1026 kg)

6 107 m
vesc
2GM

r
v 2.5 10 m/s 4
vesc
11
2(6.67 10 Nm /kg )(7.35 10 kg)
2 2 22

If an object is orbiting Saturn, it must have a 1.738 10 m
6
minimum speed of 2.5 104 m/s. vesc 2.38 km/s

30. mM 7.35 1022 kg,
r rM 100 km
r 1.738 106 m 1 105 m
r 1.838 106 m
vesc
2Gm

r
Moon
vesc
2(6.67 1011 Nm2/kg2)(7.35 1022 kg)

1.838 106 m

Chapter 7 21.
60 60
18. Tcable
2500 N Fs = 2500 N
30 Fstrut T
Fg T
m
30 mg
Fg
flower pot
Fs
Fs = 2500 N
60 mg
F
sin 30 g 30
T
Fg T
T
sin 30 mg
sin 30
mg Fs
T
sin 30 Fs sin 30
m
(10 kg)(9.8 N/kg) g
T
sin 30 (2500 N) sin 30
m
T 196 N 9.8 N/kg
F m 128 kg
19. tan g
Fs 22.
Fg
Fs
tan
98 N
Fs
tan 30 Tcable
Fs 169.7 N
Tcable
Fs 170 N 12
mg
20. 12
500 kg
30 T1 Trope
30 30
Trope
T1 T2 Fg
60
mg
Fg cos 12
Fg

2 T2
Tcable
30
mg
Tcable
cos 12
(500 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
2 T
T1 T Tcable
cos 12
2
Fg
Tcable 5009.5 N
cos 30 Tcable 5.01 103 N
T
Frope
tan 12
2
Fg
mg
T Frope mg tan 12
(cos 30)
Frope (500 kg)(9.8 N/kg) tan 12

(100 kg)(9.8 N/kg) Frope 1.04 103 N
2
T
(cos 30)
T 566 N

23. a) 24. Fapp
1.5 m
Fn
Fapp Ff
100 kg
25.0 m

2 Fn T
1.5 m
25.0 m 425 N
mg

0.63
Fapp Ff 0
Fapp Ff
Fapp
Fn car
Fapp
mg
Fapp 0.63(100 kg)(9.8 N/kg) 1.5 m
Fapp 617.4 N
tan

25.0 m

b) 2
tan 0.12
L = 10 m 6.8
Fapp
sin
T
250 Fapp
T
kg sin
d 425 N
T
sin 6.8
T T 3.59 103 N
The rope pulls with a force of 3.59 103 N.
Fapp
10 m
T 250 kg 25.
mg
T T
d Fapp = 617 N Bird

mg
Using similar triangles, find T first:

T 2 (mg)2 Fapp2
mBg
T 8
[(250 kg)(9. N/kg)] 2
( 2
617.4 N) 18.0 m
T 2526.6 N
T 2.53 103 N 9.0 m
d Fapp

L T 0.52 m
FappL
d
T
(617.4 N)(10 m)
d 0.52 m
2526.6 N tan
9.0 m
d 2.4 m
tan 0.058
3.3

T 27.
Th
Pulley Ff
Tv
mBg
= 3.3 T

mBg T
2
sin Th
T mg
2T sin
mB
g
T
2(90 N) sin 3.3
mB
9.8 N/kg
mB 1.1 kg
26. T1 L

2
x

2
40
mLg 80
40
L

2
T2

Th
Ff 0
With left taken to be the positive direction,
T1
Th Ff 0
Leg
Th Ff
T2 Th
Fn

mg
T (5.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg) Th
2
T 49 N
From Pythagoras theorem:

40 mg 2
T2 Th2
2
T2 T1
T

mg mg 2 2
2 2
2 2
40
T (
1)
mg 2
2 2
Fapp 2
T
mg
1 T
Fapp T 2
(
1) 2
2

F
app
From similar triangles:
2
cos 40

x
T
2 T
Fapp 2(T cos 40) h

L T
Fapp 2mg cos 40
2
Fapp 2(5.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg) cos 40 x T
h
Fapp 75 N [left] L T
ThL
x
T

Substituting for Th and T, b) T

mgL
x

2
mg

2
1
2 mT = m1 + m2

L
x

2 1

L
x

2 1 mTg
28. a) ?
T
+
If up is positive,
T mTg
P T (4.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
1 2 39.2 N [up]
T
3 kg 1 kg
29. T 0
2.0 m The pivot is the left support.
1 0
centre of mass ?
2 Board Duck 0
net 0
2 B D
With clockwise as the positive rotation,
2 rBFgB rDFgD
1 2 0
2 rBmBg rDmDg
1 2
2 (2.0 m)(50 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
r1m1 g sin r2m2 g sin
(4.0 m)(8.5 kg)(9.8 N/kg)

m2g
r1 r2 2 1313.2 N/m
m1g
1313.2 Nm
F2
r r
m 2
1 2 0.8 m
m 1
F2 1641.5 N
r
r1 2 2 1.6 103 N [up]
F
3
For F1:
But r2 r1 rT
FT 0
3r1 rT r1
With down as positive,
4r1 rT
rT 0 F1 F2 FB FD
r1 F1 FB FD F2
4
2.0 m F1 (mBg) (mDg) F2
r1 F1 (50 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
4
r1 0.5 m (8.5 kg)(9.8 N/kg) 1.6 103 N
The centre of mass is 0.5 m from m1 and F1 1068.2 N

F1 1.1 103 N [down]
1.5 m from m2.
and

F2 1.6 103 N [up]

30. x 5.0 m 3.75 m
y2 = 0.5 m
x 1.25 m
y1 = 1.0 m 32. T 0
man L(left) L(right) rock 0
With clockwise as the positive direction of
X1 = 0.5 m
rotation,
X2 = 2.5 m 0 man L(left) L(right) rock
x1 x2 rock man L(left) L(right)
xcm rrockmrock g sin rmanmman g sin
2
0.5 m 2.5 m rL(left)mL(left) g sin
xcm rL(right)mL(right) g sin
2
xcm 1.5 m [right] rrockmrock [(1.90 m)(86 kg)]
y1 y2

1.90 m
ycm
2 2
0.5 m 1.0 m
2.40 m
(2.0 kg)
1.90 m
ycm
2
ycm 0.75 m [up]

2
(2.0 kg)
0.5 m 0.50 m
Centre of mass 1.5 m [right], 0.75 m [up] 2.40 m
31. rrockmrock 163.4 kgm 1.504 kgm
0.104 kgm
rrockmrock 164.8 kgm
x
164.8 kgm
mrock
5.0 m 0.50 m
mrock 329.6 kg
mrock 3.3 102 kg
F23 2.5 m F1 33. a) 17 kg 20 kg 27 kg
1 3 2
P +
x
3.8 kg
Fg
T 0
1 2 3 TL TR 0
Let F1 be the pivot.
T 0 With clockwise as the positive rotation,
2 3 L 0 1 2 3 TL TR 0
With clockwise as positive, 3 2 1
223 L 0 r3m3 g r2m2 g r1m1 g

3.8 m

2 r3m3 (27 kg)
r23 m g rLmg 2
3

2
(17 kg)
3r 3.8 m
r23 L
2
r3m3 51.3 kgm 32.3 kgm

5.0 m
3
2 r3m3 19 kgm
r23
2 19 kgm
r3
15.0 m 20 kg
r23
4 r3 0.95 m
r23 3.75 m

The third child of mass 20 kg must sit Let clockwise be positive.
0.95 m from the centre of the teeter-totter D Back 0
and on the same side as the 17.0-kg child. Back D
b) No, the mass of the teeter-totter does not rB FB rD FgD
matter. rB FB rDmD g
34. rB FB (0.30 m)(30 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
F1 F2
rB FB 88.2 Nm
5.0 + 88.2 Nm
kg
P FB
mp = 2.0 kg 1.0 m
FB 88.2 N
1.5 m
FB 8.8 101 N
2.5 m But
Fnet 0
F
F FD FB 0
Let F2 be pivot.
Let up be positive.
net 0
1 B C 0 0 FF FD FB
FF FD FB
With clockwise as the positive rotation,
FF mDg FB
1 p c 0
FF (30 kg)(9.8 N/kg) 88.2 N
1 p c
FF 205.8 N
r1F1 rpFgp rcFgc
FF 2.1 102 N
rpFgp rcFgc
F1 Front legs: 1.05 102 N each; back legs:
r1
4.4 101 N each (each divided by 2).

2 (2.0 kg)(9.8 Nkg) [(2.5 m 1.5 m)(5.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)]
2.5 m
F1 36. a) P

2.5 m
F1 29.4 N
But Fnet 0
F1
FgB FgC
F2 0 C of m
2.4 m
With up as the positive direction,
20 kg
0 F1 FgB FgC F2
F2 FgB FgC F1
F2 mB g mC g F1 0.8 m
F2 (2.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg) (5.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
Fnet 0
29.4 N T
F FD 0
F2 39.2 N
Taking up to be positive,
The man farthest from the cement bag (F1)
0 FT FD
lifts with 29.4 N and the second man lifts
FT mD g
with 39.2 N of force.
FT (20 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
35. Take front two and back two legs as single
FT 196 N [up]
supports.
net 0 with front legs as pivot
D Back 0

b) P But Fh(bottom) Fh(top) so 2.7 102 N is
required to keep the ladder from sliding.
1.2 m D rD 38. a) 1.0 m
C of m
0.4 m 75 kg
1.6 m
C of m

0.4 m net 0
tan1 F
1.2 m

Fapp-h
Ff 0
18.4
Taking the direction of force application to
Assume the upper hinge is the pivot.
be positive,
B door 0
Fapp-h Ff
B door 0
Fapp-h
Fn
B door
Fapp-h
mg
rB FB sin B rDmD g sin D
Fapp-h 0.42(75 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
rDmD g sin D
FB app-h 308.7 N [horizontally]
F
rB sin B
app-h 3.1 102 N [horizontally]
F
(1.26 m)(20 kg)(9.8 N/kg) sin 18.4
FB b)
(2.4 m) sin (90 18.4)

FB 34.2 N [out horizontally]
37.
box
1.2 m +
a
72 kg P
7.0 m
p Just to the tip the box,
net 0
a box 0
Taking the direction of force application to
65
P be positive,
p 90 65 a box 0
p 25 a box
Choose bottom as pivot. Take bottom corner as pivot.

1.6 m
net 0
2
wall p 0 tan a 1.0 m

Taking right (horizontally) as positive,
2
wall p 0 a 58
wall p raFa sin a rboxmbox g sin box
rw Fw sin w rpmp g sin p rboxmbox g sin box
rpmp g sin p ra
Fw Fa sin a
rw sin w
ra
(0.8 m

)2 (0
.5 m)2(75 kg)(9.8 N/kg) sin (90 58)
[(7.0 m 1.2 m)(72 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(sin 25)] (308.7 N) sin 58
Fw
(7.0 m) sin 65
ra 1.40 m
w 272.6 N [horizontal]
F But:
Fw 2.7 102 N h ra sin 58
h 1.2 m

39. Let the contact point of F2 be the pivot P.
1 w 0
With clockwise being the positive torque
+ direction,
10 kg
1 w 0
P
5.0 1 w
cm
r1F1 rwmg
16 cm rwmg
F1
r1
35 cm (0.12 m)(65 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
F1
0.04 m
net 0 F1 1911 N
muscle arm water 0
F1 1.9 103 N [up]
With clockwise as the direction of positive
Fnet 0
rotation,
F1 F2
Fg 0
m a w 0 With up taken to be the positive direction,
m a w F2 F1 Fg
rmFm sin ramag sin rwmwg sin F2 1911 N (65.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
ramag rwmwg F2 2548 N
Fm
rm
F2 2.5 103 N [down]
(0.16 m)(3.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg) (0.35 m)(10 kg)(9.8 N/kg) 42.
Fm
0.050 m
F = 0.5 N
Fm 780.1 N 0.01 m

Fm 7.8 102 N [up]
40. 1.9 kg 1.2 kg 0.4 kg
P
+
0.15 m
0.40 m 0.02 m
0.60 m
The total of all three torques must be equiva-

lent to the total torque through the centre of F2
mass. Use pivot P as the point of contact of F1.
cm ua fa hand net 0
rcmm T g ruamua g rfamfa g rhandmhand g F2 F 0
ruamua rfamfa rhandmhand
rcm With clockwise taken to be the positive torque
mT direction,
rcm (0.15 m)(1.9 kg) (0.40 m)(1.2 kg) (0.60 m)(0.4 kg)
F2 F 0
3.5 kg
rcm 0.29 m from shoulder F2 F
41. rF2F2 rFF
F1 W + rFF
P F2
rF2
4.0 cm 12 cm (0.01 m)(0.5 N)
F2
0.02 m
F2 0.25 N

Fnet 0 45.

F
F
1
F2 0
With right taken to be the positive direction,
F1 F F2 h
F1 0.5 N 0.25 N hcm

L
F1 0.75 N
2

1 0.75 N [left], and F
F 2 0.25 N [right] 1.00 m
1.00 m
43.
2
28 cm L

11 cm
7.25 kg tan
2.4 cm P hcm
2
C of m L

FT + hcm
tan
2
1.00 m

Set P at elbow joint. hcm
net 0 tan 30
T arm sp 0 hcm 0.8660 m
With clockwise taken to be the positive torque But:
direction, h 2hcm
T arm sp 0 h 2(0.8660 m)
T arm sp h 1.73 m
rTFT rarmFg(arm) rspFg(sp) NOTE: The solution to problem 46 is based
rarmmarmg rspmspg on the pivot point of the glass being at the cor-
FT ner of the base.
rT
FT (0.11 m)(2.7 kg)(9.8 N/kg) (0.280 m)(7.25 kg)(9.8 N/kg) 46. d

0.024 m x
FT 9.5 102 N
44.
0.14 m
0.6 m 0.050 m

0.3 m
0.020 m

0.3 m 0.020 m
tan tan
0.6 m 0.050 m
26 21.8
x
The tipping angle is 26 from the horizontal. sin
h 0.050 m
x (0.14 m 0.050 m) sin 21.8
x 0.033 m
dxr
d 0.033 m 0.020 m
d 0.053 m

47.
2.5 m
2.5 m

2
base

tan
hcm
2
2.5 m

tan
2.5 m
26.6

Chapter 8
p = 0.5 kgm/s [down]

28. p mv
a) m 120 kg, v 4.0 m/s

1000 m 1h
p (120 kg)(4.0 m/s) 35. v (300 km/h)
1 km 3600 s
480 kgm/s
83.3 m/s
b) m 2.04 105 kg, v 0.2 m/s

p mv
p (2.04 105 kg)(0.2 m/s)

p (6000 kg)(83.3 m/s [NW])
40 800 kgm/s

p 5 105 kgm/s [NW]
c) m 0.060 kg, v 140 km/h 38.89 m/s
p (0.060 kg)(38.89 m/s) p = 5 x 105 kgm/s [NW]
2.3 kgm/s 45
d) m 130 000 kg, v 20 km/h 5.56 m/s
p (130 000 kg)(5.56 m/s)
722 800 kgm/s 36. F 2200 N, t 1.30 103 s
e) m 9.00 104 kg, a) J Ft
v 29 km/h 8.06 m/s (2200 N)(1.30 103 s)
p (9.00 104 kg)(8.06 m/s) 2.86 kgm/s
7.25 103 kgm/s b) p J
29. p mv 2.86 kgm/s
p (7500 kg)(120 m/s) 37. v1 22 m/s, v2 26 m/s, m 1750 kg
p 9.0 105 kgm/s a) p p2 p1
30. p mv m(v2 v1)
p (0.025 kg)(3 m/s) (1750 kg)(26 m/s 22 m/s)
p 0.075 kgm/s 7000 kgm/s
31. 90 km/h 25 m/s, m 25 g 0.025 kg b) J p 7000 kgm/s
p mv 38. v1 22 m/s, v2 26 m/s, m 1750 kg
p (0.025 kg)(25 m/s) a) p p2 p1
p 0.63 kgm/s m(v2 v1)
32. v 500 km/h 138.89 m/s, (1750 kg)(26 m/s 22 m/s)
p 23 000 kgm/s 84 000 kgm/s
p b) J p, 84 000 kgm/s
m 250 N [forward],
v 39. m 50 kg, F
23 000 kgm/s t 3.0 s, v1 0
m t mv
138.89 m/s F
m 165.6 kg (250 N [forward])(3.0 s) (50 kg)(v2 v1)
p 740 N [forward]
33. v v2
m 50 kg
1.00 kgm/s v2 15 m/s [forward]
v
1.6726 1027 kg 40. m 150 kg, v1 0, a 2.0 m/s2,
v 6.00 1026 m/s, which is much greater t 4.0 s
than the speed of light. a) v2 v1 at
34.
p mv v2 0 (2.0 m/s2)(4.0 s)

p (0.050 g)(10 m/s [down]) v2 8.0 m/s

p 0.5 kgm/s [down] p mv
p (150 kg)(8.0 m/s)

p 1200 kgm/s b) J Ft
b) J p J
t
J m2v2 m1v1 F
J (150 kg)(8.0 m/s) (150 kg)(0) t
750 kgm/s
J 1200 kgm/s 2 104 N
41. m 1.5 kg, h 17 m, v1 0, t 0.038 s
a 9.8 N/kg 47. m 7000 kg,
1 v1 110 km/h 30.56 m/s, t 0.40 s,
a) h v1t at2
2 v2 0
1 p
17 m 0 (9.8 m/s2)t2 a) F
2 t
t 1.86 s
m2v2 m1v1
b) F ma F
t
F (1.5 kg)(9.8 N/kg) 0 (7000 kg)(30.56 m/s)
F 14.7 N F
0.40 s
c) J Ft F 5.3 105 N
J (14.7 N)(1.86 s) p
J 27.3 kgm/s b) F
t
42. F 700 N, t 0.095 s m2v2 m1v1
a) J Ft F
t
J (700 N)(0.095 s) 0 (7000 kg)(30.56 m/s)
F
J 66.5 kgm/s 8.0 s
b) J p F 2.7 10 N 4
p 66.5 kgm/s 48. m 30 g 0.03 kg, v1 360 m/s,

43. m 0.20 kg, v1 25 m/s, v2 20 m/s d 5 cm 0.05 m
p m2v2 m1v1 a) p mv
p (0.2 kg)(20 m/s) (0.2 kg)(25 m/s) p (0.03 kg)(360 m/s)
p 9.0 kgm/s p 11 kgm/s
44. Ft mv b) v22 v12 2ad
(N)(s) (kg)(m/s) 02 (360 m/s)2 2a(0.05 m)
(kgm/s2)(s) (kg)(m/s) a 1.3 106 m/s2
kgm/s kgm/s c) F ma
45.
p p2
p1 F (0.03 kg)(1.3 106 m/s2)
F 3.9 104 N
p v2 v1
d) a
p2 33
t
v2 v1
t
a
0 360 m/s
p1 t
1.3 106 m/s2
t 2.8 104 s
46. v1 0, v2 250 m/s, m 3.0 kg,
e) J p
F 2.0 104 N
J m2v2 m1v1
a) J p
J (0.03 kg)(0) (0.03 kg)(360 m/s)
J m2v2 m1v1
J 11 kgm/s
J (3.0 kg)(250 m/s) 0
J 750 kgm/s

f)
t ( 104 s)
54. v 1 50.0 km/h [W] 13.9 m/s,
1 2 3 m 2200 kg
0
from graph, F t 12(0.6 s)(9600 N)
F ( 104 N)
1
2 2880 Ns

3 F t p
4
m(v 2 v 1)

49. a) 8 F t
7 v 2 v1
m
F ( 106 N )
6
5 2880 Ns
(13.9 m/s)
4 2200 kg
3
2
12.6 m/s (45.3 km/h [W])
1 0 5 10 15 55. m 0.045 kg, v1 0, p 2.86 kgm/s

t (s) p p 2 p 1 m(v 2 v 1)

p
1 v2
b) Area h(a b) m
2 2.86 kgm/s
1 v2
J (15 s)(5 106 N 8 106 N) 0.045 kg
2
63.56 m/s
J 9.8 107 Ns
63.6 m/s
50. a) area is a trapezoid
56. a 125 m/s2, t 0.20 s, m 60 kg
20 s 15 s

area (100 N) 1750 Ns
2 a) J Ft mat
(60 kg)(125 m/s2)(0.20 s)
b) area is a triangle
1500 kgm/s
area 12(4 102 s)(15 N) 0.3 Ns
b) J p mv
c) area is a trapezoid
12.5 s 27.5 s J

area (10 N) 200 Ns
2 v
m
(1500 kgm/s)
51. J area under the curve
1 (60 kg)
J (90 N)(0.3 s) (120 N)(0.2 s) 25 m/s
2
1 57. mg 0.045 kg, mp 0.004 kg,
(75 N)(0.4 s)
2 vp 8.1 103 m/s
J (13.5 Ns) (24 Ns) (15 Ns) pg pp
J 25.5 Ns mgvg mpvp
52. J area under the graph mpvp
Counting roughly 56 squares, vg
mg
J 56(0.5 103 N)(0.05 s) (0.004 kg)(8.2 103 m/s)
J 1.4 103 Ns
0.045 kg
53. J p 729 m/s
J mv2 mv1, where v1 0, 2624 km/h
1.4 10 Ns (0.250 kg)(v2)
3
v2 5.6 103 m/s

58. mc 2000 kg, mo 0.91 kg, 61. m 0.0600 kg, v1 330 m/s,
vo 7242 m/s v2 0 m/s, d 0.15 m

mcvc movo a) d 12(v 1 v 2)t
movo 2d 2(0.15 m)
vc t
mc (v1 v2) 330 m/s
(0.91 kg)(7242 m/s) 9.09 104 s

2000 kg J F t p m(v 2 v 1)
3.3 m/s m(v2 v1) (0.0600 kg)(330 m/s)
59. m 0.142 kg, v 160 km/h 44.44 m/s F
t 9.09 104 s
a) t 0.02 s 21 782.18 N

J F t p mv 21 800 N
mv (0.142 kg)(44.44 m/s) b) J Ft (21 782.18 N)(9.09 104 s)
F
t 0.02 s 19.8 kgm/s
320 N c) p m(v2 v1) (0.0600 kg)(330 m/s)
b) t 0.20 s 19.8 kg m/s
(0.142 kg)(44.44 m/s) 62. m 0.06 kg, v1 30 m/s,
F
0.20 s v2 40 m/s, t 0.025 s
32 N
a) J F t p m(v 2 v 1)
60. a) m 80 kg, v1 27.78 m/s,
m(v2 v1)
v2 9.17 m/s, t 4.0 s F
t
p m(v2 v1) (0.06 kg)(40 m/s 30 m/s)
(80 kg)(9.17 m/s 27.78 m/s)
0.025 s
1488.8 kgm/s 168 N

J F t p
b) F ma
p 1488.8 kgm/s F 168 N
F a
t 4.0 s m 0.06 kg
370 N 2800 m/s2
b) m 80 kg, v2 0 m/s, 63. m 120 kg
v1 9.17 m/s, t 0.500 s v1 15 km/h
p m(v2 v1) v2 0 m/s
(80 kg)(0 m/s 9.17 m/s) t 1.10 s
733 kgm/s
a) p m(v 2 v 1)

J F t p p (120 kg)(0 m/s 4.17 m/s)
p 733.6 kgm/s p 500 kgm/s
F
t 0.5 s b) J p 500 kgm/s
1470 N
c) J F t
c) m 80 kg, v2 0 m/s,
J
v1 9.17 m/s, t 0.0150 s F
t
p m(v2 v1) 500 k gm/s
(80 kg)(0 m/s 9.17 m/s) F
1.10 s
733 kgm/s F 455 N

J F t p d) d 12(v1 v2)t
p 733.6 kgm/s d 12(4.17 m/s 0 m/s)(1.10 s)
F
t 0.015 s d 2.29 m
48 900 N

64. m 0.165 kg m1 m2 70. m1 2200 kg
v1i 8.2 m/s m2 1800 kg
v2i 0 m/s v1i 40 km/h 11.11 m/s
v1f 3.0 m/s v2i 20 km/h 5.56 m/s
m1v1i m2v2i
mv 1f mv 2f mv 1i mv 1f
vf
v 1f v 2f v 1i v 1f m1 m2

v 2f v 1i v 2i v 1f (2200 kg)(11.11 m/s) (1800 kg)(5.56 m/s)
vf
2200 kg 1800 kg
v2f 8.2 m/s 0 m/s 3.0 m/s
v2f 5.2 m/s vf 8.6 m/s
65. v1i 8.2 m/s 71. a) mM 5.5 1010 kg
v1f 1.2 m/s mE 5.98 1024 kg
v2i 0 m/s vMi 70 000 km/h 19 444.44 m/s
vEi 0 m/s
v 2f v 1i v 2i v 1f

v 2f 8.2 m/s 0 m/s (1.2 m/s) mMv Ei mEv Ei
v Ef
v2f 9.4 m/s m1 m2
(5.5 1010 kg)(19 444.44 m/s) (5.98 1024 kg)(0 m/s)
66. v1i 8.2 m/s vEf
(5.5 1010 kg 5.98 1024 kg)
v1f 8.0 m/s
v2i 2.0 m/s vEf 1.79 1010 m/s

v 2f v 1i v 2i v 1f d
v
v2f 8.2 m/s 2.0 m/s 3.0 m/s t
2 (1.49 1011 m)
v2f 7.2 m/s v
365 24 60 60
67. v1f 0.8 m/s
v 29 686.54 m/s
v2i 2.2 m/s
29 700 m/s
v2f 4.5 m/s
b) (5.5 1010 kg)(19 444 m/s)
v 1i v 1f v 2f v 2i
(5.98 1024 kg)(29 700 m/s)
v1i 0.8 m/s 4.5 m/s 2.2 m/s
0 (5.98 1024 kg)vEf
v1i 3.1 m/s
vEf 29 700 m/s
68. v1i 7.6 m/s
Therefore, v Ef does not change appreciably.
v2i 4.5 m/s
72. mT 300 g 0.3 kg
v2f 2.5 m/s
m1 120 g 0.12 kg
m1v 1i m2v 2i m1v 1f m2v 2f
v1f 220 m/s
v 1f v 1i v 2f v 2i
m2 300 g 120 g 180 g 0.18 kg
v1f 7.6 m/s 4.5 m/s 2.5 m/s
m1v 1i m2v 2i m1v 1f m2v 2f
v1f 0.6 m/s
(m1 m2)v i m1v 1f m2v 2f
69. m1 40 g 0.04 kg
0 m1v 1f m2v 2f
m2 50 g 0.05 kg

m1
v1i 25 cm/s 0.25 m/s v 2f v 1f
m2
v2i 0 m/s
0.12 kg
m1v 1i m2v 2i (m1 m2)v f v2f 220 m/s

0.18 kg
m1v 1i m2v 2i v2f 145 m/s
vf
m1 m2 73. m1 250 g 0.25 kg
(0.04 kg)(0.25 m/s) (0.05 kg)(0 m/s) m2 1.2 kg
vf v1i 330 m/s
0.04 kg 0.05 kg
vf 0.11 m/s v1f 120 m/s
v2i 0 m/s

J
d 0.30 m t
Ff
(m1v 1i m2v 2i m1v 1f) 83 300 kgm/s
a) v 2f t
m2 1372 N
(0.25 kg)(330 m/s) (1.2 kg)(0 m/s) (0.25 kg)(120 m/s)
t 61 s
v2f
1.2 kg e) d 12(v1i v1f)t
v2f 43.75 m/s d 12(8.33 m/s)(61 s)
v2 44 m/s d 250 m
f 75. To
p pTf
b) J p (m1v 1f m1v 1i)
p (1.2 kg)(43.75 m/s) 0 m1v1o m2v2o (m1 m2)vf,
p 52 kgm/s where v2o 0

c) J p (m1v 1f m1v 1i) (5000 kg)(5 m/s [S]) (10 000 kg)(vf)
vf 2.5 m/s [S]
p (0.25 kg)(120 m/s)
76.
pTo p Tf
(0.25 kg)(330 m/s)
p 52 kgm/s m1v1o m2v2o (m1 m2)vf, where v2o 0

Newtons third law actionreaction (45 kg)(5 m/s) (47 kg)(vf)
vf 4.8 m/s [in the same
d) d 12(v1i v1f) t
direction as v1o]
2(0.30 m)
t 77. pTo
pTf
(330 m/s 120 m/s)
m1v1o m2v2o m1v1f m2v2f

t 1.3 103 s (65 kg)(15 m/s) (100 kg)(5 m/s)

e) J F t

1
J (65 kg) (15 m/s) (100 kg)(v2f)
F 3
t (975 500 325) kgm/s (100 kg)(v2f)
52.5 kg m/s
F v2f 1.5 m/s
1.33 103 s
78. pTo pTf
F 3.95 104 N
m1v1o m2v2o (m1 m2)vf,

4.0 104 N
where v2o 0
f) F ma
(0.5 kg)(20 m/s) 0 (30.5 kg)(vf)
F
a
m
vf 0.33 m/s
79.
pTo pTf
3.95 104 N
a
0.25 kg m1v1o m2v2o m1v1f m2v2f

(0.2 kg)(3 m/s) (0.2 kg)(1 m/s)
a 158 000 m/s2
(0.2 kg)(2 m/s) (0.2 kg)(v2f)
a 1.6 105 m/s2
0.4 kgm/s 0.4 kgm/s (0.2 kg)(v2f)
74. mT 10 000 kg
v2f 0
vTi 30 km/h 8.33 m/s
80. v1o 90 km/h 25 m/s,
vTf 0 m/s
vf 80 km/h 22.2 m/s
a) p mT(v Tf v Ti)
pTo pTf
p (10 000 kg)(8.33 m/s)
m1v1o m2v2o (m1 m2)vf,
p 8.33 104 kgm/s
where v2o 0
b) J p 83 300 kgm/s
m1(25 m/s) 0 (m1 6000 kg)
c) Ff
Fn
(22.2 m/s)
Ff (1.4)(100 kg)(9.8 m/s2)
m1(25 m/s) m1(22.2 m/s)
Ff 1372 N
133 333.3 kgm/s
d) J Fft
m1(25 m/s 22.2 m/s) 133 333.3 kgm/s

133 333.3 kgm/s
m1
2.8 m/s pTo
p2o = 450 kgm /s
m1 4.8 10 kg4
45
81. F1 F2
p1o = 375 kgm /s
ma1 ma2
b) p Tf pTo
v1f v1o v2f v2o

m
t m t Using the cosine and sine laws,
To2 (375 kgm/s)2 (450 kgm/s)2
p
m(v1f v1o) m(v2f v2o)
mv1f mv1o mv2f mv2o 2(375 kgm/s)(450 kgm/s)
mv1f mv2f mv1o mv2o cos 135
To 762.7 kgm/s
p
pTf pTo
Tf 762.7 kgm/s
p
pTf pTo 0
p 0 sin sin 135

82. m1 1.67 1027 kg, m2 4m1, 450 kgm/s 762.7 kgm/s
v1 2.2 107 m/s 24.7

Therefore, pTf 763 kgm/s [E24.7N]
pTo pTf
m1v1o m2v2o (m1 m2)vf, 86. m1 3.2 kg, v1o 20 m/s [N],
1o 64 kgm/s [N], m2 0.5 kg,
p
where v2o 0
v2o 5 m/s [W], p 2o 2.5 kgm/s [W]
m1(2.2 10 m/s) (5m1)vf
7

pTo
pTf
2.2 107 m/s
vf
p1o p2o pTf
5
vf 4.4 106 m/s m1v1o m2v2o (m1 m2)vf
83. m1 3m, m2 4m, v1o v Using the diagram and Pythagoras theorem,
pTo pTf p2o = 2.5 kgm /s
m1v1o m2v2o (m1 m2)vf, where v2o 0

(3m)v (7m)vf pTf
3
vf v
p1o = 64 kgm /s
7
84. m1 99.5 kg, m2 0.5 kg, v1f ?,
v2f 20 m/s
pTo pTf
0 (99.5 kg)(v1f) (0.5 kg)(20 m/s)
Tf (2.5
p kg
m/s)
2
(6 2
4 kg m/s)
10 kgm/s
v1f Tf 64.05 kgm/s
p
99.5 kg
2.5 kgm/s
v1f 0.1 m/s tan
64 kgm/s
d
t 2.2
v

pT (m1 m2)vf
200 m
t 64.05 kgm/s [N2.2W] (3.7 kg)vf
0.1 m/s
vf 17 m/s [N2.2W]
t 2 103 s
85. 1o 375 kgm/s [E],
p 87. m1 3000 kg, v1o 20 m/s [N],
2o 450 kgm/s [N45E]
p1o 60 000 kgm/s [N], m2 5000 kg,
p
To v2o ? [E],
p2o ? [E], vf ? [E30N],
a) p p1o
p2o
f ? [E30N]
p
To
p pTf

p1o p2o pTf

Using the following momentum diagram, 60 m
89. m1 m2 m, v1o 12.5 m/s
p2o = m2 v2o 4.8 s

[R], v2o 0, v2f 1.5 m/s [R25U]
p1o = 60 000 kgm /s
p Tf
To
p pTf

30
Since m1 m2 and v2o 0,
v1o v1f v2f
p2o
tan 60 Drawing a vector diagram and using
60 000 kgm/s
p2o (60 000 kgm/s)(tan 60) trigonometry,
p2o 103 923 kgm/s v2f = 1.5 m /s
v1f

m2v2o 103 923 kgm/s 25 v1o = 12.5 m /s
103 923 kgm/s v1f2 (1.5 m/s)2 (12.5 m/s)2
v2o
5000 kg
2(1.5 m/s)(12.5 m/s) cos 25
v2o 20.8 m/s [E]
v1f 11.16 m/s
88. mo 1.2 1024 kg, vo 0, p
o 0,
sin sin 25
m1 3.0 1025 kg, v1 2.0 107 m/s [E],
1.5 m/s 11.6 m/s

p1 6 1018 kgm/s [E], 3.3
m2 2.3 1025 kg, v2 4.2 107 m/s [N], Therefore, the first stone is deflected 3.3 or

p2 9.66 1018 kgm/s [N] [R3.3D].
m3 1.2 1024 kg 3.0 1025 kg 90. m1 10 000 kg,
2.3 1025 kg v1 3000 km/h [E] 833.3 m/s [E],
m3 6.7 1025 kg p1 8.333 106 kgm/s [E], m2 ?,

pTo 0 v2 5000 km/h [S] 1388.9 m/s [S],

pTo pTf 2 m2(1388.9 m/s) [S],
p
0 p1
p2
p3 m3 10 000 kg m2, v3 ? [E10N],
Drawing a momentum vector diagram and p3 (10 000 kg m2)(v3) [E10N]
using Pythagoras theorem,
p1 p2
p3
Drawing a momentum diagram and using
trigonometry,
p3 = m3v3 p2o = 9.66 1018 kgm /s
p1 = 8.33 106 kgm /s
p1o = 6.0 10 18 kgm /s p2

p3
10
32 (9.66 1018 kgm/s)2
p
p2
(6 1018 kgm/s)2 tan 10
p1
3 1.1372 1017 kgm/s
p 2 (8.33 106 kgm/s)(tan 10)
p
3
p 2 1.47 106 kgm/s
v3 p
m3 2 m2(1388.9 m/s) [S]
p
1.1372 1017 kgm/s 1.47 106 kgm/s
v3 m2
6.7 1025 kg 1388.8 m/s
v3 1.7 107 m/s m2 1057.6 kg
6 1018 kgm/s The mass of the ejected object is 1.058 103 kg.
tan
9.66 1018 kgm/s
31.8
Therefore, v3 1.7 107 m/s [S32W]

91. m1 m2 m, v1o 6.0 m/s [U], v2o 0, 33 mm
v1f
v2f 4 m/s [L25U], v1f ? 1s
To
p pTf
v1f 0.033 m/s
33 mm
v2f
Since m1 m2 and v2o 0, 1s
v1o v1f v2f
v2f 0.033 m/s
Using the vector diagram and trigonometry,
b) v1o 0.033 m/s [E]
v2o 0
v1f 0.033 m/s [E45S]
v1f
v1o = 6.0 m / s v2f 0.033 m/s [E45N]
1o (0.3 kg)(0.033 m/s [E])
c) p
v2f = 4.0 m / s
p1o 9.9 103 kgm/s [E]
25
2o (0.3 kg)(0) 0
p
v1f2 (6.0 m/s)2 (4.0 m/s)2
pTo 9.9 103 kgm/s [E]
2(6.0 m/s)(4.0 m/s) cos 65
p1f (0.3 kg)(0.033 m/s [E45S])
v1f 5.63 m/s
p1f 9.9 103 kgm/s [E45S]
sin sin 65
p2f (0.3 kg)(0.033 m/s [E45N])

4.0 m/s 5.63 m/s
p2f 9.9 103 kgm/s [E45N]
40
The vector diagram for the final situation
Therefore v1f 5.63 m/s [U40R]
is shown below.
92. 2m1 m2, v1o 6.0 m/s [U], v2o 0,
v2f 4 m/s [L25U], v1f ?
45
p1f = 9.9 103 kgm /s p2f = 9.9 103 kgm/s
To
p pTf 45
m1v1o m2v2o m1v1f m2v2f, p Tf
since 2m1 m2 and v2o 0
Using Pythagoras theorem,
v1o v1f 2v2f
Tf2 (9.9 103 kgm/s)2
p
Using the vector diagram and trigonometry,
(9.9 103 kgm/s)2
v1f
pTf 1.4 102 kgm/s [E]

d) p1oh 9.9 103 kgm/s
V1o = 6.0 m /s
p1ov 0
v2f = 8.0 m /s p2oh 0
25 p2ov 0
v1f2 (6.0 m/s)2 (8.0 m/s)2 p1fh (9.9 103 kgm/s)(cos 45)
2(6.0 m/s)(8.0 m/s) cos 65 p1fh 7.0 103 kgm/s

v1f 7.7 m/s p1fv (9.9 103 kgm/s)(sin 45)
sin sin 65 p1fv 7.0 103 kgm/s

8.0 m/s 7.7 m/s p2fh (9.9 103 kgm/s)(cos 45)
70 p2fh 7.0 103 kgm/s
Therefore, v1f 7.7 m/s [R20U] p2fv (9.9 103 kgm/s)(sin 45)
93. Counting ten dots for a one-second interval p2fv 7.0 103 kgm/s
and measuring the distance with a ruler and e) Momentum is not conserved in this colli-
the angle with a protractor gives: sion. The total final momentum is about
33 mm 1.4 times the initial momentum.
a) v1o
1s

v1o 0.033 m/s
v2o 0

94. m1 0.2 kg, v1 24 m/s [E],
p1 4.8 kgm/s [E], m2 0.3 kg,
v2 18 m/s [N], p 2 5.4 kgm/s [N],

m3 0.25 kg, v3 30 m/s [W],
p 3 7.5 kgm/s [W], m4 0.25 kg,
v4 ?, p4 ?
To 0
p

p1 p2 p3
p4 0
Drawing a vector diagram and using
trigonometry,
A B p3 = 7.5 kgm /s
p4 p2 = 5.4 kgm /s

C p = 4.80 kgm /s
1
Using triangle ABC,

2.7 kgm/s
tan
5.4 kgm/s
26.6
42 (2.7 kgm/s)2 (5.4 kgm/s)2
p
4 6.037 kgm/s
p
6.037 kgm/s
v4
0.25 kg

v4 24.1 m/s
Therefore, v4 24.1 m/s [S26.6E]

Chapter 9 25. W 1020 J
F 2525 N
21. d 2.5 m d?
F 25.0 N W Fd
W? W
W Fd Therefore, d
F
(25.0 N)(2.5 m) 1020 J
62.5 J d
25 25 N
22. F 12.0 N 0.404 m
d 200.0 m The arrow would have been drawn 0.404 m
90 horizontally.
W? 26. W Fd
W Fd cos W (25.0 N)(2.5 m)
(12.0 N)(200.0 m) cos 90 62 J
(12.0 N)(200.0 m)(0) Therefore, friction has no effect.
0J
27. a) W Fappd
No work is done on the briefcase by the
(500 N)(22 m)
woman.
1.1 104 J
No work is done by the businesswoman
because the force applied is at right angles b) W Fappd (The force applied is still
to the displacement of the briefcase. 500 N.)
23. F 6000 N (500 N)(22 m)
d0m 1.1 104 J
W? c) With an unbalanced force of 500 N: In
W Fd case a), the toboggan will accelerate. In
(6000 N)(0 m) case b), the applied force is balanced by
0J friction, resulting in constant speed.
No work is done by the teachers because there 28. m 750 kg
was no displacement, despite the force applied. d 8.2 m
24. W 4050 J F?
d 3.4 m F ma
F? (750 kg)(9.8 m/s2)
W Fd 7.35 103 J
W Therefore, W Fd
Therefore, F
d (7.35 103 N)(8.2 m)
W 6.0 104 J
F
d 29. W 2000 J
4050 J d 8.2 m
F?
3.4 m
1191.1 N 1.2 103 N W Fd
The snow plow applied 1.2 103 N of force W
Therefore, F
d
to the snow.

2000 J
W Eg
8.2 m
Fd mgh
2.4 102 N
(350 N)(25.0 m) (50.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)h
F ma
h 18 m
F
Therefore, m h
a sin
25.0 m
2.4 10 N
2
m 18 m
9.8 m/ s2 sin
25.0 m
25 kg
46
30. v 0.75 m/s
35. The two campers must overcome 84 N of fric-
d
v tion, or 42 N each in the horizontal direction
t
since both are at the same 45 angle.
Therefore, d vt

60 min 60 s
d (0.75 m/s)(1 h) 45
1h 1 min
Fc
2.7 103 m
Therefore, W Fd
(75 N)(2.7 103 m) 45
2.0 105 J Fh
31. W Fd cos The horizontal component of Fc, called Fh,
(200 N)(20 m)(cos 45) must be equal to 42 N.
2.83 103 J W Fh d
32. a) W Fd W (42 N)(50 m)
W (4000 N)(5.0 m) W 2.1 103 Nm
W 2.0 104 J Each camper must do 2.1 103 J of work to
b) W (570 N)(0.08 m) overcome friction.
W 46 J 36. W Fd ,where d for each revolution is
c) W Ek zero. Therefore, W 0 J.
W Ek2 Ek1 37. 350 J indicates that the force and the dis-
1
W mv2 0 placement are in the opposite direction. An
2 example would be a car slowing down because
1
W (9.1 1031 kg)(1.6 108 m/s)2 of friction. Negative work represents a flow or
2
transfer of energy out of an object or system.
W 1.2 1014 J
38. dramp 5 m
33. a) W Fd
m 35 kg
W (500 N)(5.3 m)
dheight 1.7 m
W 2.7 103 J
a) F ma
b) W Fd cos
F (35 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
W (500 N)(5.3 m) cos 20
F 343 N
W 2.5 103 J
F 3.4 102 N
c) W (500 N)(5.3 m) cos 70
b) W Fd
W 9.1 102 J
W (3.4 102 N)(1.7 m)
34.
W 583.1 J
25.0 m
W 5.8 102 N
h
c) W Fdramp
583.1 J F(5 m)

F 116.62 N 0.750 s
F 1.2 102 N W
45. P
39. W Area under the graph t
(20 m)(200 N) Fgd
W (10 m)(200 N)
2 t
(20 m)(600 N) Fgv
(20 m)(200 N)
2 P
Therefore, v
(20 m)(400 N) Fg
(10 m)(800 N)
2 P
v
(20 m)(800 N) (10 m)(1200 N) mg
W 5.4 104 J 950 W
40. a) W area under the graph
(613.0 kg)(9.8 m/s2)
(1 m)(100 N) (1 m)(200 N)
W 0.158 m/s
2 2
W mgd
(1 m)(100 N) (2 m)(300 N) 46. P
t t
W 8.5 102 J Recall that 1 L of water has a mass of 1 kg,
b) The wagon now has kinetic energy (and so 75 L/s 75 kg/s.
may also have gained gravitational poten-

75 kg
tial energy). (9.8 m/s2)(92.0 m)
1s
c) W Ek 67 620 kgm2/s3
1 6.8 104 W
Ek mv2
2 47. Ek 12 mv2
1
850 J (120 kg)v2 12 (0.0600 kg)(10.0 m/s)2
2
3.00 J
v 3.8 m/s
b) Ek 12 mv2
W
41. P 12 (0.0600 kg)(25.0 m/s)2
t
18.8 J
3000 J
48. Ek 2 mv2
1
2s
2Ek
1500 W Therefore, m
v2
(Discuss the number of significant digits to
2 (370 J)
quote here with the students due to the two m 2
(10.0 m/s)
seconds given in the question.)
7.40 kg
42. W Pt
49. Ek 12 mv2

60 min 60 s
(100 W)(8.0 h) 1000 m 2
12 (0.0370 kg)1 h 3600 s 1 km
234.0 km 1h
1h 1 min
2.9 10 J 6
78.2 J
W
43. P 50. Ek 12 mv2
t
1.8 106 J 1000 m 2
12 (2000 kg)1 h 3600 s 1 km
1h 1 min 80 km 1h

0.600 h 60 min 60 s
8.3 10 W 2 4.9 105 J
44. W Pt 51. Ek 12 mv2

W 2Ek
Therefore, t Therefore, v
P m
750 J
20 00 kg
t 2(246 913.6 J)
1000 W v

15 m 1 km 60 s 60 min 5.0 m
v
1s 1000 m 1 min 1h 2.0 s
54 km/h v 2.5 m/s
52. W Ek 1
Ek mv2
2
12 (105 kg)(10.0 m/s)2
1
12 (105 kg)(5.0 m/s)2 450 J m(2.5 m/s)2
2
3.9 103 J
m 1.4 102 kg
53. a) Ek 12 mv2 1
56. Ek mv2

2Ek 2
Therefore, v
m 1
5.5 108 J (1.2 kg)v2
2(2.8 10 J)
250.0 k g
4
2
v
2(5.5 108 J)
15 m/s
v
1.2 kg
v 3.0 104 m/s
b) Ek 12 mv2
57. Ek-gained Eg

2Ek
Therefore, v Ek-gained mgh2 mgh1
m
Ek-gained mg(h2 h1)
2(1.12 10 J)
250. 0 kg
5
v Ek-gained (15 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(200 m 1 m)
Ek-gained 2.9 104 J
30 m/s 58. p
2mEk
1
54. a) Ek mv2 kgm/s
(kg)(J
)
2 kgm/s
(kg)(N
m)
1
Ek (45 kg)(10 m/s)2 kgm/s
kg(kg
m/s2
)m
2 kgm/s
kg m
2 2 2
/s
Ek 2.3 103 J kgm/s kgm/s
2
r 1000 eV 1.6 1019 J
b) v 59. 5 keV
t 1 keV 1 eV
2
(0.1 m) 8 10 J 16
v
1s 1
v 0.628 m/s Ek mv2
2
1 1
Ek mv2 8 1016 J (9.1 1031 kg)v2
2 2
1 v 4.2 107 m/s
Ek (0.002 kg)(0.628 m/s)2
2 As a percentage of the speed of light:
Ek 3.9 104 J 4.2 107 m/s
100 km 1h 1000 m 100 14%
c) v 3 108 m/s
1h 3600 s 1 km (v22 v12)
v 27.7778 m/s 60. a) a
2d
1 0 (350 m/s)2
Ek mv2 a
2 2(0.0033 m)
1 a 1.86 107 m/s2
Ek (15 000 kg)(27.7778 m/s)2
2 F ma
Ek 5.8 106 J F (0.015 kg)(1.86 107 m/s2)
d F 2.8 105 N
55. v
t b) F force of bullet
F 2.8 105 N

1
61. For 1 m: Ek (1 kg)(5 m/s)2
2
W (50 N)(1 m)
Ek 12.5 J
W 50 J
c) This collision is not elastic since some
W Ek
1 kinetic energy is not conserved. Some
Ek mv2 energy may be lost due to the deformation
2
1 of the apple.
50 J (1.5 kg)v2 d) v22 v12 2ad
2
v 8 m/s 0 (5 m/s)2 2a(3.0 m)
For 2 m: a 4.1667 m/s2
1 F ma
W 50 J (50 N)(1 m) (250 N)(1 m) F (1.0 kg)(4.1667 m/s2)
2
W 225 J F 4.2 N
1 64. a) Ep mgh
Ek mv2

2 1 kg
(275.0 g) (9.8 m/s2)(2.60 m)
1 1000 g
225 J (1.5 kg)v2
2 7.0 J
v 17.3 m/s b) Ep mgh

For 3 m: 1 kg
(275.0 g) (9.8 m/s2)(1.8 m)
1000 g

1 1
W 225 J (50 N) m
2 6 4.85 J
c) Ep mgh

1 1 5
(300 N) m (350 N) m

6 2 6 1 kg
(275.0 g) (9.8 m/s2)(0.30 m)
W 425 J 1000 g
1 0.81 J
Ek mv2 65. a) Ep mgh
2
1 The fifth floor is four floors up,
425 J (1.5 kg)v2
2 so h 4(3.8 m) 15.2 m.
v 23.8 m/s Ep (0.2750 kg)(9.8 m/s2)(15.2 m)
62. p
2mEk Ep 41 J (A floor height of 3.8 m means
p
2(5 kg
)(3.0
102 J) the answer requires only two significant
p 55 Ns figures.)
63. m1 0.2 kg b) Ep mgh
m2 1 kg The tenth floor is nine floors up,
v1o 125 m/s so h 9(3.8 m) 34.2 m.
v1f 100 m/s Ep (0.275 kg)(9.8 m/s2)(34.2 m)
v2o 0 Ep 92 J (A floor height of 3.8 m means
v2f ? the answer requires only two significant
d2 3 m figures.)
a) pTo pTf c) Ep mgh
m1v1o m2v2o m1v1f m2v2f The first basement level is 3.8 m below the
(0.2 kg)(125 m/s) 0 (0.2 kg)(100 m/s) ground floor.
(1 kg)v2f Ep (0.275 kg)(9.8 m/s2)(3.8 m)
v2f 5 m/s Ep 10 J
1
b) Ek mv2
2

Ep 1 1
66. Percentage remaining 2 100% (9.8 m/s2)(1.8 m) (4.7 m/s)2 v2
Ep1 2 2
mgh2 1
100% 17.64 m2s2 11.045 m2s2 v2
mgh1 2
h2 v 7.6 m/s
100% 72. Ee Eg
h1
1 2
0.76 m kx mgh
100% 2
3.0 m 1
(1200 N/m)x2 (3.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(0.80 m)
25% remaining 2
Therefore, percentage lost is 100% 25% x 0.2 m
75% x 20 cm
67. a) With respect to the waters surface, 73. m 0.005 kg
Ep mgh h 2.0 m
(70.0 kg)(9.8 m/s2)(19.6 m) Initial:
1.34 104 J E mgh
b) With respect to the bottom, E (0.005 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(2.0 m)
Ep mgh E 0.098 J
(70.0 kg)(9.8 m/s2)(19.6 m 5.34 m) At half the height:
1.71 104 J E (0.005 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(1.0 m)
68. Ep mgh E 0.049 J
(1.00 kg)(9.8 m/s2)(0.75 m) After the first bounce:
7.4 J E (0.80)(0.098 J)
69. a) Eg mgh E 0.0784 J
Eg (2.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(1.3 m) After the second bounce:
Eg 25 J E (0.80)(0.0784 J)
b) Eg mgh E 0.062 72 J
Eg (0.05 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(3.0 m) After the third bounce:
Eg 1.5 J E (0.80)(0.062 72 J)
c) Eg mgh E 0.050 176 J
Eg (200 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(469 m) After the fourth bounce:
Eg 9.2 105 J E (0.80)(0.050 176 J)
d) Eg mgh E 0.040 140 9 J
Eg (5000 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(0) Therefore, after the fourth bounce, the ball
Eg 0 J loses over half of its original height.
F 74. a) The greatest potential energy is at point A
70. a) m (highest point) and point F represents the
a
4410 N lowest amount of potential energy (lowest
m point).
9.8 N/kg
m 4.5 102 kg b) Maximum speed occurs at F when most of
b) W Fd the potential energy has been converted to
W (4410 N)(3.5 m) kinetic energy.
W 1.5 104 J Eg-lost Ek-gained
71. Using conservation of energy: 1
mgh mv2
ETo ETf 2
1 1 1
mgh mvo2 mvf2 (1000 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(75 m) (1000 kg)v2
2 2 2

v 38 m/s 79. k slope
c) At point E, 18 m of Ep is converted to Ek. rise
k
1 run
mgh mv2
2 F
k
1 x
(1000 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(18 m) (1000 kg)v2
2 120 N
k
v 19 m/s 0.225 m
d) Find the acceleration, then use F ma. k 5.3 102 N/m
v22 v12 2ad 80. W area under the graph
0 (38 m/s)2 2a(5 m) 1
a) W (0.05 m)(2 103 N)
a 144.4 m/s2 2
F ma W 50 J
F (1000 kg)(144.4 m/s2) b) W 50 J (0.02 m)(2 103 N)
F 1.4 105 N 1
(0.02 m)(4.5 103 N)
75. Ee Ek 2
1 1 W 135 J
kx2 mv2
2 2 W 1.4 102 J
(890 N/m)x (10 005 kg)(5 m/s)2
2 81. Ek Ee
x 16.8 m 1 1
mv2 kx2
x 17 m 2 2
2
v1 sin 2 (0.05 kg)v (400 N/m)(0.03 m)2
2
76. dh
g v 2.7 m/s
v12 sin 90 82. Ek Ee
15 m 1 1
9.8 m/s2 mv2 kx2
v1 12.1 m/s 2 2
Ek Ee (2.5 10 kg)(95 m/s) k(35 m)2
3 2
1 1 k 1.8 104 N/m

mv2 kx2 83. Ee Ek
2 2
(0.008 kg)(12.1 m/s) (350 N/m)x2 1 1
kx2 mv2
x 0.058 m 2 2
x 5.8 cm (5 10 N/m)(0.15 m) (1000 kg)v2
7 2
77. 85% of the original energy is left after the v 34 m/s

first bounce, therefore, 84. a) Ek Ee
(0.85)mghtree mghbounce 1 1
mv2 kx2
(0.85)(2 m) hbounce 2 2
h 1.7 m (3 kg)v (125 N/m)(0.12 m)2
2
78. Ee Ek v 0.77 m/s

1 1 b) Ff Fn
kx2 mv2 Ff (0.1)(3 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
2 2
(35 000 N/m)(4.5 m) (65 kg)v2
2 Ff 2.94 N
v 104.4 m/s F ma
v12 sin 2 F
dh a
g m
(104.4 m/s)2 sin 90 2.94 N
dh a
9.8 m/s2 3 kg
dh 1.1 103 m a 0.98 m/s2

v22 v12 2ad 1960 J
0 (0.77 m/s)2 2(0.98 m/s2)d 2.0 103 J
d 0.3 m 90. E1 E2
d 30 cm Ek1 Ep1 Ek2 Ep2
Ek Ee 1 Ep1 2 mv2 mgh2
1
mv
2 1 2
85. 2
(0.240 kg)(20.0 m/s) 70 J

1 2
1 1
mv2 kx2 2
2 0.240 kg (9.8 m/s )(0 m)

2 2
2 2 1
(0.240 kg)v
2
(3.0 kg)v (350 N/m)(0.1 m)2

2
(0.240 kg)(20.0 m/s)2 70 J

1

v2
2
v 1.1 m/s 1
(0.240 kg)
2
86. F kx
F (4000 N/m)(0.15 m) 31.4 m/s
F 600 N 91. Ep rim Ep2 0.15 Ep rim
87. F ma mgh1 mgh2 0.15(mgh1)
F (100 kg)(9.8 N/kg) h1 h2 0.15(h1)
F 980 N h2 (3.05 m) (0.15)(3.05 m)
Divided into 20 springs: 2.6 m
980 N OR
F Eg2 (0.85)Eg1
20
F 49 N per spring mgh2 (0.85)mgh1
F kx h2 (0.85)h1
49 N k(0.035 m) (0.85)(3.05 m)
k 1.4 103 N/m 2.6 m
88. F kx 92. 2 mvbot mghtop
1

2
2 bot ghtop
1
v
2
mg kx
(10 kg)(9.8 N/kg) k(1.3 m) vbot 2gh

top
k 75.3846 N/m 2(9.8

m/s
30

.0
2
)(
m)
1 24.2 m/s
Ee kx2 93. Using the conservation of momentum:
2
1 m1v1o m2v2o m1v1f m2v2f
2 106 J (75.3846 N/m)x2
2 m1v1o m1v1f m2v2f
x 2.3 102 m m1(v1o v1f) m2v2f (eq. 1)
89. E i Ef Using the conservation of kinetic energy:
Ek1 Ep1 Ek2 Ep2 m1(v1o2 v1f2) m2v2f2 (eq. 2)
1 mgh1 2 mv2 mgh2
1
mv
2
2 1 2 Dividing equation 2 by equation 1:
(The masses divide out.) m1(v1o2 v1f2) m2v2f2

m1(v1o v1f) m2v2f
2 1 gh1 2 v2 gh2
1
v
2 1

2
(0) (9.8 m/s )(92.0 m)

1
2
2 2 v1o v1f v2f
2 2 (9.8 m/s )(40.0 m)
1
v
2 2 v1f v2f v1o (eq. 3)
v2 2[(9.8

m/s2)(92.0 m)
(9.8 m
/s2)(40
.0 m)] Substituting equation 3 into equation 1:
31.9 m/s m1(v1o v1f) m2v2f
Therefore, Ek 12 mv2 m1(v1o v2f v1o) m2v2f
12 (5.0 kg)(31.9 m/s)2 m1(2v1o v2f) m2(v2f)
2544 J v1o(2m1) v2f(m1 m2)
2.5 103 J 2m1v1o
v2f
Therefore, Ep mgh m1 m2
(5.0 kg)(9.8 m/s2)(40.0 m)

m1 m2 97. pTo pTf
94. a) v1f v1o
m1 m2 m1v1o m2v2o m1v1f m2v2f
15 kg 3 kg (0.015 kg)(375 m/s) 0 (0.015 kg)(300 m/s)
v1f (3 m/s)
15 kg 3 kg (2.5 kg)v2f
v1f 2 m/s v2f 0.45 m/s
2m1 98. m1 6m
v2f v1o
m1 m2 v1o 5 m/s
2(15 kg) m2 10m
v2f (3 m/s)
15 kg 3 kg v2o 3 m/s
v2f 5 m/s Changing the frame of reference so that v2f 0:
1 v1o 8 m/s
b) Ek mv2
2 m1 m2
v1f v1o
1 m1 m2
Ek (3 kg)(5 m/s)2
2 6m 10m
v1f (8 m/s)
Ek 37.5 J 6m 10m
Ek 38 J v1f 2 m/s
95. pTf pTo 2m1
v2f v1o
(m1 m2)vf m1v1o m2v2o m1 m2
(0.037 kg)vf (0.035 kg)(8 ms) 2(6m)
v2f (8 m/s)
(0.002 kg)(12 m/s) 6m 10m
vf 6.9 m/s v2f 6 m/s
96. a) pTo m1v1om2v2o Returning to our original frame of reference
pTo (3.2 kg)(2.2 m/s) (3.2 kg)(0) (subtract 3 m/s):
pTo 7.0 kgm/s v1f 2 m/s 3 m/s 5 m/s,
1 v2f 6 m/s 3 m/s 3 m/s
Ek-To mv2
2 m1 m2
1 99. a) v1f v1o
Ek-To (3.2 kg)(2.2 m/s)2 m1 m2
2 3m2 m2
Ek-To 7.7 J v1f (5 m/s)
3m2 m2
b) Using the conservation of momentum and
v1f 2.5 m/s
m1 m2:
2m1
m1v1o m2v2o m1v1f m2v2f b) v2f v1o
m1 m2
2.2 m/s 0 1.1 m/s v2f 2(3m2)
v2f 1.1 m/s v2f (5 m/s)
3m2 m2
1 1 v2f 7.5 m/s
c) Ek-Tf mv1f2 mv2f2
2 2
100. mw 0.750 kg
1
Ek-Tf (3.2 kg)(1.1 m/s)2 k 300 N/m
2
1 mb 0.03 kg
(3.2 kg)(1.1 m/s)2 x 0.102 m
2
Ek-Tf 3.8 J a) Ee-gained Ek-lost
d) The collision is not elastic since there was 1 1
kx2 mv2
a loss of kinetic energy from 7.7 J to 3.8 J. 2 2
(300 N/m)(0.102 m)2 (0.78 kg)v2
v 2 m/s

Using the conservation of momentum: Using the cosine law and equation 2:
pTo pTf v1o2 v1f2 v2f2 2(v1f)(v2f) cos
mbvbo mwvwo m(bw)vf v1o2 v1o2 2(v1f)(v2f) cos
(0.03 kg)vbo 0 (0.78 kg)(2.0 m/s) 0 2(v1f)(v2f) cos
vbo 52 m/s 0 cos
b) The collision is inelastic since: 90
1 Therefore, the angle between the two balls
Eko (0.03 kg)(52 m/s)2
2 after collision is 90.
Eko 40.56 J 103. Three waves pass in every 12 s, with 2.4 m
and between wave crests.
Ekf 0 number of waves
f
The kinetic energy is not conserved. time
1 3
101. a) mgh mv2 f
2 12 s
1 f 0.25 Hz
(2.05 kg)(9.8 m/s)(0.15 m) (2.05 kg)v2
2 104. k 12 N/m, m 230 g 0.23 kg,
v 1.7 m/s A 26 cm 0.26 m
b) m1v1 v2(m1 m2) At the maximum distance, i.e., A, v 0,
(0.05 kg)v1 (1.71 m/s)(2.05 kg) therefore the total energy is:
v1 70 m/s 1
E kA2
102. Using the conservation of momentum and 2
m1 m2 m: Also, at the equilibrium point, the displace-
pTo pTf ment is zero, therefore the total energy is the
mv1o mv2o mv1f mv2f kinetic energy:
v1o 0 v1f v1f (eq. 1) 1
E mv2
Using the conservation of kinetic energy: 2
EkTo EkTf Hence,
1 1 1 1 1 1
mv1o2 mv2o2 mv1f2 mv2f2 kA2 mv2
2 2 2 2 2 2
v1o 0 v1f v2f
2 2 2

2
v kA

v1o2 v1f2 v2f2 (eq. 2) m
Equation 1 can be represented by the vector
diagram: v (12 N/m)(0.26 m)2

0.23 m
v1o v 1.88 m/s
The speed of the mass at the equilibrium
point is 1.88 m/s.
v1f v2f
105. m 2.0 kg, x 0.3 m, k 65 N/m
1
a) E kx2
The angle is the angle between the final 2
velocity of the eight ball and the cue ball 1
E (65 N/m)(0.3 m)2
after the collision. 2
E 2.925 J
Initial potential energy of the spring is
2.925 J.

b) Maximum speed is achieved when the ment is 0.2 m is 6.5 m/s2.
total energy is equal to kinetic energy 107. dtide 15 m, mfloats m, spanfloats 10 km,
only. Ttide 12 h 32 min 45 120 s
Therefore, a) Finding the work done by the upward
1 movement of the floats,
E mv2
2 Wup Fg d
1 Wup m(9.8 m/s2)(15 m)
2.925 J (2.0 kg)v2
2 Wup 147m J
v
2.925 Since there is a downward movement as
v 1.71 m/s well,
The mass reaches a maximum speed of Wup, down 2Wup
1.71 m/s. Wup, down 294m J
c) x 0.20 m Since the linkages are only 29% efficient,
Total energy of the mass at this location is Wactual 0.29(294m J)
given by: Wactual 85.26m J
1 1 To find power:
E mv2 kx2
2 2 W
1 P
2.925 J (2.0 kg)v2 t
2 85.26m J
1 P
(65 N/m)(0.2 m)2 45 120 s
2 P 1.89 103m W
v
1.625 P 1.89m mW
v 1.275 m/s The power produced would be 1.89m mW.
The speed of the mass when the displace- b) 1.89m mW from the hydroelectric link-
ment is 0.20 m is 1.275 m/s. ages is not even comparable to 900 MW
106. Given the information in problem 105, from a reactor at Darlington Nuclear
a) Maximum acceleration is achieved when Power Station. In order for the linkages to
the displacement is maximum since produce the same power, the total mass of
F kx and F ma the floats would have to be 4.76 1011 kg,
Therefore, maximum displacement is or 476 million tonnes.
x 0.30 m 108. m 100 kg, d 12 m,
Hence, x 0.64 cm 0.0064 m
ma kx First, we must find the speed at which the
kx
a mass first makes contact with the spring.
m Using kinematics,
(65 N/m)(0.30 m)
a v2 vo2 2ad
(2.0 kg)
v
vo2 2
ad
a 9.75 m/s2
v 0
2(
9.8 m/s
2
)(12
m)
The mass maximum acceleration is
v 15.34 m/s
9.75 m/s2.
Finding the maximum kinetic energy of the
b) x 0.2 m
mass (instant before compression of spring),
kx
a 1
m Ekmax mv2
2
(65 N/m)(0.2 m)
a 1
Ekmax (100 kg)(15.34 m/s)2
2.0 kg 2
a 6.5 m/s2
The mass acceleration when the displace-

Ekmax 11 760 J 111. P 750 W
Since kinetic energy is fully converted to h 37.0 m
elastic potential energy when the spring is rate 1.48 kg/s
fully compressed, mgh
P
1 t
Epmax kx2

2 1.48 kg
2Epmax (9.8 m/s2)(37.0 m)
k 1s
x2 537 W
useful output energy
2(11 760 J) percentage efficiency
k 2 total input energy
(0.0064 m) 537 W
k 5.7 108 N/m 100%
750 W
The spring constant is 5.7 108 N/m. 71.6 %
109. k 16 N/m, A 3.7 cm 112. Ek (0.25) 35.0 J
Since total energy is equal to maximum 8.75 J
potential energy, maximum amplitude x at Ek 12 mv2

the point of maximum potential energy: 2Ek
v
Ep Etotal m
1

70.0
Ep kx2 2(8.75 J)
2
kg
1
Ep (16 N/m)(0.037 m)2
2 0.50 m/s

Ep 0.011 J 113. a) W F d
The total energy of the system is 0.011 J. mgd
110. mbullet 5 g 0.005 kg, mmass 10 kg, (170.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(2.20 m)
k 150 N/m, vo bullet 350 m/s 3.66 103 J

To find the final velocity, use the law of con- b) W F d
servation of linear momentum: (1.72 103 N)(2.20 m)
po pf 3 784 J
(0.005 kg)(350 m/s) 0 (10.005 3.78 103 J
kg)v 3.66 10 3 J
c) percentage efficiency
v 0.175 m/s 3.78 103 J
Therefore, the mass and bullets kinetic 96.8 %
energy is: d) Some of the energy they exert is trans-
1 ferred to heat and sound energy of the
Ek mv2
2 pulley system because of friction and
1 noise instead of being used to just lift the
Ek (10.005 kg)(0.175 m/s)2
2 engine.
Ek 0.153 J
Since all of this energy is transferred to elas-
tic potential energy,
Ep Ek
1
kx20.153 J
2
x
2(0.153 J)

150 N/m
x 0.045 m

1
Chapter 10 33. T
f
29. a) 4 m T 0.0167 s
b) amplitude 7 cm T 0.017 s
c) T 8 s 34. a) f 150 rpm
1 f 2.5 rps
d) f 1
T b) T
1 f
f
8s T 0.4 s
f 0.125 s1 0.1 s1 35. i) f 78 rpm
e) v f f 1.3 Hz
v 4 m 0.125 Hz 1
T
v 0.5 m/s f
30. a) 8 m R 0.77 s
amplitude 7 cm ii) f 45 rpm
T 16 s f 0.75 Hz
1 1
f T
16 s f
f 0.0625 s1 T 1.3 s
f 0.06 s1 iii)f 33.3 rpm
v f f 0.555 Hz
v 8 m 0.0625 s1 1
T
v 0.5 m/s f
b) 2 m T 1.80 s
amplitude 7 cm 36. i) number of turns tf
T4s number of turns 3732 s 1.3 Hz
1 number of turns 4851.6
f number of turns 4800
4s
f 0.25 s1 0.2 s1 ii) number of turns 3732 s 0.75 Hz
v f number of turns 2799
v 0.5 m/s number of turns 2800
time iii)number of turns 3732 s 0.555 Hz
31. T
oscillations number of turns 2071.26
3.2 s number of turns 2100
T
10 37. a) c f
T 0.32 s c
f
1
f
T 3.0 108 m/s
fred
9
f 3.125 s1 6.50 10 m
f 3.1 s1 fred 4.62 1016 Hz
time b) forange 5.00 1016 Hz
32. T
beats c) fyellow 5.17 1016 Hz
60 s d) fgreen 5.77 1016 Hz
T
72 e) fblue 6.32 1016 Hz
T 0.83 s f) fviolet 7.5 1016 Hz
1
f
T
f 1.2 s
d
38. a) t 44.
v
1.49 1011 m
t
3.0 108 m/s
t 497 s
t 8.28 min
t 0.138 h
b) t 1.27 s
t 0.0211 min
t 3.53 104 h
c) t 1.93 104 s
t 322 min
t 5.36 h
d) t 303 s 45.
t 5.05 min
t 0.0842 h
d r
39. a) i) t
v i
t 1.79 109 s
ii) t 4.56 106 s
Normal
iii) t 6.96 1010 s
iv) t 1.092 109 s
d 46.
b) i) t
v
t 1.79 107 s
ii) t 4.56 104 s
iii) t 6.96 108 s
iv) t 1.092 107 s
40. d vt 47.
d (3.0 108 m/s)(31 536 000 s)
d 9.4608 1015 m 1
d
41. t
v 2
Eye
t 100 years
4
d 3
42. t
v 1,2 yes
(160 m) 3,4 no
t
(3.0 108 m/s)
t 5.33 107 s
d 48. 2 46
43. t 23
v
tlight 0.013 s 49. 90 40
Therefore, number of times faster 50
tcar 180 000 s
1.38 107.
tlight 0.013 s

50. Duck can see to x 55. 2
1 and 2 are parallel
56. Same as problem 55 except the refraction

51. For a flat mirror, di do. Therefore, the di for angles are greater. The refracted ray still
the friend is 2.5 m. The distance from me to comes out parallel to the incident ray.
the friends image is 2.5 m 2.0 m 4.5 m. c
deyes to feet 1.7 m 57. a) v
52. 0.85 m. Since the mirror n
2 2 v 1.24 108 m/s
is 1.5 m tall, she can see her feet. b) v 1.97 108 m/s
53. c) v 2.26 108 m/s
Away
d) v 2.31 108 m/s
(a)
n 1.20 n2
n 1.00 58. a) nr
Away
Towards n1
1.00
nr
2.42
Towards
nr 0.413
1.00
(b) b) nr
1.52
n 1.4
n 2.0 No bend nr 0.658
(at normal) 1.00
Away c) nr
1.33
Towards nr 0.752
Away 1.00
d) nr
1.30
(c)
nr 0.769
Towards No bend c
59. a) n
Towards v
Away
n 1.0 n 1.0 3.0 10 8 m/s
n
n 1.2 Away 1.58 108 m/s
Towards
n 1.1 n 1.8 n 1.90
Away
No bend b) n 1.46
c) n 1.50
54. Reverse the direction of the refraction. d) n 0.79
Towards the normal becomes away from the c
60. v
normal and vice versa. n
v 2.26 108 m/s
d
t
v

t 5.31 105 s 68. a) n2 1.71
d b) n2 3.20
61. a) v
t c) n2 1.69
v 1.25 108 m/s

n1
69. Air Glass: 2 sin1 sin 1
c n2
b) n
v 2 13.0
n 2.4 Glass Water: 2 14.9
c) diamond Water Glass: 2 13.0
62. a) sin 30 0.5 Glass Air: 2 20
b) sin 60 0.87 70.
1
c) sin 45 0.71
d) sin 12.6 0.218 30
e) sin 74.4 0.96 49.4
f) sin 0 0.0 2
g) sin 90 1.0
n1 sin 1 n2 sin 2 1 90 30 60
63. a) sin1(0.342) 20
n sin 1 2 90 49.4 40.6
b) sin1(0.643) 40 n2 1
sin 2
c) sin1(0.700) 44.4 (1.00) sin 60
n2
d) sin1(0.333) 19.4 sin 40.6
e) sin1(1.00) 90 n2 1.33
64. a) n1 sin 1 n2 sin 2 n2
71. d2 d1

n1 n1
2 sin1 sin 1
n2 1.00
3.0 m 2.256 m 2.3 m
2 22.1 1.33
b) 2 11.9 n1
72. d1 d2
c) 2 21.6 n2
d) 2 15.3 1.33
(1.50 m) 1.995 m 2.0 m
65. a) 2 29.2 1.00
b) 2 15.6 n2
73. h2 h1
c) 2 28.6 n1
d) 2 20 1.33
h2 (170 cm 70 cm)
66. a) n1 sin 1 n2 sin 2 1.00
h2 319 cm

n2
1 sin1 sin 2 74. a) n1 sin 1 n2 sin 2
n1

n1
1 4.11 2 sin1 sin 1
n2
b) 1 24.8 Red: 2 19.2
c) 1 13.4 Violet: 2 18.9
d) 1 18.4 b) same calculation: 2 29.99 for red and
67. a) n1 sin 1 n2 sin 2 29.92 for violet
sin
n2 n1 1
sin 2
n2 1.28
b) n2 2.40
c) n2 1.27

75.

vr c
R 84. f2 f1 1 and f
c
V

c vr
f2 1
R 1 c
3.0 10 8 m/s 2.5 10 7 m/s
V

5.0 107 m
1
3.0 108 m/s
5.5 1014 s1

RV
va
85. i) f2 f1 1
c
1.5 10 7 m/s
76. Small differences in temperature change the n
of the air, causing light to bend in an arc as it
f2 (7.0 1014) 1
3.0 108 m/s
travels to the observer. Since the light seems f2 7.35 1014 s1

to come from the clouds, this is where the c va
ii) f2 1
image appears. c
77. n1 sin c n2 sin 2 3.0 10 8 m/s 2.5 10 7 m/s
2 90, sin 2 1
f2
5.0 107 m
1
3.0 108 m/s
n1 sin c n2(1) f2 6.5 1014 s1
n2
sin c 86. a) The galaxy is moving away from us
n1 because the light is red shifted.
n2 n2
78. sin c , 1 by definition of the sine
n1 n1 b) vr c

function. Therefore, n2 n1.
4.0 10 9 m
vr 3.0 108 m/s
n2 6.0 107 m
79. a) sin c
n1 vr 2.0 106 m/s
c 24.4 va 1
c)
b) c 48.8 c
c) c 41.8 (2.00 106 m/s)(7.0 107 m)

d) c 33.3 3.0 108 m/s
n2 4.0 109 m or 4 nm
80. a) sin c Therefore, the wavelength is
n1
n2 600 nm 4 nm 596 nm.
n1
sin c

vr
87. f2 f1 1
n1 2.00 c
b) n1 2.66 f
81. Glass Water: c 61.0
vr c
2 fi
Glass Air: c 41.1
v 3.0 10
2000 H z 8
82. Diamond Zircon: c 51.7 r m/s
(2)(7.8 10 Hz) 9
Diamond Ice: c 32.5 vr 38.5 m/s

Zircon Ice: c 43.2 vr 138 km/h

vr 88. a) vr |vcar vcop|
83. f2 f1 1
c vcar 188 km/h
1.5 10 7 m/s

f2 7.0 1014 s1 1
3.0 108 m/s b) vr |vcar vcop|
vr 88 km/h
f2 6.65 1014 s1

d) (n 12) d sin 1, n 3

89. vr c
f
2fi 2 20.1 20
93. n d sin n

2v
f
f1 c where v 160 km/h 80 km/h
r
r
2(6.0 107 nm)
d
80 km/h 22.2 m/s sin 2 2
d 3.2 106 m

3000 Hz
f1 3.0 108 m/s
2 22.2 m/s

0.078
94. 2 tan1
f1 2.03 1010 s1 1.1
2 4.1 4
90. a) n d sin n
2
3 0.000015 sin 4.1
b)
4 2
5.36 107 m
c)
4 95. 580 nm
91. Maxima
5.80 107 m
L 1.3 m
3 x9 3.0 cm 3.0 102 m
2 d?
S1
dxn
1 (n 12)
L
0 L(n 12)
d d
1 xn
S2
2 1.3 m(9 12)(5.80 107 m)
d
3.0 102 m
3
d 2.14 104 m
1.0 m
96. d
Minima 106 slits
Example of how to calculate d 106 m
n
d xn d 5.40 107 m, n 1
L
n3
(2.5 cm)(2.0 cm) n d sin n
(3)(6.5 cm)
d 2.5 cm 5.40 107 m
L 6.5 cm 0.26 cm 1 sin1 6
10 m
x3 2.0 cm
1 33
92. a) n d sin n 97. d
0.01 m
5.5 107 m 2000 slits
sin 1 d 5.0 106 m
4.0 10 6 m
6.50 107 m
1 7.9
n d sin n
b) (n 12) d sin 1, n 3
d sin
5.1 107 m n n
sin n
(2)(4.0 106 m) (5.0 106 m)(sin 11.25)
n
1 3.94 4 6.50 107 m
c) n d sin n, n 3 n 1.5
1 24.4

1.0 103 m
98. d w 6.74 106 m
2.0 10 4 slits
103. 5.95 107 m
d 5.0 108 m
w 1.23 105 m
6.00 107 m
L 1.2 m
L 0.9 m
n3
dxn
n wxn
L a) n
L
(n)L
x2 Ln
d xn
2(6.00 107 m)(0.9) w
x2
5.0 108 m (1.2 m)(5.95 107 m)(3)
x3
x2 21.6 m (effectively not seen) 1.23 105 m
99. a) 6.50 107 m x3 1.74 101 m
set n 0 and sin 1 (90 ) x3 17.4 cm
(n 12) d sin n wxn
b) (n 12)
L
so d
2 (1.2 m)(5.95 107 m)(2.5)
x2
d 3.25 107 m 1.23 105 m
3.25 10 7 m x2 1.45 101 m
b)
6.50 107 m x2 14.5 cm
0.5 12 104. The width of the central maximum is twice
100. a) n w sin n the distance from the first nodal line.
n 2, w 1.0 105 m, 6.40 107 m n w sin n, n 1
2(6.40 107 m)
2 sin1
1.0 10 5 m
1 sin1
w
2 7.4 4.70 10 7 m
b) (n 12) w sin n
1 sin1
1.00 105 m
(1.5)(6.40 107 m) 1 2.69
2 sin1
1.0 105 m Therefore, the width is two times 1, or 5.39.
2 5.5 105. a) The width of the central maximum is
101. w 1.2 102 mm 1.2 105 m twice the distance from the first nodal
n 1, 1 4 line.
? Therefore, the width is 2 3.1 mm, or
n w sin n 6.2 mm.
(1.2 105 m)(sin 4) b) x1 3.1 103 m

1 3.1 103 m
7 sin1
8.37 10 m 3.5 m
102. w ?, 4.00 107 m 0.057
Therefore, the total width 2 0.051
The total width is 6.8. Therefore, the width
6.8 0.10.
to the first minimum is 2 3.4.
106. n w sin n
n w sin n, n 1
sin n
w
w
sin n
a) 1. Therefore, w.
4.00 107 m w
w b) 1
sin 3.4

Chapter 11 c) f 440 Hz
v 1225 km/h
23. t 2.0 s v 340.28 m/s
N 250 v

N f
a) f
t 340.28 m/s

250 cycles 440 s1
f
2.0 s 0.77 m
f 125 Hz 27. a) f 1000 Hz
1
b) T 35 cm
f v f
1 v 0.35 m 1000 s1
T
125 Hz v 350 m/s
T 0.008 s b) 350 m/s 1260 km/h
24. a) 4 m 28. v 3.0 108 m/s
b) 8 s f 1600 Hz
c) 7 cm football field 250 m
d) 14 cm v

1 1 f
e) f
T 8s 3.0 108 m/s

f 0.125 Hz 1600 s1
25. t 6.5 h 187 500 m
N6 750 football fields
N
a) f 29. 0.85 m
t 4
6 3.4 m
f
6.5 h a) f 125 Hz
f 0.92 Hz 1
b) T
1 125 Hz
b) T
f T 0.008 s
1 c) v f
T
0.92 Hz v 3.4 m 125 Hz
T 1.08 s v 425 m/s
26. a) f 440 Hz 30. a) 0.50 m
v 332 m/s f 0.30 Hz
v f v f
v v 0.15 m/s

f b) v 200 m/s
332 m/s c) v 15 m/s

440 s1 d) v 2500 m/s
0.75 m e) v 5.1 107 m/s
b) f 440 Hz 31. a) 75 cm 0.75 m
v 350 m/s T 0.020 s
v
1
f f
T
350 m/s

1
f 50 Hz 50 s1
440 s
0.80 m
v
v f
f
v 0.75 m 50 s1
345.2 m/s
v 37.5 m/s
90 000 Hz
b) v 50 m/s
3.84 103 m
c) v 0.0063 m/s
37. t 7.0 s
d) v 3.5 104 m/s
T 31C
32. f 440 Hz 440 s1
v?
v 344 m/s
d ?
d 300 m
v v 332 m/s 0.6(31) 350.6 m/s
d vt 350.6 m/s 7.0 s
f
344 m/s 2454 m
38. t 435 ms
440 s1
0.782 m t 0.435 s
1 wavelength
number of wavelengths 300 m v 5300 km/h
0.782 m
number of wavelengths 383.63 384 v 1472.2 m/s
33. a) v 972 m/s d vt
d 2000 m d 1472.2 m/s 0.435 s
d d 640.4 m
t 39. t 0.8 s
v
2000 m d 272 m
t d
972 m/s v
t 2.06 s t
b) t 1.38 s 272 m
v
c) t 0.39 s 0.8 s
d) t 4.26 s v 340 m/s
34. a) f 1000 s1 v 332 0.6T
v 1230 m/s v 332
T
v 0.6

f 340 332
T
12 30 m/s 0.6

1000 s1 T 13.3C
1.23 m 40. t 2.0 s
b) 1.267 m T 21C
c) 0.1119 m v 332 0.6T
d) 0.3428 m v 344.6 m/s
35. a) T 0C d t v
v 332 m/s 0.6T d 2.0 s 344.6 m/s
v 332 m/s d 689.2 m
b) v 347 m/s d 690 m
c) v 350 m/s 41. For you, in water: t 3.5 s
d) v 323 m/s v 1450 m/s
36. f 90 kHz d t v
f 90 000 Hz d 5075 m
T 22C
v 332 m/s 0.6T
v 345.2 m/s

For friend, on dock: d 5075 m 45. a) v 332 m/s
T 20C T 30C
v 332 0.6T vsound 332 0.6T
v 344 m/s vsound 350 m/s
d v
t Mach
v vsound
5075 m Mach 0.95
t
344 m/s b) vsound 326 m/s
t 14.75 s 14.8 s Mach 1.04
42. For you: T 32C c) v 6000 km/h
d 350 m v 1666.67 m/s
v 332 0.6T vsound 339.8 m/s
v 351.2 m/s Mach 4.90
d d) v 6000 km/h
t
v v 1666.67 m/s
t 1.00 s vsound 324.2 m/s
For friend: d 30 000 km 3.0 107 m Mach 5.14
v 3.0 108 m/s 46. Mach 2.2
d T 15C
t
v vsound 332 0.6T
t 0.10 vsound 341 m/s
Therefore, the friend hears it first. vplane Mach vsound
43. Air: T 10C vplane 2.2 341 m/s
f 500 Hz vplane 750.2 m/s 750 m/s
v 332 0.6T d
v
v 338 m/s t
v d vt

f d 750 m/s 3.4 s
0.676 m d 2550 m
Water: f 500 Hz 47. Earth: Mach 20
v 5220 km/h T 5C
v 1450 m/s vsound 332 0.6T
v
vsound 335 m/s
f
vspacecraft vsound Mach
2.90 m
vspacecraft 6700 m/s
number of times more wavelengths in air than Other planet: vspacecraft 6700 m/s
2.9 m
in water 4.3
0.676 m vsound 1267 m/s
vspacecraft
44. a) vsound 332 m/s Mach
vsound
v 664 m/s
Mach 5.29
v
Mach 48. i) t 1.495 h
vsound
t 5382 s
Mach 2
r 6.73 106 m
Since Mach 1 supersonic
d 2
r
b) Mach 0.92 subsonic
d 4.23 107 m
c) Mach 0.12 subsonic
d) Mach 6.0 supersonic

d
vshuttle b) I1 5.45 104 W/m2
t
I2 4.8 105 W/m2
4.23 107 m
vshuttle I1
5382 s 11.35
I2
vshuttle 7.86 103 m/s
I1
ii) vsound 332 0.6T 11.4
I2
T 30C
c) x 3.37
vsound 314 m/s
53. a) log 100 2
vshuttle
Mach b) log 1000 3
vsound
c) log 0.01 2
7.86 103 m/s
Mach d) log 3.5 104 3.46
314 m/s
e) log 5.67 106 6.75
Mach 25
f) log 1 0
49. a) I1 6.0 106 W/m2
g) log 0 does not exist
r2 2r1
I1 (r2)2 54. a) 2 log 100
2 b) 6 log 1 000 000
I2 (r1)
(1)2 c) 2 log 0.01
I2 2 I1 d) 6 log 0.000 001
(2)
I2 4 6.0 106 W/m2

1 e) 3.5 log 3162.28
I2 1.5 106 W/m2 f) 0.35 log 2.24

b) I2 3.75 107 W/m2 I2
55. a) I 10 log
c) I2 2.4 105 W/m2 I1

d) I2 5.4 105 W/m2 I2
0.1 log
50. I1 1.2 1011 W/m2 I1
I2
I2 1.0 1012 W/m2 1.26
I1
I1 (r2)2
2 I2 is 1.26 times larger than I1.
I2 (r1)

I2
(r2)2 1.2 1011 W/m2 b) 4 10 log
2 I1
(r1) 1.0 1012 W/m2

I2
(r2)2 0.4 log
2 12 I1
(r1) I2
2.51
r
r2 2 I1
12

I2
1
c) 1 10 log
The sound is at the threshold of hearing I1

at 3.5 m away. I2
0.1 log
51. A 5.5 m2 I1
P 3.0 103 W I2
0.79
P I1
I

A I2
d) 3 10 log
I 5.45 104 W/m2 I1

52. a) I 4.8 105 W/m2 I2
0.3 log
P 3.0 103 W I1
I2
P
A 0.50
I I1
A 62.5 m2

d) 2 120 dB

I2
e) 2.5 10 log
I1 1 75 dB
45 dB

I2
0.25 log

I1 I2
45 dB 10 log
I2 I1
1.78

I1 I2
4.5 log

I2 I1
f) 0.5 10 log
I1 I2
3.2 104

I2 I1
0.05 log
I1 57. a) I1 3.5 106 W/m2
I2 r2 2
1.12
I1 r1 1
56. a) 120 dB I1 (r2)2
60 dB 2
I2 (r1)
60 dB
(r2)2
I2 2 I1

I2
60 dB 10 log (r1)
I1 I2 8.75 107 W/m2

I2
6 log b) I1 1.0 1012 W/m2
I1
I2 3.6 106 W/m2
I2
106

I2
I1 1 10 log
I1
The threshold of pain is 1 000 000 times
1 65.4 dB
greater in intensity than a normal
I1 1.0 1012 W/m2
conversation.
I2 8.75 107 W/m2
b) 2 120 dB

I2
1 20 dB 2 10 log
I1
110 dB
2 59.4 dB

I2
100 dB 10 log 65.4 dB 59.4 dB
I1
B 6 dB

I2
10 log 58. a) 30 dB
I1

I2
I2 10 log
1010 I1
I1

I2
c) 120 dB 30 10 log
I1
110 dB

I2
10 dB 3 log
I1

I2
10 dB 10 log I2
I1 1000
I1

I2
1 log Therefore, the intensity of sound increases
I1
by 1000 times.
I2
10
I1

b) 22 dB 61. 1 5 dB
2 25 dB

I2
10 log
I1 20 dB

I2 I2
22 10 log 10 log
I1 I1

I2 I2
2.2 log 20 10 log
I1 I1

I2 I2
158.5 2 log
I1 I1
c) 18.9 dB I2
100

I2 I1
10 log
I1 62. 1 50 dB
18.9 10 log
I 2 2 60 dB
I 1 10 dB
1.89 log
I

2 I2
10 log
I 1 I1
I2

77.6 I2
1 log
I1 I1
59. P 25 W I2
10
110 dB I1

I2 Therefore, the 60 dB stereo system is better by
110 dB 10 log 12

10 W/m2 a factor of 10.

I2
11 log 12
63. 1 65 dB
10 W/m2
2 120 dB
I2
1011 12
55 dB
10 W/m2

I2
I2 0.1 W 55 10 log
25 W I1
The number of jack hammers 250
0.1 W
5.5 log
60. r1 2 I 2
1 120 dB I 1
I2
2 100 dB 316 227.8
I1
20 dB
Therefore, you would need to add about

I2
20 dB 10 log 316 228 two-people conversation intensities.
I1
64. a) vs 332 m/s

I2
2 log vo 25.0 m/s (toward)
I1
I2 1 f1 1700 Hz

f1vs
I1 100 f2
vs vo
I1 (r2)2
2 f2 1838 Hz
I2 (r1)
f2 1840 Hz

100 b) vs 332 m/s
(r2)2 (2)2
1 vo 25.0 m/s (away from)
(r2)2 400 f1 1700 Hz
r2 20

f1vs
Therefore, you should be 20 m back. f2
vs vo
f2 1580 Hz

c) vs 332 m/s 67. Let f1 1.0 Hz
vo 140 km/h Therefore, f2 1.2 Hz.
vo 38.9 m/s (toward) vs 345 m/s (toward)
f1 1700 Hz

f1vs
f2
vs vo

f1vs
f2
vs vo

f1
f2 1926 Hz vo vs vs
f2
f2 1930 Hz
vo 57.5 m/s
65. a) T 30C
vo 58 m/s
vo 25.0 m/s (toward)
68. Let f1 1.0 Hz.
f1 1700 Hz
Therefore, f2 0.8 Hz
vs 332 m/s 0.6T
T 22C
vs 350 m/s
vs 332 m/s 0.6T

f1vs
f2 vs 345.2 m/s
vs vo

f1
f2 1830 Hz vo vs vs
f2
b) T 30C
vo 86.3 m/s
vo 25.0 m/s (away from)
vo 86 m/s
f1 1700 Hz
69. For person in front (ambulance coming
vs 332 m/s 0.6T
toward him):
vs 350 m/s
f1 1700 Hz

f1vs
f2 vs 333 m/s
vs vo
vo 120 km/h
f2 1586.7 Hz
vo 33.3 m/s
f2 1590 Hz

f1vs
c) T 30C f2
vs vo
vo 140 km/h
f2 1888.9 Hz
vo 38.9 m/s (toward)
For person behind (ambulance moving away
f1 1700 Hz
from him):
vs 332 m/s 0.6T
f1 1700 Hz
vs 350 m/s
vs 333 m/s

f1vs
f2 vo 33.3 m/s
vs vo

vs
f2 1912.6 Hz f2 f1
vs vo
f2 1910 Hz
f2 1545.3 Hz
66. f1 900 Hz
Therefore, the difference in frequencies
f2 875 Hz
between the two people 1888.9 Hz
vs 332 m/s
1543.3 Hz 345.6 Hz 346 Hz.
Since the frequency drops, it is moving away.
70. a) vo 30 m/s

f1vs
f2 vs 332 m/s (toward)
vs vo
f1 1800 Hz

f1vs
vo vs

vo
f2 f2 f1 1
vs
vo 9.49 m/s
f2 1960 Hz

b) vo 30 m/s
vs 332 m/s (away from)
f1 1800 Hz

vo
f2 f1 1
vs
f2 1640 Hz
71. a) vo 30 m/s
vs 332 m/s (toward)
f1 1800 Hz
f1vs
f2
vs vo
f2 1978.8 Hz
f2 1980 Hz
b) vo 30 m/s
vs 332 m/s (away from)
f1 1800 Hz
f1vs
f2
vs vo
f2 1650.8 Hz
f2 1650 Hz

Chapter 12 12. (a) 4 cm
10. The resultant pulse of each example is shown
in each diagram as a black line. 1.5 cm
A B
(b) 8 cm
(a)
1.5 cm
B
A (c) Longitudinal wave

(b) 4 cm
A
Compression Rarefaction Compression
(c) Crest Crest
A
1.5 cm
Trough
Transverse wave
(d) 4 cm
B
11. An oscilloscope is an electronic device that can 1 v1

display a transverse wave structure of a sound 13.
2 v2
wave. It is able to sample and graphically dis- 1v2
play the electrical voltage signal that represents 2
v1
the music coming from the speakers. This sig-
(0.33 m)(335 m/s)
nal (that an oscilloscope can read) is the elec-
341 m/s
trical signal that creates the compressions and
0.32 m
rarefactions of the sound waves heard.

v1 341 m/s
14. f1 1.0 103 Hz 17. If pendulum 1 was set in motion, only pendu-
1 0.33 m
lum 3 would be set in motion. The principle is
v2

f2 2 that of mechanical resonance. The similar

v1
f1 lengths of the two strings give each pendulum
1
the same natural frequency. When one starts
v2

in motion, only the other of the same fre-
2
f2 f1
v1 quency will resonate with the periodic force

1
being sent along the flexible cord.
335 m/s

18. A gravel truck causes your windows to vibrate
0.32 m
f2 1.0 10 Hz
3

341 m/s because of mechanical resonance. It is produc-

0.33 m
ing the same frequency as that of the window.
f2 1.0 103 Hz
The window begins to vibrate at the same fre-
The frequency of each wave does not change
quency as that of the rumbling truck.
for the audience. The change in the speed of
19. 12 0.24 m
sound is compensated for by the change in
0.48 m
wavelength. The slower the speed, the smaller
If the tube was closed at one end, only 14 would
the wavelength, so the frequency remains
fit in the same tube instead of the previous 12 .
the same.
0.24 m
1
n 5 4
15. resonance at 0.96 m

2 2
The resulting sound would have an increased
5
Therefore, 0.200 m wavelength of 0.96 m, leaving a lower
2
fundamental frequency.
0.080 m
20. a) 14 0.08 m
Therefore, v 332 m 0.6T
0.32 m
332 m/s 0.6(22.0C)
The wavelength of the first sound heard in the
345.2 m/s
v tube is 0.32 m.
Therefore, f b) L 1.25

345.2 m/s L 1.25(0.32 m)
0.40 m
0.080 m
4.32 103 Hz The third resonant length for this note would
16. If t 30C and f 175 Hz then: be 0.40 m.
v 332 0.6T 332 0.6(30C) 350 m/s 21. a) v 332 m/s 0.6T
Therefore, 332 m/s 0.6(25.0C)
v 350 m/s 347 m/s
2.00 m 347 m/s
f 175 Hz b)
In a distance of 10 m, there would be a stand- 950 Hz
ing wave made up of five 2-m waves. 0.365 m
Wall c) L 12
12 (0 .365 m)
0.183 m
2m 18.3 cm
R S
Speaker
22. v 332 m/s 0.6T
332 m/s 0.6(30.0C)
350 m/s
3 50 m/s
10 m
1024 Hz
0.342 m
v
L 14 Therefore, f

14 (0.342 m)
347 m/s
0.0855
0.600 m
8.55 cm
578 Hz
23. a) L 14 26. a) v 332 m/s 0.6(25.0C)
4L 347 m/s
4(23.0 cm) b) 2 L
3

92 cm 23(2.5 m)
L 14 1.7 m
4L v
c) f
4(30.0 cm)
120 cm
347 m/s
v 1.7 m
b) f 204.1 Hz

341 m/s 2.0 102 Hz

0.920 m 27. f1 2048 Hz
371 Hz L2 2L1
v t2 2t1
f
f2 ?

341 m/s f1 L1

1.20 m f2 L2
284 Hz f1
f2
c) v 332 m/s 0.6T 2
v 332 m/s 2048
t
0.6 2
341 m/s 332 m/s 1024 Hz
t
0.6 f1
t1
Therefore,
15C f2
t2
f1
24. a) L 12 f2
2L
2
1448 Hz
2(10 cm)
1.448 103 Hz
20 cm

L1
b) v 332 m/s 0.6T 28. a) f2 f1
L2
v 332 m/s 0.6(20.0C)

9 0.0 cm
344 m/s 1000 Hz
100.0 cm
v
Therefore, f 900 Hz

344 m/s

0.20 m

t2
b) f2 f1
t
1

1720 Hz
80
1000 Hz
1.7 103 Hz
60
25. 3(12) 90.0 cm
1.15 103 Hz
60.0 cm
Therefore, v 332 m/s 0.6T
v 332 m/s 0.6(25.0C)
347 m/s
f1
t1
31.

d1
c) f2 f1 f2
t2
d2
f1 t
2

0.75 mm
1000 Hz f2
0.77 mm
t1
970 Hz 300 Hz( 3
)
40 N

L1

t2 1

70 N
d) f2 f1
L2
t1 424 Hz

90 .0 cm

80 f1 L2
1000 Hz 32.
100 cm
60 f2 L1
1035 Hz f1 L1
1.0 103 Hz f2
L2
29. a) first 12 250 Hz(0.75 m)

2f 0.95 m
2 550 Hz 197 Hz
1100 Hz
1.10 103 Hz 33.
Low frequency High frequency

t2
b) f2 f1

t1

t
f 2
1
1

t 1

(550 Hz)
2
778 Hz
A high-frequency wave has the same shape and amplitude as a
30. a) 4.0 cm low-frequency wave, but there are more waves in the same amount
of time.
Loud sound Soft sound
First node Third node
b) 2dn 4.0 cm
dn 2.0 cm
d
1
2 n A softer sound has the same frequency (and therefore the same
2dn number of waves in the same amount time) than a loud sound, but
a lower amplitude.
2(2.0 cm)
4.0 cm
Poor quality Rich quality
v
c) f

345 m/s

0.04 m
8625 Hz
8.6 103 Hz
A rich-quality sound has the same frequency as a poor-quality
sound, i.e., the same number of waves in the same amount of time,
but it is more complex.

34. Harmonics relates to the sounding of more iii) fifth 6f
than one related frequency simultaneously. 6(512 Hz)
These frequencies are usually fractional 3072 Hz
multiples of a base frequency because the 3.07 103 Hz
harmonic wavelengths differ by the addition 37. a) fB |f2 f1|
of 12 each time. For example, a base frequency |300 Hz 312 Hz|
of 512 Hz sounded at 0C would have a 12 Hz
wavelength of 0.648 m. b) fB |f2 f1|
v 332 m/s 0.6 m/sC (0C) 332 m/s |857 Hz 852 Hz|
v 332 m/s 5 Hz
0.648 m
f 512 Hz c) fB |f2 f1|
Adding 12 or 0.324 m would give a frequency of: |1000 Hz 1024 Hz|
24 Hz
v 332 m/s 38. Yes, more information is needed.
f 341 Hz
0.973 m fB |f2 f1|
The resulting higher frequency, 341 Hz, is 4 Hz |f2 440 Hz|
called the first harmonic frequency. This f2 440 4
second frequency, sounded with a lower f2 444 and 436 Hz
amplitude and at the same time as the base When the frequency is 444 Hz, Ms. Boyd
frequency, results in a more rich-quality over- should reduce the string tension and for
all sound. The addition of even higher-order 436 Hz, she should increase the tension.
harmonics improves the quality of the sound 39. fB |f2 f1|
even more. 3 Hz |f2 512 Hz|
35. Xylophone bars are removable, especially for f2 512 3 Hz
those used by small children, so they can con- f2 515 Hz and 509 Hz
centrate on only a few notes in their composi- The two possible frequencies are 515 Hz
tion. The bars cannot be interchanged because and 509 Hz.
each of them must rest on the instrument at a
node of vibration. The nodes are the only place
on the bar that will not vibrate. The bar rests
on the nodes so that it can vibrate to make a
sound but will stay secure on the instrument
without jumping around. A xylophone is
tapered from wide to narrow to accommodate
the different inter-nodal distances.
36. i) second 3f
3(512 Hz)
1536 Hz
1.54 103 Hz
ii) fourth 5f
5(512 Hz)
2560 Hz
2.56 103 Hz

Chapter 13 43. The electroscope has an overall positive
33. Positive signs: protons charge:
Negative signs: electrons q 4.0 1011 e
34. a) No charge q (4.0 1011 e)(1.602 1019 C/e)
b) Negative q 6.4 108 C
1
c) Positive 44. q (5.4 108 e)
d) No charge 2
1
e) Positive q (5.4 108 e)(1.602 1019 C/e)
2
35. a) Negative
b) Positive q 4.3 1011 C
c) Negative 45. qn 2.4 1012 C
d) Positive (2.4 1012 C)(6.25 1018 e/C)
36. a) Negative 1.5 107 elementary charges
b) Electrons This means that there are 1.5 107 protons
37. a) Glass: positive; silk: negative in the nucleus, so the neutral atom must have
b) Since they have opposite charges, they will an equal number of electrons: 1.5 107.
kqq
be attracted 46. Fe
r2
38. a) Insulator (non-metallic)
kqq
b) Conductor (conducts lightning to ground) a) Fe1 2
(4r)
c) Insulator (non-metallic)
kqq
d) Insulator (non-metallic) Fe1 2
16r
e) Insulator (non-metallic)
1
f) Insulator (non-metallic) Fe1 Fe
16
39. Dog hair is positive since a silk shirt rubbed k(2q)(2q)
with wool socks would have a negative charge. b) Fe2
r2
40. a) The electroscope becomes positive because 4kqq
it gives up some electrons to the glass rod Fe2
r2
to reduce the rods deficit of electrons. This Fe2 4Fe
is called charging by contact. 4
b) The leaves become positively charged as c) Fe3 Fe
16
well. In charging by contact, the charged 1
Fe2 Fe
object receives the same charge as the 4
charging rod. 47. Each sphere loses half of its charge to balance
c) Negative charges will enter the leaves if the with its identical neutral sphere.
system is grounded. 1 1
q1 q1, q2 q2
41. 1 C 6.25 1018 e, q 15 C 2 2
q (15 C)(6.25 1018 e/C) kq1q2
Fe1
q 9.38 1019 e r21
42. q 1.1 C kq1q2
Fe2
q 1.1 106 C r22
q (1.1 106 C)(6.25 1018 e/C )

1 1
k q1 q2
q 6.9 1012 e 2 2
Fe2 2
r2
kq1q2
Fe2
4r22

But Fe2 Fe1

kq q2
kq1q2 kq1q2 1
Fe2 r2
2
4r2 r21

Fe1 kq q2
1
1 1 r2
2 2
4r2 r1 Fe2 (q)(q)
r2
r22 1 Fe1 (q)(3q)
4 Fe2 q2
1 2
Therefore, r2 r1 Fe1 3q
2
Fe2 1
The spheres should be placed one-half their
Fe1 3
original distance apart to regain their original 1
repulsion. The magnitude of Fe2 is Fe1, and in the
3
48. r 100 pm 100 1012 m 1.00 1010 m, opposite direction of Fe1.
q1 q2 1.602 1019 C 51. a)
p
kq1q2
Fe
r2 Fe
(9.0 109 Nm2/C2)(1.602 1019 C)2
Fe e
(1.00 1010 m)2
Fe 2.3 108 N Fg
49. r 25.0 cm 0.250 m, Fe 1.29 104 N, b) q1 1.602 1019 C,

2 q2 1.602 1019 C,
q1 q2 q qo
3
m 9.1 1031 kg, g 9.8 m/s2
kqq
a) Fe Fg Fe
r2
kq1q2
mg
q Fer2

k
r2
(1.29 104 N)(0.25 m)2

r
kq q
1 2

q
(9.0 109 Nm2/C2)
mg
r
19
(9.0 10 Nm /C )(1.602 10 C)
9 2 2 2

q 3.00 108 C 31
(9.1 10 2
kg)(9.8 m/s )
2 r 5.1 m
b) q is the original charge on each sphere.
3 52. q1 2.0 106 C, q2 3.8 106 C,
3 q3 2.3 106 C
qo q
2
a) r1 0.10 m, r2 0.30 m
3
qo (3.00 108 C) kq1q3
2 1Fe3
r21
qo 4.5 108 C
(9.0 109 Nm2/C2)( 2.0 106 C)(2.3 106 C)
The type of charge, positive or negative, 1Fe3
(0.10 m)2
does not matter as long as they are both
1Fe3 4.14 N (attraction)
the same. (Like charges repel.)

1Fe3 4.14 N [right]
50. q1 q, q2 3q
kq2q3
qT q (3q) 2q 2Fe3
r22
2q
So q1 q2 q (9.0 109 Nm2/C2)(3.8 106 C)(2.3 106 C)
2 2Fe3
(0.30 m)2
2Fe3 0.87 N (repulsion)

2Fe3 0.87 N [left]

FeT 4.14 N [right] 0.87 N [left] Therefore, the charge must be placed
eT 3.3 N [right]
F 0.53 m to the left of the first charge. The
b) r1 0.30 m, r2 0.10 m other answer, 0.084 m, would place the
kq1q3 charge between the two base charges and
1Fe3
r21 therefore is an inappropriate answer. For a
(9.0 109 Nm2/C2)( 2.0 106 C)(2.3 106 C) charge placement to the right of the two
1Fe3
(0.30 m)2 charges, two inappropriate answers are cal-
1Fe3 0.46 N (attraction) culated, meaning that the only possible

1Fe3 0.46 N [left]
placement for the charge is at 0.53 m to the
kq2q3 left of the first charge.
2Fe3
r22 53. The forces on the test charge from the repul-
(9.0 109 Nm2/C2)(3.8 106 C)(2.3 106 C)
sion by the other two charges must equal one
2Fe3
(0.10 m)2 another for the test charge to come to rest
Fe3 7.86 N (repulsion) there. The force of charge 1 on the test charge
2

2Fe3 7.86 N [right]
(1Fqt) must equal the force of charge 2 on the

FeT 0.46 N [left] 7.86 N [right] test charge (2Fqt).
1Fqt 2Fqt
FeT 7.4 N [right]
kqqt k4qq
c) 1Fe3 4.14 N (attraction) 2 2t

1 2
1Fe3 4.14 N [left] r r
3 3
Fe3 7.86 N (repulsion)
2 2
r 4r2
2Fe3 7.86 N [left]
9 4(9)
eT 4.14 N [left] 7.86 N [left]
F
eT 12 N [left] r r2
2
F
Therefore, the net force on the charge would
d) The third charge could only be placed to 1
be 0 if it was placed of the distance
the left or to the right of the two basic 3
charges for the forces to balance and give a between the two charges.
force of 0. 54. q2 q1 q3 1.0 104 C,
For the charge to be placed a distance of rx r1 r2 r3 0.40 m
1
metres to the left of the first charge: q
1
q 30
1Fe3 2Fe3 2 3 120
kq1q3 kq2q3 q q

2
rx (0.20 m rx)2 40 cm
30
6
( 2.0 10 C) (3.8 106 C)

rx2 (2.0 101 m rx)2 For q1: The force is the vector sum of two
e1 and 3F
forces, 2F e1. These two magnitudes
(3.8 106)rx2 (2.0 106)(4.0 102
4.0 101rx rx2) must have the same value.
(3.8 10 )rx 8.0 108 8.0
6 2 kqq
2Fe1
107rx 2.0 106rx2 r2
(9.0 109 Nm2/C2)(1.0 104 C)2
2Fe1
Rearranging:
1.8 106rx2 8.0 107rx 8.0 108 (0.40 m)2
2Fe1 5.6 10 N 3Fe1
2
0
Solve for rx using the quadratic formula. F2eT 2F2e1 3F2e1 2(2Fe1)(2Fe1)(cos 120)
FeT 2(5.6

102
C)2
2(5.6
102
C)2(co
s 120)
(8.0 107) (8.0

107
)2 4
(1.8

106)(8.0 108
)
rx
2(1.8 106) FeT 9.7 10 N 2
So rx 0.53 m or 0.084 m.

From the isosceles triangle with angles of 30, 56.
the total angle is 30 60 90.

FeT1 9.7 102 N [up]

FeT2 9.7 102 N [left 30 down]

FeT3 9.7 102 N [right 30 down]
Each force is 9.7 102 N [at 90 from the
line connecting the other two charges].
55. a) l 2.0 102 m,
q1 q2 q3 q4 1.0 106 C 57. The field is similar to the one above, but is
2.0 cm now asymmetrical and has its inflection
q q points pushed farther to the right.
2.0 cm
q q
kqq
2Fe1
r22
(9.0 109 Nm2/C2)( 1.0 106 C)2
2Fe1
(2.0 102 m)2
2

Fe1 22.5 N [left]

4Fe1 22.5 N [up]
58. Parallel plates: Coaxial cable:
kqq
3Fe1 +
r23
(9.0 109 Nm2/C2)( 1.0 106 C)2
3Fe1

2(2.0 102
m)2
3

Fe1 11.25 N [left 45 up]
From Pythagoras theorem:
2Fe1 4Fe1
2(22.5
N)2

2Fe1 4Fe1 31.82 N [left 45 up]
Therefore,
59. q 2.2 106 C, Fe 0.40 N
FeT1 (31.82 N 11.25 N) [left 45 up]
F

FeT1 43.1 N [left 45 up] e
q
eT2 43.1 N [right 45 up]
F 0.40 N
eT3 43.1 N [right 45 down]
F
2.2 106 C
eT4 43.1 N [left 45 down]
F
1.8 105 N/C
Each force is 43.1 N [symmetrically out-
60. Fe 3.71 N, 170 N/C
ward from the centre of the square].
F
b) The force on the fifth charge is 0 N q e

because the forces from each charge are 3.71 N
balanced. q
170 N/C
c) Sign has no effect. If the new fifth charge q 2.2 102 C
were either positive or negative, the attrac-
tive/repulsive forces would still balance
one another.

61. q1 4.0 106 C, q2 8.0 106 C, 66. rT 0.20 m, q1 1.5 106 C,
r 2.0 m q2 3.0 106 C
kq2 kq1 r22 (0.20 r1)2

1 2 1 2 1 2
r r
2 2 kq1 kq2

r21 r22
(9.0 109 Nm2/C2)(8.0 106 C)
1.5 106 C 3.0 106 C

2.0 m 2
2
r1 r22
2
r22 2r21
(9.0 109 Nm2/C2)(4.0 106 C)
Substitute for r22 and rearrange:

2.0 m 2
0 r12 0.4r1 4.0 102
2
3.6 104 N/C 0.4
(0.4)2

4(4.0
102)
r1
Therefore, the field strength is 3.6 104 N/C 2
2
towards the smaller charge. r1 8.3 10 m, therefore,
62. a) q 2.0 106 C, F e 7.5 N [left] r2 1.17 101 m 1.2 101 m

F 0 at 1.2 101 m from the larger charge,
e
q or 8.3 102 m from the smaller charge.
7.5 N [left] 67. q1 q2 q3 q4 1.0 106 C, r 0.5 m

2.0 106 C 0.5 m

3.8 106 N/C [left] q q
b) q2 4.9 105 C 0.5 m

Take right to be positive.
q
e q
F q
Fe (4.9 105 C)(3.8 106 N/C) Since the magnitudes of all four forces are
Fe 1.86 102 N equal, and they are paired with forces in the
The force would be 1.86 102 N [left]. opposite direction (Fe2 F
e4 and
63. r 0.5 m, q 1.0 102 C
Fe1 Fe3), there is no net force. Therefore,
kq there is no net field strength.

r2 0 N/C
(9.0 109 Nm2/C2)(1.0 102 C) 68. q1 q2 2.0 105 C, r 0.50 m

(0.5 m)2
1
3.6 10 N/C [left]
8
q P
64. q1 4.0 106 C, q2 1.0 106 C

P 2
Take right to be positive. q

2
1 0.50 m
(9.0 109 Nm2/C2)(4.0 106 C)
kq
(0.40 m)2 1
r2
(9.0 109 Nm2/C2)( 1.0 106 C)

(0.30 m)2 (9.0 109 Nm2/C2)(2.0 105 C)
1
(0.50 m)2

3.25 105 N/C [right]
1 7.2 105 N/C
65. r 5.3 1011 m, q 1.602 1019 C
1 2 and
T
1 2
kq
Therefore, T 2(
1)
2

2(1
)2(cos
120)
r2

T 1.2 10 N/C [at 90 from the line con-
6
(9.0 109 Nm2/C2)(1.602 1019 C)
necting the other two charges]
(5.3 1011 m)2
5.1 1011 N/C

69. q 0.50 C, V 12 V W Ee
W qV W Ee2 Ee1
W (0.50 C)(12 V) W 0.18 J 0.045 J
W 6.0 J W 0.14 J
70. W 7.0 102 J, V 6.0 V 75. Position in the field has no bearing on the
W field strength.
q
V 5.0 103 N/C, d 5.0 cm 5.0 102 m
7.0 102 J V d
q
6.0 V V (5.0 102 m)(5.0 103 N/C)
q 1.2 102 C V 2.5 102 V
71. q 1.5 102 C, Fe 7.5 103 N, 76. a) q 1 105 C, 50 N/C
d 4.50 cm 4.50 102 m Fe q
V
W Fe (1 105 C)(50 N/C)
q Fe 5.0 104 N
Fed b) d 1.0 m
V
q Ek W
(7.5 103 N)(4.5 102 m) Ek Fed
V
1.5 102 C Ek (5.0 104 N)(1.0 m)
V 2.3 104 V Ek 5.0 104 J
72. 130 N/C, Fe 65 N, V 450 V c) v 2.5 104 m/s
V 1
W Ek mv2
q 2
VF 2Ek
W e m
v2
(450 V)(65 N) 2(5.0 104 J)
W m
(130 N/C) (2.5 104 m/s)2
W 2.3 102 J m 1.6 1012 kg
73. d 0.30 m, q 6.4 106 C 77. d1 1.0 109 m, d2 1.0 108 m,
kq q1 q2 1.602 1019 C,
V
d m1 m2 9.11 1031 kg
(9.0 109 Nm2/C2)(6.4 106 C)
V Ee E2 E1
0.30 m
kq1q2 kq1q2
V 1.9 10 V5 Ee
d2 d1
74. a) q1 1.0 106 C, q2 5.0 106 C,

1 1
r 0.25 m Ee kq1q2
d2 d1
kq1q2
Ee Ee 2.08 1019 J
r
Therefore, the electric potential energy was
(9.0 109 Nm2/C2)( 1.0 106 C)( 5.0 106 C)
Ee
0.25 m
reduced by 2.08 1019 J, which was trans-
ferred to kinetic energy. The energy is spread
Ee 0.18 J (repulsion)
over both electrons, so the energy for each
kq1q2
b) Ee1 electron is 1.04 1019 J.
r
(9.0 109 Nm2/C2)( 1.0 106 C)( 5.0 106 C)
Ee1
1.00 m
Ee1 0.045 J (repulsion)

For one electron: qV
ma
1 d
Ek mv2
2 qV
a

2E md
v k
m (1.602 1019 C)(7.5 103 V)
a
2(1.04 1019 J) (3.3 1026 kg)(1.2 m)
v

9.11 1031 kg a 3.0 1010 m/s2
v 4.78 105 m/s b) E Vq
78. V2 2V1 and Ek Ee qV E (1.602 1019 C)(7.5 103 V)
With the same charge on each electron, the E 1.202 1015 J
kinetic energy is also doubled, i.e., Ek2 2Ek1 c) At this speed and energy, relativistic effects
Ek2 2Ek1 may be witnessed. Although the speed may
not be what is predicted by simple mechan-
Ek1 Ek1
1 ics, the total energy should be the same but
mv22
2 may be partly contributing to a mass
1 2
mv21 increase of the ion.
2 81. q1 q2 1.602 1019 C,
v22 2v21 m1 m2 1.67 1027 kg,
v2 2
v1 v1 v2 2.7 106 m/s
Therefore, the speed is 1.41 times greater. Ek Ee
79. a) V 15 kV 1.5 104 V, P 27 W, The total energy for both ions is:
1 C 6.25 1018 e 1 kq1q2
(2)mv2
P(6.25 1018 e/C) 2 r
number of electrons/s
V
kq1q2
r

1C mv2
number of electrons/s (27 J/s)
1.5 104 J
(9.0 109 Nm2/C2)(1.602 1019 C)2
r
(1.67 1027 kg)(2.7 106 m/s)2
(6.25 1018 e/C)
number of electrons/s 1.1 1016 r 1.9 1014 m
b) q 1.602 1019 C, m 9.11 1031 kg 82. a) q 2e, m 6.696 1027 kg,
Accelerating each electron from rest, v1v 0 m/s, v1h 6.0 106 m/s,
Ek Ee V 500 V, dv 0.03 m, dh 0.15 m
1 Acceleration is toward the negative plate:
mv2 Vq F
2 a e
m
v
2Vq
m a
q
19
m
2(1.5 10 V)(1.602 10 C)
v
4
31 qV
9.11 10 kg a
mdv
v 7.3 10 m/s
7
2(1.602 1019 C)(500 V)
80. a) d 1.2 m, V 7.5 103 V, a
(6.696 1027 kg)(3.0 102 m)
m 3.3 1026 kg
a 7.97 1011 m/s2
Fe q

Time between the plates is: b) d 3.0 cm 3.0 102 m
t h
d V d
vh V (3.0 102 m)(2.04 107 N/C)
0.15 m V 6.1 109 V
t
6.0 106 m/s 86. d 0.12 m, V 92 V
t 2.5 108 s V

Therefore, d
1 92 V
dh at2
2 0.12 m
1 7.7 102 N/C
dh (7.97 1011 m/s2)(2.5 108 s)2
2 87. 3 106 N/C, d 1.0 103 m
dh 2.5 104 m V d
dh 0.025 cm V (1.0 103 m)(3 106 N/C)
The alpha particle is V 3 103 V
3.0 cm 0.025 cm 2.975 cm from the Therefore, 3.0 103 V is the maximum poten-
negative plate if it enters at the positive tial difference that can be applied. Exceeding
plate or 1.475 cm from the negative plate it would cause a spark to occur between the
if it enters directly between the two plates. plates.
b) v2v v1v at 88. V 50 V, 1 104 N/C
v2v 0 (7.97 1011 m/s2)(2.5 108 s) V
d
v2v 2.0 104 m/s
From Pythagoras theorem, 50 V
d
v2 (6.0

106 m/s)2

(2.0

2
104 m/s) 1 104 N/C
v2 6.0 106 m/s d 5.0 103 m
83. d 0.050 m, V 39.0 V 89. V 120 V, 450 N/C
V V
d
d
39.0 V 120 V
d
0.050 m 450 N/C
7.80 102 N/C d 2.67 101 m
84. 2.85 104 N/C, 90. a) m 2.2 1015 kg, d 5.5 103 m,
d 6.35 cm 6.35 102 m V 280 V, g 9.80 N/kg
V d Fe Fg
V (6.35 102 m)(2.85 104 N/C) q mg
V 1.81 103 V qV
mg
85. a) m 2mP 2mn 4(1.67 1027 kg), d
g 9.80 N/kg, q 2e mgd
q
Fe Fg V
mg (2.2 1015 kg)(9.80 N/kg)(5.5 103 m)
q
280 V
q
4(1.67 1027 kg)(9.80 N/kg) q 4.2 1019 C

2(1.602 1019 C) 4.2 1019 C
b) N
2.04 107 N/C 1.602 1019 e/C
N 2.63 e 3 e
The droplet has three excess electrons.

91. V 450 V, me 9.11 1031 kg, 92. k 6.0 103 N/m, d 0.10 m, V 450 V,
e 1.602 1019 C x 0.01 m
a) Ee qV V
a)
Ee (1.602 1019 C)(450 V) d
Ee 7.21 1017 J
450 V
Therefore, 0.10 m
Ek Ee 4.5 103 N/C
1 b) The force to deform one spring is:
mv2 Ee
2 F kx
F (6.0 103 N/m)(0.01 m)
v 2Ee
m F 6.0 105 N
2(7.21 1017 J) The force to deform both springs is:
v

9.11 1031 kg 2(6.0 105 N) 1.2 104 N
v 1.26 107 m/s c) The force on the pith ball must also be
1 1 1.2 104 N
b) mv2 Ee d) Fspring Fe
2 3
Fspring q
v
2Ee
3m q
Fspring

2(7.21 1017 J)
v

3(9.11 1031 kg) q
1.2 104 N
4.5 103 N/C
v 7.26 106 m/s q 2.7 108 C

Chapter 14 18. E VIt
(120 V)(9.5 A)(40 s)

1A
9. I 9.3 mA 9.3 103 A 4.56 104 J
1000 mA
Q 12 C 4.6 104 J
Q 12 C 19. E VIt
t 1.3 103 s
I 9.3 103 A V
E
It would take 1.3 103 s to transfer the It
2.30 104 J
charge.
(3.2 A)(3 0 s)

60 s
10. 19 min 1.14 103 s 2.4 102 V
1 min
Q
Q It (0.8 A)(1.14 103 s) 20. a) I
t
Q 9.1 102 C
45 C
E 2.0 103 J
11. V 2.0 103 V 3.0 102 s
Q 1C
1500 A
E 2.5 102 J 1.5 103 A
12. V 3.8 V
Q 65 C b) E VQ
E (1 108 V)(45 C)
13. V
Q 4.5 109 J
E VQ (5.00 105 V)(1.602 1019 C) 21. Q Ne
E 8.01 1014 J l e(1.602 1019 C/e)

60 s 1.602 1019 C
14. t 1.5 min 90 s
1 min E VQ
E VIt (2.5 104 V)(1.602 1019 C)
(115 V)(0.40 A)(90 s) 4.0 1015 J
4140 J

60 s
4.1 103 J 22. t 10 min 600 s
1 min
15. E VIt E VIt
E (117 V)(13 A)(600 s)
V
It 9.126 105 J
9360 J 9.1 105 J

(2.5 A)(32 s) V
117 V 23. R
I
1.2 102 V 120 V

60 s 6.0 A
16. t 2.5 min 90 s
1 min 20
E VIt V
(80 V)(5.0 A)(150 s) 24. I
R
6.0 104 J 3.0 V
17. E VIt
9.2
E 0.33 A
I
Vt 25. V IR
50 000 J (2.2 A)(50 )

(120 V)(60 s) 110 V
6.94 A 1.1 102 V
6.9 A

R1 L1 V
26. 30. a) R
R2 L2 I
R1L2 117 V
R2
L1 5 .0 A
23.4

2L1
100 2.3 101
L1
200 117 V
b) RT 7.8
R1 A1 15 .0 A
27. 1 1 1
R2 A2 but
r12 RT R1 R2
R2 R1 2
r2 Therefore,

1 1 1
r12 R2
R1 2 RT R1
r2

1 1 1
r12
R1 RT R1
(12r1)2

1 1 1
(500 )(4) 1
7.8 2.3 10
2000 11.7
RA 12
28.
L 31. a) RT R1 R2 R3
L
R 20 30 60
A
110
L 4L
2 1 1 1 1
(2)
d 2 d b)
RT R1 R2 R3
4(1.7 108
m)(100 m) 1 1 1 1

(1.0 103 m)2 RT 8 6 48
1
2.1645 0.3125
RT
2.2
Therefore, RT 3.2
VT
29. a) RT

1 1 1 1 1 1
IT c) RT
4 9 4 12
120 V 2.769 3.0

3.8 A 5.77
31.6 5.8
3.2 101 V
b) RT nRB 32. RT
I
31.6 120 V

25 10.0 A
1.26 12.0
1.3 1 n
c) VB IBRB
RT R
(3.8 A)(1.26 ) R
4.8 V n
RT
60
5
12.0

V
33. R b) (1)
VT V1 V2 9 V
I
V1
50.0 V (2)
R1
I2
5.0 A
9V
10
2A
For half the current,
4.5
50.0 V
R (3)
R1 R2 4.5
2.5 A (4)
IT 2 A 2 A
20
4A
Radded 20 10 10
V
V (5)
RT
34. Rphone I
I
9V
5.0 V
4A
0.200 A
2.25
25
For 12.0 V and 0.200 A V(V) I(A) R(V)
12.0 V
Radded 25 R1 9 2 (2)
4.5
0.200 A (3)
R2 9 2 4.5
60 25 (1) (4) (5)
RT 9 4 2.25
35
35. a) (1) IT I1 I2 I3 3 A c) (1)
RT R1-2 R3
V2

(2)
R2 1 1 1
I2 R3
R1 R2
9V 9.4 10

3A 19.4
3 VT
VT
(2)
IT
(3)
RT RT
IT 50 V
54 V
19.4
3A 2.58 A
18 (3)
I3 IT 2.58 A
(4)
R1 RT R2 R3 (4)
V3 I3R3
18 3 7 (2.58 A)(10 )
8 25.8 V
(5)
V1 I1R1 (3 A)(8 ) (5)
V1 V2 VT V3
24 V 50 V 25.8 V
(6)
V2 I2R2 (3 A)(3 ) 24.2 V
9V V1
(7)
V3 I3R3 (3 A)(7 )
(6)
I1
R1
21 V 24.2 V

V(V) I(A) R() 25
0.97 A
(5) (4)
R1 24 3 8 (7)
I2 IT I1
(6) (2)
R2 9 3 3 2.58 A 0.97 A
(7)
R3 21 3 7 1.61 A
(1) (3)
RT 54 3 18

VT
V(V) I(A) R() (2)
IT
RT
(5) (6)
R1 24.2 0.97 25 150 V

R2 (5)
24.2 (7)
1.61 15 25.5
R3 (4)
25.8 (3)
2.58 10 5.9 A
RT 50 (2)
2.58 (1)
19.4 (3)
I1 I6 IT 5.9 A
(4)
V1 I1R1
d) (1)
V1 I1R1 (5.9 A)(5 )
(3 A)(25 ) 29.5 V
75 V (5)
V6 I6R6
(5.9 A)(20 )

1 1 1
(2)
RT R1
R2 R3 R4 118 V
25 6.67 (6)
V2 V3 V4 V5 VT V1 V6
31.7 150 V 29.5 V 118 V
(3)
IT I1 2.5 V
(4)
V2 V3-4 VT V1 V2 2.5 V
(7)
I2 I5
95 V 75 V R2 1
20 V 2.5 A
V2 V3 2.5 V
(5)
I2 (8)
I3
R2 R3 15
20 V 0.17 A

10 V4 2. 5 V
(9)
I4
2A R4 10
(6)
I3 I4 IT I2 0.25 A
3A2A
V(V) I(A) R(V)
1A
V3 I3R3
(7) (4) (3)
R1 29.5 5.9 5
1 A(5 )
(6) (7)
R2 2.5 2.5 1
5V
(6) (8)
R3 2.5 0.17 15
V4 I4R4
(8) (6) (9)
R4 2.5 0.25 10
1 A(15 )
(6) (7)
R5 2.5 2.5 1
15 V
(5) (3)
R6 118 5.9 20
(2) (1)
RT 150 5.9 25.5
V(V) I(A) R(V)
R1 (1)
75 (3)
3 25 f) (1)
RT R1 R2-3 R4

R2 (4)
20 (5)
2 10 1 1 1
15 12
R3 (7)
5 (6)
1 5 10 5
R4 (8)
15 (6)
1 15 30.3
(2)
RT 95 3 31.7
R R
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
e) (1)
RT R1 R6
2 3 R4 R5
1
15
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
5 20
10 1
5 0.4615 20
25.5

VT
(2)
IT 37. a) P IV
RT
P (15 A)(120 V)
12 V
1800 W
30.3
1.8 103 W
0.40 A
b) Premaining 1800 W 600 W 1200 W
(3)
I1 I4 IT
0.00 W
0.40 A
Therefore, no more current could be drawn
(4)
V1 I1R1
from the circuit.
(0.40 A)(15 )
38. a) P IV
6V
P
(5)
V4 I4R4 I
V
(0.40 A)(12 )
1200 W
4.8 V
120 V
V2
(6)
I2 10 A
R2
I2 V2
1. 2 V b)
I1 V1
10

V2
0.12 A I2 I1
V1
V3
I3

(7)
240 V
R3 10 A
120 V
1.2 V
20 A
5
c) P IV
0.24 A
(20 A)(240 V)
(8)
V2 V3 VT V1 V4
4800 W
12 V 6 V 4.8 V
4.8 103 W
1.2 V
d) When the conductor is connected at the
V(V) I(A) R(V) higher voltage, the increased current will
R1 (4)
6 (3)
0.4 15 burn out/through a conductor in the circuit.
R2 (8)
1.2 (6)
0.12 10 39. P IV
R3 (8)
1.2 (7)
0.24 5 (3.5 A)(120 V)
R4 (5)
4.8 (3)
0.40 12 420 W

1 kW
P 420 W 0.420 kW
(2) (1)
RT 12 0.40 30.3
1000 W

36. a) P IV 1h 8 h 365 d 438 h
t 9 min
(13.0 A)(240 V) 60 min 1 d 1a 1a
3120 W
Cost 0.420 kW($0.082)
438 h
3.12 103 W 1a
b) P I 2R $15.08 per year
(11.0 A)2 (11.6 )

W 1 kW 25 bulbs
1403.6 W 40. PkWh 7 (4 strands)
b 1000 W strand
1.4 103 W
0.7 kW
V2
c) P 4h
R t(h) (41 d) (Dec. 1 Jan. 10)
1d
(120 V)2
164 h
2057
Cost (0.7 kW)(164 h)($0.082)
7.00 W
$9.41

Chapter 15 B 1.8 102 T
17. I 12.5 A NOTE: The solutions to problem 22 are based
B 3.1 105 T on a distance between the two conductors of
I 1 cm.
B
2r 22. a)
I F F
r
2B
(4 107 Tm/A)(12.5 A)
r
2(3.1 105 T)
r 8.1 102 m Currents in the same direction
wires forced together
18. r 12 m
I 4.50 103 A Referring to the above diagram, the mag-
I netic fields will cancel each other out
B
2r because the field from each wire is of the
(4 107 Tm/A)(4.50 103 A) same magnitude but is in the opposite
B
2(12 m) direction.
5
B 7.5 10 T b)
19. I 8.0 A F F
B 1.2 103 T
N1 x
NI
B
2r Currents in opposite directions
NI wires forced apart
r
2B I 10 A
(4 107 Tm/A)(1)(8.0 A) r 1.0 102 m
r
2(1.2 103 T) I
B
r 4.2 103 m 2r
20. N 12 (4 107 Tm/A)(10 A)
B
r 0.025 m 2(1.0 102 m)
I 0.52 A B 2.0 104 T
NI But this field strength (2.0 104 T) is for
B
2r each of the two wires. Referring to the
(4 107 Tm/A)(12)(0.52 A) above diagram, the two fields flow in the
B
2(0.025 m) same direction when the current in the
B 1.6 104 T two wires moves in the opposite direction.
N 35 turns 100 cm The result is that the two fields will add to
21.
L 1 cm 1m produce one field with double the strength
N (4.0 104 T).
3500 turns/m
L 23. Coil 1:
I 4.0 A N 400
NI L 0.1 m
B
L I 0.1 A
N
B I Coil 2:
L
N 200

3500 turns L 0.1 m
B (4 107 Tm/A) (4.0 A)
1m I 0.1 A

BTotal Bcoil1Bcoil2 b) If the current through the wire was to be
NI NI reversed, the magnitude and direction of
BTotal
L L the resultant force would be 0.57 N
7
(4 10 Tm/A)(400)(0.1 A) [upwards].
BTotal
(0.1 m) 26. a) d(linear density) 0.010 kg/m
7
(4 10 Tm/A)(200)(0.1 A) B 2.0 105 T

(0.1 m) 90
4
BTotal 2.5 10 T F
dg
24. The single loop: L
NI F
Bsingle (0.010 kg/m)(9.8 N/kg)
2r L
(4 107 Tm/A)(1)I F
Bsingle 9.8 102 N/m (linear weight)
2(0.02 m) L
Solenoid: F BIL sin
L 2rsingle loop F
I
L 2(0.02 m) BL sin
L 0.04 F

15 turns 100 cm L
N L I
1 cm 1m B sin
N (1500 turns/m)(0.04 m) 9.8 102 N/m
I
N 188 (2.0 105 T) sin 90
NI I 4900 A
Bsol
L b) This current would most likely melt the
(4 107 Tm/A)(188)(0.4 A) wire.
Bsol
0.04 27. a) N 60
Bsol 7.5 104 T I 2.2 A
To cancel the field, the magnitude of the two B 0.12 T
fields must be equal but opposite in direction. NI
B
Bsol Bsingle L
(4 107 Tm/A)(1)I NI
7.5 104 T L
2(0.02 m) B
(7.5 104 T)2(0.02 m) (4 107 Tm/A)(60)(2.2 A)
I L
4 107 Tm/A 0.12 T
3
I 24 A L 1.38 10 m
25. a) 45 F BIL sin
L 6.0 m F (0.12 T)(2.2 A)(1.38 103 m)
B 0.03 T (sin 90)
I 4.5 A F 3.64 104 N
F BIL sin b) F ma
F (0.03 T)(4.5 A)(6.0 m) sin 45 F
a
F 0.57 N m
3.64 104 N
The direction of this force is at 90 to the a
plane described by the direction of the cur- 0.025 kg
rent vector and that of the magnetic field, a 1.46 102 m/s2
i.e., downwards. 28. B 0.02 T
v 1.5 107 m/s
90

q 1.602 1019 C According to the left-hand rules #1 and #3,
m 9.11 1031 kg this charge would always be forced toward the
Fc FB wire.
mv2 32. a) v 5 107 m/s
qvB sin
r r 0.05 m
mv I 35 A
r
qB q 1.602 1019 C
(9.11 1031 kg)(1.5 107 m/s) F Bqv sin
r
(1.602 1019 C)(0.02 T) I
B
r 4.3 103 m 2r
29. qalpha 2(1.602 1019 C) Iqv sin
F
qalpha 3.204 1019 C 2r
v 2 106 m/s F (4 107 Tm/A)(35 A)(1.602 1019 C)(5 107 m/s) sin 90

2(0.05)
B 2.9 105 T
malpha 2(protons) 2(neutrons) F 1.12 1015 N
malpha 4(1.67 1027 kg) According to the left-hand rules #1 and #3,
malpha 6.68 1027 kg this charge would always be forced away
mv from the wire.
r
qB b) If the electron moved in the same direction
(6.68 1027 kg)(2 106 m/s) as the current, then it would be forced
r
(3.204 1019 C)(2.9 105 T) toward the wire.
r 1.4 103 m 33. a) v 2.2 106 m/s
30. Fg mg r 5.3 1011 m
Fg (9.11 1031 kg)(9.8 N/kg) q 1.602 1019 C
Fg 8.9 1030 N m 9.11 1031 kg
Fmag Bqv sin At any given instant, the electron can be
Fmag (5.0 105 T)(1.602 1019 C) considered to be moving in a straight line
(2.8 107 m/s) tangentially around the proton.
Fmag 2.24 1016 N Fmag Fc
The magnetic force has considerably more mv2
qvB sin
influence on the electron. r
31. q 1.5 106 C mv
B
v 450 m/s qr
(9.11 1031 kg)(2.2 106 m/s)
r 0.15 m B
(1.602 1019 C)(5.3 1011 m)
I 1.5 A
90 B 2.36 105 T
F Bqv sin But this field would always be met by a
I field of the same magnitude but opposite
B direction when the electron was on the
2r
Iqv sin other side of its orbit. Therefore, the net
F
2r field strength at the proton is zero.
(4 107 Tm/A)(1.5 A)(1.5 106 C)(450 m/s)sin 90
b) To keep an electron moving in a circular
F
2(0.15 m) artificially simulated orbit, the scientist
F 1.3 109 N must apply a field strength of 2.36 105 T.

34. 475 V/m 38. a) v 5.0 106 m/s
B 0.1 T r 0.001 m
The electron experiences no net force because q 1.602 1019 C
the forces from both the electric and magnetic m 9.11 1031 kg
fields are equal in magnitude but opposite in Fc Fmag
direction. mv2
qvB
If all the directions are mutually perpendicu- r
lar, both the electric and magnetic fields will vm
B
move the electron in the same direction (based qr
on the left-hand rule #3). Therefore, (5.0 106 m/s)(9.11 1031 kg)
B
Fmag Fe ( 1.602 1019 C)(0.001 m)
qvB q B 2.8 102 T
b) Fc mac
v
B Fc qvB
(475 V/m) mac qvB
v
(0.1 T) qvB
ac
v 4750 m/s m
35. B 5.0 102 T (1.602 1019 C)(5.0 106 m/s)(0.028 T)
ac
9.11 1031 kg
d 0.01 m
v 5 106 m/s ac 2.5 1016 m/s2
q 1.602 1019 C 39. a) r 0.22 m
Fmag Fe B 0.35 T
qvB q q 1.602 1019 C
qvB q
V m 1.67 1027 kg
d q v

V dvB m Br
V (0.01 m)(5 106 m/s)(5.0 102 T) qBr
v
V 2500 V m
36. r 3.5 m (1.602 1019 C)(0.35 T)(0.22 m)
v
I 1.5 104 A (1.67 1027 kg)
I1I2L v 7.4 106 m/s
F
2r mv2
b) Fc
F (4 107 Tm/A)(1.5 104 A)2(190 m)

r
2(3.5 m)
(1.67 1027 kg)(7.4 106 m/s)2
Fc
F 2.44 103 N 0.22 m
37. L 0.65 m 13
Fc 4.2 10 N
I 12 A
B 0.20 T
F BIL sin
F (0.20 T)(12 A)(0.65 m)(sin 90)
F 1.56 N [perpendicular to wire]
At the angle shown, the force is:
(1.56 N)sin 30 0.78 N

e 41. m 6.0 108 kg
40. 5.7 108 C/kg
m q 7.2 106 C
B 0.75 T B 3.0 T
q v 1
t T
m Br 2

mv 1 2m
r t
Bq 2 Bq
d
v (6.0 108 kg)
t
t (3.0 T)(7.2 106 C)
2r t 8.7 103 s
v
T
2r
T
v

mv
2
Bq
T
v
2
T

q
B
m
2
T
(0.75 T)(5.7 108 C/kg)
T 1.5 108 s

Chapter 16 Which direction?
N S
16. (c)
Right
N S N S
(a)
19. Conductor vs. motion
S N N S N S
(b)
N S N S
(c) 20. a) Lenzs law dictates that the current will
flow in a direction opposite to the falling
motion of the magnet. The current in the
N S S N pipe will flow horizontally clockwise (see
(d)
Fig. 16.31).
17.
(a) S N
(b) S N N
Top view Falling
magnet
(c) S N
S
(d) N S 21. The potential difference is:

Np Vp

Ns Vs

18. Np
Which direction? Vp Vs
N S Ns
(a)

Right 100
(6.0 102 V)
60 0
100 V
Which direction?
The current is:
S N
(b)
Left Pp Ps
IpVp IsVs
IsVs
Ip
Vp
6.0 102 V
2 A 100 V
12 A

Np Vp Np Vp
22. a) c)
Ns Vs Ns Vs
NpVs 12 V
Ns
Vp 120 V
(1100)(6 V)
0.1
120 V
d) P IpVp
55 turns
Np Vp P
b) Ip
Ns Vs Vp
NpVs 60 W
Ns
Vps 12 V
(1100)(3 V) 5A
26. Np 1150
120 V
27.5 turns Ns 80
Np 4 Vp 120 V
23. a) 0.57 Np Vp
Ns 7
Np Vp Ns Vs
b) VpNs
Ns Vs Vs

Ns Np
Vs Vp (120 V)(80)
Np
(12 V)(74) 1150
21 V 8.3 V
c) This is a step-up transformer (low voltage 27. a) Np 750
to high voltage). Ns 12
V2 Vp 720 V
24. a) P Np Vp
R
(1.0 103 V)2 Ns Vs
VpNs
300 Vs
3.3 103 W Np
b) Pp Ps (720 V)(12)

IpVp 3.3 103 W 750
3.3 103 W 11.5 V
Ip b) Is 3.6 A
120 V
2.75 101 A Np Is

2.8 101 A Ns Ip
Np Vp IsNs
c) Ip
Ns Vs Np
120 V (3.6 A)(12)

1.0 103 V 750
0.12 5.8 102 A
25. a) This is a step-up transformer (from 12 V to c) P IpVp
120 V). (720 V)(5.8 102 A)
b) The 12 V DC must be converted to AC 41.8 W
before the transformer will work.

28. a) Np 500 d) In North America, the 240 V outlets are
Ns 15 000 designed so that 120 V electrical plugs are
Vs 3600 V not compatible and will not fit. The elec-
Np Vp tric dryer and stove have special block

Ns Vs plugs that also take advantage of the house

Np 120 V line. In a workshop, 240 V outlets
Vp Vs
Ns only accept plugs that have a circular spade

500 configuration. The plug requires a quarter
(3600 V)
15 000 twist before it will operate.
120 V 30. a) The increase in voltage indicates a step-up
b) Is 3.0 A transformer with a turn ratio of:
Pp Ps Np Vp

IpVp IsVs Ns Vs
IsVs 20 kV
Ip
Vp 230 kV
8.7 102
3600 V
3.0 A
120 V b) Ip 60.0 A
90 A Vp Is

c) P IsVs Vs Ip
(3.0 A)(3600 V) IpVp
1.1 104 W Is
Vs
29. a) Vp 240 V
(60.0 A)(20 kV)
Vs 120 V
230 kV
Np Np
5.2 A
Ns Vs
31. a) P 180 kW
240 V
R 0.045
120 V
Vs 1.1 kV
2
P IV
IsVs
b) Ip P
Vp I
V
(10 A)(120 V)
180 000 W
(240 V)
1100 V
5A
I 164 A
c) The iron has an internal resistance that
1.6 102 A
inherently draws a 10 A current from a
b) P I 2R
120 V source.
(164 A)2(0.045 )
V 12 0 V
R 12 1210 W
I 10 A
1.2 103 W
In Europe, the iron would draw twice as
1210 W
much current, which would burn out the c) %PLost 100
180 0 00 W
internal wiring that is not rated for that
0.67%
current.
V 240 V
IEurope 20 A
R 12

d) The voltage on the secondary side could be 32. a) P89% P100%(0.89)
stepped up even more to prevent power P89%
P100%
loss. Step up the voltage to 1.5 kV now to 0.89
verify a lower power loss. 500 MW

P 180 kW 0.89
R 0.045 V 562 MW
Vs 1.5 kV b) m 2.0 106 kg
P IV Eg Ee
P Eg mgh 2.0 106 kg(9.8 N/kg)h
I
V mgh 562 106 W
180 000 W 562 106 W
h
1500 V mg
I 120 A 562 106 W

1.2 102 A (2.0 106 kg/s)(9.8 N/kg)
28.7 m
P I 2R
(120 A)2(0.045)
648 W
6.5 102 W
The new power loss is even less when the
voltage is stepped up higher.

Chapter 17 23. E 4.5 eV, W0(gold) 5.37 eV
19. max 597 nm 5.97 10 m 7 E W0. The gold will absorb all of the
The temperature can be found using Wiens law: energy of the incident photons, hence there
2.898 103 will be no photoelectric effect observed (see
max
T Figure 12.13).
2.898 103 24. 440 nm 4.4 107 m,
T
max W0(nickel) 5.15 eV
2.898 103 First, we shall calculate the energy of the inci-
T
5.97 107 m dent photons. Using Plancks equation:
T 4854.27 K E
hc
T 4854.27 273C
T 4581.27C (6.626 1034 Js)(3.0 108 m/s)
E
20. T 2.7 K 4.4 107 m
max can be found using Wiens law: E 4.52 1019 J
2.898 103 4.52 1019 J
max E
T 1.6 1019 C
2.898 103 E 2.82 eV
max
2.7 K Since E W0, the photoelectric effect will
max 1.07 103 m not be exhibited (see Figure 12.13).
21. T 125 K 25. P 30 W, 540 nm 5.4 107 m
max can be found using Wiens law: We are to find the number of photons radiated
2.898 103 by the headlight per second. Let us symbolize
max
T this quantity by N.
2.898 103 Using Plancks equation, we can express the
max
125 K energy for a single photon:
max 2.32 105 m hc
E
The peak wavelength of Jupiters cloud is
2.32 105 m. It belongs to the infrared The number of photons radiated by the head-
part of the electromagnetic spectrum. light can be found as follows:
22. P 2 W, 632.4 nm 6.324 107 m P
N
We are to find the number of photons leaving E
the laser tube per second. Let us symbolize P
N
this quantity by N. hc
Using Plancks equation, we can express the (30 W)(5.4 107 m)
N
energy for a single photon: (6.626 1034 Js)(3.0 108 m/s)
hc N 8.15 1019 photons/s
E
26. W0 3 eV 4.8 1019 J,
The number of photons leaving the tube can 219 nm 2.19 107 m
be found as follows: a) The energy of photons with cut-off fre-
P quency is equal to the work function of the
N
E metal. Hence,
P E W0 4.8 1019 J
N
hc
(2 W)(6.324 107 m)
N
(6.626 1034 Js)(3.0 108 m/s)
N 6.36 1018 photons/s

The frequency can be found using Plancks The maximum wavelength of the photon that
equation: could generate the photoelectric effect on the
E hf platinum surface is 2.2 107 m.
E 29. a) For a material with a work function
f
h greater than zero, the typical photoelectric
4.8 1019 J effect graph has a positive x intercept. If
f
6.626 1034 Js the graph passes through the origin, the
f 7.24 1014 Hz work function of the material is zero,
b) The maximum energy of the ejected pho- which means that the photoelectric effect
tons can be found using the equation: would be observed with incident photons
Ekmax E W0 having any wavelength.
hc b) If the graph has a positive y intercept, we
Ekmax W0
would observe the photoelectric effect
Ekmax (6.626 1034 Js)(3.0 108 m/s)
without the presence of incident photons.
2.19 107 m
30. 400 pm 4.0 1010 m
4.8 1019 J a) The frequency of the photon can be found
Ekmax 4.28 1019 J using the wave equation:
27. a) To avoid unwanted electrical currents and c
change in bonding structure of the material f

of the satellite, the number of electrons 3.0 108 m/s
f
ejected from the material should be mini- 4.0 1010 m
mal. The greater the work function of the f 7.5 1017 Hz
metal, the more photon energy it will b) The momentum of the photon can be com-
absorb and the fewer electrons will be puted using de Broglies equation:
ejected. Hence, the material selected should h
have a relatively high work function. p

b) The longest wavelength of the photons that 6.626 1034 Js
p
could affect this satellite would have an 4.0 1010 m
energy equal to the work function of the p 1.66 1024 Ns
material, i.e., c) The mass equivalence can be found using
E W0 de Broglies equation:
hc p mv
Using Plancks equation E ,
p
hc m
max (if W0 is in Joules) c
W0
1.66 1024 Ns
hc m
max (if W0 is in eV) 3.0 108 m/s
W0e
m 5.53 1033 kg
28. W0(platinum) 5.65 eV 9.04 1019 J
31. mproton 1.673 1027 kg
From problem 27, we know that:
First, we have to express the rest energy of the
hc
max proton. It can be found using:
W0
Eproton mc 2
(6.626 1034 Js)(3.0 108 m/s)
max The energy of the photon, which is equal to
9.04 1019 J
the rest energy of the proton, can be expressed
max 2.2 107 m
using Plancks equation:
hc
E


Then, To find the Compton shift,
Eproton E f i
hc 1 109 m 9.9552 1010 m
mc 2
4.48 1012 m
mc
h The Compton shift is 4.48 1012 m.
34. 180, vf 7.12 105 m/s
Using de Broglies equation: From the conservation of energy,
h Ei Ef Ek
p
hc hc 1
mvf2 (eq. 1)
Hence, i f 2
p mc From the conservation of momentum,
p (1.673 1027 kg)(3.0 108 m/s) pi pf pe
p 5.02 1019 Ns h h
mvf (eq. 2)
32. 10 m 1 105 m i f
Using de Broglies equation: (The negative sign signifies a scatter angle
h equal to 180.)
p
Multiplying equation 2 by c and adding the
6.626 1034 Js result to equation 1,
p
1 105 m 2hc 1
mvf2 cmvf
p 6.63 1029 Ns i 2
33. f 1 nm 1 109 m 2hc
i

Consider the following diagram: 1 2
m vf cvf
2
y
2(6.626 1034 Js)(3.0 108 m/s)
i

(9.11 1031 kg) 1(7.12 105 m/s)2 (3.0 108 m/s)(7.12 105 m/s)
2
e
i 2.04 109 m
xf 35. i 18 pm 1.8 1011 m, energy loss is 67%
43 C x
The initial energy of the photon can be com-
xi puted using Plancks equation:
hc
Ei
i
(6.626 1034 Js)(3.0 108 m/s)
From the conservation of energy, Ei
1.8 1011 m
Ei Ef Ek
hc hc 1 Ei 1.1 1014 J
mvf2 (eq. 1) Since 67% of the energy is lost, the final
i f 2
From the conservation of momentum, energy of the photon is:
pi pf pe Ef 0.33Ei
In the direction of the x axis: Ef 0.33(1.1 1014 J)
h h Ef 3.64 1015 J
cos 43 mvf cos (eq. 2)
i f The final wavelength can be calculated using
In the direction of the y axis: Plancks equation:
h hc
sin 43 mvf sin (eq. 3) f
i Ef
Using math software to solve the system of (6.626 1034 Js)(3.0 108 m/s)
f
equations that consists of equations 1, 2, and 3.64 1015 J
3, the value for i 9.9552 1010 m. f 5.45 1011 m

The Compton shift as a percentage is:
5.45 1011 m
f 100%
v
2E

m
k
i 1.8 1011 m
2(8 1018 J)

f 302%
v

9.11 1031 kg
i
v 4.19 106 m/s
The wavelength of a photon increases by 302%.
Now can be found using de Broglies
36. m 45 g 0.045 kg, v 50 m/s
equation:
Using de Broglies equation: h
h
mv
mv 6.626 1034 Js

6.626 1034 Js (9.11 1031 kg)(4.19 106 m/s)

(0.045 kg)(50 m/s) 1.73 1010 m
2.9 1034 m b) The Bohr radius is 5.29 1011 m. The
The wavelength associated with this ball is wavelength associated with an electron is
2.9 1034 m. longer than a hydrogen atom.
37. mn 1.68 1027 kg, 40. The photon transfers from n 5 to n 2.
0.117 nm 1.17 1010 m The energy at level n is given by:
Using de Broglies equation: 13.6 eV
En
h n2
The energy released when the photon
mv
transfers from n 5 to n 2 is:
h
v E E5 E2
m
13.6 eV 13.6 eV
6.626 1034 Js E
v 52
22
(1.68 1027 kg)(1.17 1010 m)
E 2.86 eV
v 3371 m/s
E 4.58 1019 J
The velocity of the neutron is 3371 m/s.
To compute the wavelength:
38. mp 1.67 1027 kg, 2.9 1034 m
hc
Using de Broglies equation:
E
h
(6.626 1034 Js)(3.0 108 m/s)
mv
h 4.58 1019 J
v
m 4.34 107 m
6.626 1034 Js The wavelength released when the photon
v transfers from n 5 to n 2 is 4.34 107 m.
(1.67 1027 kg)(2.9 1034 m)
It is in the visual spectrum and it would
v 1.37 1027 m/s
appear as violet.
The speed of the proton would have to be
41. a) The electron transfers from n 1 to n 4.
1.37 1027 m/s. Since v is much greater than
The energy of the electron is given by:
c, this speed is impossible. 13.6 eV
39. Ek 50 eV 8 1018 J, En
n2
me 9.11 1031 kg
The energy needed to transfer the electron
a) We shall first compute the velocity using
from n 1 to n 4 is:
the kinetic energy value:
E E4 E1
1 13.6 eV
Ek mv2 E
13.6 eV
2 42 12
E 12.75 eV

b) The electron transfers from n 2 to n 4. 45. Consider an electron transferring from
Similarly, the energy needed to transfer the n 4 to n 1. As computed in problem 41,
electron from n 2 to n 4 is: the energy released is equal to
E E4 E2 12.75 eV 2.04 1018 J. The frequency
13.6 eV 13.6 eV is then equal to:
E
42 22 E
f
E 2.55 eV h
42. We need to find the difference in the radius 2.04 1018 J
f
between the second and third energy levels. 6.626 1034 Js
The radius at a level n is given by f 3.08 1015 Hz
rn (5.29 1011 m)n2 The frequency of the photon is 3.08 1015 Hz,
The difference in radii is: or one-half the number of cycles per second
r r3 r2 completed by the electron in problem 44.
r (5.29 1011 m)(3)2 46. Bohr predicted a certain value for energy at a
(5.29 1011 m)(2)2 given energy level. From the quantization of
r 2.64 1010 m energy, there can be only specific values for
43. n 1 velocity, v, and radius, r. Thus, the path of the
The radius of the first energy level can be orbiting electron can attain a specific path
found using: (orbit) around the nucleus, which is an orbital.
rn (5.29 1011 m)n2 48. v 1000 m/s, m 9.11 1031 kg
rn (5.29 1011 m)(1)2 py y h
rn 5.29 1011 m p mv
The centripetal force is equal to the electro- h
y
static force of attraction: mv
ke2 1.0546 1034 Js
F y
r2 (9.11 1031 kg)(1000 m/s)
(8.99 109 Nm2/C2)(1.6 1019 C)2 y 1.16 107 m
F
(5.29 1011 m)2 Hence, the position is uncertain to
F 8.22 108 N 1.16 107 m.
The centripetal force acting on the electron to 49. y 1 104 m
keep it in the first energy level is 8.22 108 N. The molecular mass of oxygen is 32 mol.
44. F 8.22 108 N, r 5.29 1011 m The mass of one oxygen molecule is
F m4 2rf 2 32 mol
5.32 1026 kg
6.02 1023 mol/g

1 F
f
2 mr From pyy h and p mv, the maximum
speed is:
8.22 108 N

1
f h
2 (9.11 1031 kg)(5.29 1011 m) v
mv
f 6.56 1015 Hz 1.0546 1034 Js
The electron is orbiting the nucleus v
(5.32 1026 kg)(1 104 m)
6.56 1015 times per second.
v 1.98 105 m/s

A
Chapter 18 Symbol Z A N ZX
36. a) Cl H 1 3 2 3
1 H
b) Rn Li 3 7 4 7
3 Li
c) Be C 6 14 8 14
6 C
d) U N 7 14 7 14
7 N
e) Md Na 11 24 13 24
11 Na
37. For AZ X, Z is the number of protons and A Z Co 27 59 32 59
27Co
is the number of neutrons: Sr 38 88 50 88
38 Sr
a) 17 protons, 18 neutrons U 92 238 146 238
92 U
b) 86 protons, 136 neutrons Pu 94 239 145 239
94 Pu
c) 4 protons, 5 neutrons
d) 92 protons, 146 neutrons 43. a) 11p
e) 101 protons, 155 neutrons b) 42He2
38. Since 1 u 931.5 MeV/c 2, then c) 10n
18.998 u 931.5 MeV/c 2/u 17 697 MeV/c 2. d) 10e
106 MeV/c2 44. All values were calculated by considering that
39. Conversely, 0.114 u.
931.5 MeV/c2/u the sum of the Z values of the reactants must
40. To find the weighted average of the two iso- equal the sum of the Z values of the products.
topes: Similarly, the sum of the A values of the reac-
0.69(62.9296 u) 0.31(64.9278 u) 63.55 u tants must equal the sum of the A values of
This is closest to the mean atomic mass of Cu. the products.
41. Two isotopes of helium are similar in that a) 147N. Both A and Z are calculated by sub-
they both have the same number of protons tracting the values of the known reactant
(2) and electrons (2). The difference is that from the sum of the product values, i.e.,
one isotope has an additional neutron. Z (8 1) 2 7. Z 7 means the
element is a nitrogen (N) isotope.
e e b) 01n
p n p c) 24He
p n p n
e e d) 10e
3 4
e) 20
10Ne
2He 2He 45. All values were calculated by considering that
2 protons 2 protons
2 electrons 2 electrons the sum of the Z values of the products must
1 neutron 2 neutrons equal the Z value of the reactant. Similarly, the
sum of the A values of the products must equal
42. Z is the number of protons and is found on the A value of the reactant. The missing Z value
the periodic table. It is the bottom number in was used to select the correct element symbol
the AZX notation. A is the mass number from the periodic table. Care must be taken to
(atomic weight), the number of protons plus recognize the nuclear particle transitions that
neutrons, and is found in the upper position occur in beta decay in problems a), e), and f).
in the AZX notation. N is the number of neu- Recall that in beta decay, a neutron is converted
trons and is found by subtracting Z from A to a proton ( ) and an electron ().
(N A Z). a) 10e(beta)
b) 42He(alpha)
c) 21H
d) 42He(alpha)
e) 10e(beta)

f) 10e(beta) p2
54. Using Ek , the recoiling carbon nucleus
46. A neutron can more easily penetrate the 2m
nucleus because it is neutral and therefore not will have
influenced by the overall positive charge of the (5.44 1021 Ns)2
Ek
nucleus. A proton ( ) would be repelled by 2(12.011 u)(1.6605 1027 kg/u)
the similar positive charge of the nucleus. Ek 7.42 1016 J
N 55. For a fixed gold nucleus at rest, the kinetic
47. Since 146C 147N 10 e v , the ratio
Z energy of the 449-MeV alpha particle is
8 7 4 converted to electrical potential. Thus, for
changes from to or from to the
6 7 3 the radius,
1
more stable . kq1q2
1 Ek
r
48. Since 92U 228
232
90Th 2He Ek,
4
kq1q2
Ek [mU mTh m]c 2 r
Ek
Ek [232.037 131 u 228.028 716 u
(8.99 109 Jm/C2)(1.6 1019 C)2(2)(79)
4.002 603 u]c2 931.5 MeV/c2/u r
(449 106 eV)(1.6 1019 J/eV)
Ek 5.41 MeV
r 5.07 1016 m
49. Assuming the uranium nucleus is fixed at rest t
A 1
and the kinetic energy of the alpha particle
becomes electrical potential,
56.
Ao 2 T1
2

kq1q2 A t 1
Ek log log
r Ao T 2 1

2
kq1q2
log Ao
A
r
r
Ek
(8.99 109 Jm/C2)(1.6 1019 C)2(2)(92)

tT 1

2
log 2
1
(5.3 106 eV)(1.6 1019 J/eV)
log
1000
125

r 5.0 1014 m
t (15 h)
log2
1
90Th 91Pa 1e v
231 231 0
50.
235
92 U 231
90Th 4
2He 45 h
51. The mass difference is: 57. t Sept. 1 June 30
m mn (mp me) 30 31 30 31 31 28 31 30
m [939.57 938.27 0.511] MeV/c 2 31 30
m 0.789 MeV/c2

1a
52. From problem 51, the energy equivalent of 303 d
365 d
0.789 MeV/c2 is 0.789 MeV. 0.83 a
2
Thus (0.789 MeV) 0.526 MeV. On June 30, the sample would be 0.83 years old.
3
a) Ao 2.0 106 Bq
53. Since the total momentum before decay is
T 5.3 a
1

equal to the total momentum after decay, and 2
t
1
p 0 p, the three momentum vectors must
form a right-angle triangle. From Pythagoras
A Ao T
2 0.83 a
1

2

1
theorem: 2 106 Bq 5.3 a
2
pC2 pe2 p2
1.8 10 Bq
6
pC

(2.64
1021)2
(4.76
10
21 2
)
21
pC 5.44 10 Ns

M 1 1
t
60. For carbon-14, T 5730 a. Comparing the
1

b)
2
T1
M0 64 2
2
relative amount, NR, of a 2000-a relic with the
t amount, NS, in a shroud suspected of being
log log
1 1
T1
2 2002 a 1350 a 650 a, yields:
64 2 t

1 R
T 1

1
2
t log 64 NR 2
Therefore, t

NS 1 R

1
T 1
log 2 T 1

2
2
2
6

2000 a 650 a
N R 1
5730 a
Therefore, t 6(5.3 a) N 2
S

365 d
31.8 a NR
0.85
1a NS
1.16 104 d
61. The half-life of Po-210 is:
58. T 25.0 d
T 138 d 198 720 min
1

2 1

mo 140 g 2
The half-life of Po-218 is T 3.1 min 1

m 17.5 g 2
After 7.0 min, there will be:

log mo
m

1 t

1
7.0 min
tT
210
Po: N N0 T 1

198 720 min
2 2
2
1
log2
1
2
1
log N (3.5 105)log
2
log
140 g
17.5 g

t T N 100%
log 2
1
1
2
1 t

1 7.0 min

218
Po: N N0 T 1

3.1 min
(3)25.0 d 2 2
2
75.0 d log N (2.26)log

1
59. % of Original Dose still
2
100 Radioactive vs. Time N 20.9%
There will be a total of:
80 1(1 g) 0.209(1 g) 1.21 g
Therefore, 1.21 106 g of radioactive Po
% radioactive
60
remains.
40 62. If the amount of radioactive material is 23%
of the original amount after 30 d, then,
20 1 t
N N0 T
2 1

2
0 30 d

4 8 12 16 20 1
0.23N0 N0 T 1

t (h) 2
2
When t 8 h, 39.7% of the original dose is

30 d 1
log (0.23) log
still radioactive. T 1
2

2

1
(30 d) log
2
T
1

2
log (0.23)
T 14 d
1

2

5.12
63. The molar amount of 235U is 0.0218 66. a) E 55 EJ
235
3.4 2 5.5 1019 J
and of Pb is 0.0165. The
207
E mc2
207
original molar amount of 235U was E
m 2
0.0218 0.0165 0.0383. Using the c
decay formula where T 7.1 108 a, 5.5 1019 J

1

2
t
(3.0 108 m/s)2

1
N N0 T 1
kg
6.1 102

2
2
d
1 t
0.0218 0.0383 T
2 1

2
6.1 10 kg 365 d

b)
d
2
a

0.0218 t 1
log log
0.0383 7.1 10 a
8
2 2.2 105 kg/a
2.2 105 kg/a

0.0218
log (7.1 108 a) %increase 100%
0.0383 6 10 24 kg
t

1
log 3.7 1018%/a
2
t 5.78 10 a
8
67. At 500 MW 3(500 MW) heat
2000 MW of power
64. Using the activity decay formula where
T 5730 a for 14C decay,
1

2
number of fission reactions
1.0 106 W
2.0 103 MW
1 MW 1 W 100 J
1.0 J/s 1 mol

1 t
N N0 T
2 1

2
0.0200 mol

1
t
750 900 5730 a s

2
0.0200 mol 6.023 1023 fissions

750

log log
900
t
5730 a
1
2

s mol
1.20 1022 fissions/s
5
log (5730 a)
6
t 68. At 500 MW 3(500 MW), heat 2000 MW

1
log of power.
2
t 1507 a E Pt
65. a) Recall, 1 H2 1 F2 2 HF 2000 106 J 3600 s 24 h
2 kmol HF
550 d
s 1h d
2 kmol HF 1 kmol mol
1 kmol H
2 1000 mol 500 kJ

9.50 1016 J
5.0 10 kJ 5
E
Therefore, m 2

1000 J c
b) 5.0 105 kJ 5.0 108 J
1 kJ 9.50 1016 J
E mc2
(3.0 108 m/s)2
E 1.056 kg
m 2
c
1.056 kg
5.0 108 J fraction converted 100%
70 kg
(3.0 108 m/s)2
1.5 %
5.6 109 kg
9
5.6 10 kg
c) %mass defect 100%
40 k g
1.4 1010 %

69. 72. a) 01n 21H 31H
Aspect CANDU American (PWR)
b) Tritium, 3H, is radioactive. When heavy
Fuel Non-purified/enriched Enriched uranium that has water is made up of a large quantity of tri-
uranium that has been processed into pellets.
been processed into Enriched fuel means that
tium (3H) nuclei, it loses its effectiveness
pellets. This fuel regular water may be used as a moderator because the heavy water
requires that heavy instead of heavy water.
water be present in
becomes poisoned by a material that
this reactor. becomes more and more radioactive. Even
Refueling Constantly being Reactor is fueled and then
though this radioactive heavy water does
refueled while reactor run until fuel is spent. The not mix with any regular water, it is still
is running. reactor is then shut down
for refueling.
circulated about the plant. It poses a risk;
General Continuous Intermittent operation therefore, it must be removed.
operation operation (refueling) 73. With the assumption that there will be a con-
70. A breeder reactor makes use of excess neu- tinued increase in the global demand for elec-
trons by capturing them with a breeding mate- trical energy and conservation methods are
rial. For example, when 238U accepts a unsatisfactory, nuclear power may be the only
neutron, it becomes unstable 239U, which choice for generating electrical energy.
decays to 239Pu. These reactors are called Nuclear power provides a concentrated supply
breeder reactors because they breed a new of energy wherever it is needed. Alternatives
fuel: 239Pu from 238U. The advantages of this to nuclear power, such as those burning fossil
process are two-fold. First, the breeding fuels, are too environmentally problematic to
process helps to moderate the initial fission establish for the amount of energy that is
reaction as energy is being generated. Second, required. The supply of uranium, although
the process creates new fuel from an isotope limited, is plentiful.
of uranium that could not otherwise be used Controlled nuclear fusion faces many prob-
in nuclear reactions. lems that have not been circumvented in the
71. Before the sale of any nuclear technology to last 10 years of research. Promising cold fusion
other countries, great care must be taken to experiments have not been repeated success-
reduce the risk of that country using the tech- fully. The level of technology and the amount
nology in an undesirable fashion. The stability of energy required to contain a fusion reaction
of the government, involvement in political may not be worth the large quantities of energy
alliances, and human/civil rights record must that it could produce. Some people also believe
all come under close scrutiny. CANDU reac- that large quantities of cheap electrical energy
tors can produce large quantities of cheap would be detrimental to the planet.
electricity to help countries develop socially
and economically. However, they could also be
used in a political/military power struggle.

Irwin-Solutions PDF

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Irwin-Solutions PDF

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

COMBINED EDITION

NELSON First Folio Resource Group

Project Developer Proofreading and Copy Editing

Design and Artwork

COPYRIGHT 2003 by Nelson, a ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. No part of this

Every effort has been made to trace

I Solutions to Applying the II Answers to End-of-

Table of Contents iii

Section 1.2 i) 60 months

Solutions to Applying the Concepts 1

2 Solutions to Applying the Concepts

Solutions to Applying the Concepts 3

  c) v1 120 km/h [E]

4 Solutions to Applying the Concepts

Solutions to Applying the Concepts 5

6 Solutions to Applying the Concepts

Solutions to Applying the Concepts 7

T1 106 N  (20 kg)(0.82 m/s2) v 0.31 m/s

Solutions to Applying the Concepts 9

GmMmApollo mApollov2 

400 2r3 

vadd esc 1445 m/s  1022 m/s

(2.4 109 s)2

4 2 To find the semimajor axis,

(2.4 109 s)2

vesc 56 000 m/s T 

10 Solutions to Applying the Concepts

Tv (1.0 104 N) sin 60

Fnet 0 (4.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)

Tv 68.4 N Fh (20.7 N) cos 71.1

+ Fv (20.7 N) sin 71.1

Solutions to Applying the Concepts 11

2.0 103 Nm 20.0 kg P

12 Solutions to Applying the Concepts

(1.0 m)(30.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg) rcmFg sin

t-t 147 Nm (0.375 m)(5.00 kg)(9.8 N/kg)

1  2  3 0

Solutions to Applying the Concepts 13

3 306 N [up]

(rLFL sin 45) Fm 5.57 103 N (tension)

14 Solutions to Applying the Concepts

Solutions to Applying the Concepts 15

16 Solutions to Applying the Concepts

Using the cosine law, p1f = 1.0 kgm/s

Solutions to Applying the Concepts 17

18 Solutions to Applying the Concepts

Solutions to Applying the Concepts 19

v2f 0.15 m/s

Solutions to Applying the Concepts 21

22 Solutions to Applying the Concepts

Solutions to Applying the Concepts 23

24 Solutions to Applying the Concepts

c) How close do the dust balls get and what is

Solutions to Applying the Concepts 25

26 Solutions to Applying the Concepts

1 1 q1 4.0 1010 C, q2 1.0 1010 C

b) At the centre point, 1 is equal in m 2

therefore there is no net field strength as v 2 W 2

Solutions to Applying the Concepts 27

(9.0 109 Nm2/C2)(1.602 1019 C)2(2)(79)

v 2.7 105 m/s

28 Solutions to Applying the Concepts

Solutions to Applying the Concepts 29

c) v1 120 km/h [E]

T1 106 N (20 kg)(0.82 m/s2) v 0.31 m/s

GmMmApollo mApollov2

400 2r3

vadd esc 1445 m/s 1022 m/s

vesc 56 000 m/s T

Fnet 0 (4.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)

t-t 147 Nm (0.375 m)(5.00 kg)(9.8 N/kg)

1 2 3 0

(rLFL sin 45) Fm 5.57 103 N (tension)

1 1 q1 4.0 1010 C, q2 1.0 1010 C

b) At the centre point, 1 is equal in m 2

(9.0 109 Nm2/C2)(1.602 1019 C)2(2)(79)

at a macroscopic level. (235N)0 T235

3. Since AZ X AZ1Ye: Section 18.5

eyes. Since we construct images based on sin 2.42

32. 2324 slope velocity 20 mm/s

at 3.0 s 0.05 s 0.15 s, 140

4.0 102 mm/s 10